350-06

*XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6

DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMYHEADQUARTERS, XVIII AIRBORNE CORPS AND FORT BRAGG

Fort Bragg, North Carolina 28310

RegulationNo. 350-6 16 Jan 2002

TrainingINSTALLATION RANGE REGULATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL Paragraph Page

Purpose 1-1 8References 1-2 8Explanation of Terms 1-3 8Range Training Conferences 1-4 8Range Assignments 1-5 9Subdivision of Training Areas 1-6 9Entry into Ranges 1-7 9Medical Requirements 1-8 9Request for Medical Evacuation 1-9 13 SupportMisfires/Hangfires and Ammunition 1-10 14 MalfunctionsDUDS 1-11 15Range Fires 1-12 16Impact Areas 1-13 16Construction and Modification of 1-14 17 Ranges/Training AreasPolice 1-15 18Privately Owned Vehicle (POV) 1-16 19Speed Limits and Vehicle Safety 1-17 20Flight Landing Strips (FLSs) 1-18 20Lost Soldiers 1-19 20Severe Weather Warning 1-20 21Range Certification Training, 1-21 21 Testing, and Validation

CHAPTER 2 RESPONSIBILITIES

Installation Range Officer 2-1 22Commanders 2-2 23Officer-in-Charge (OIC) of Firing 2-3 24 or Training

_____________________________________*This regulation supersedes Regulation 350-6, this headquarters,

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-617 Dec 98.

Paragraph Page

Range Safety Officer (RSO) 2-4 26Drop Zone Safety Officer (DZSO), 2-5 28 Drop Zone Support Team (DZST), or Air Force Special Tactics Squadron (STS)

CHAPTER 3 PRESERVATION AND PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

Purpose 3-1 30Applicability 3-2 30Environmental Reviews 3-3 30General 3-4 32Archaeological and Historical Sites 3-5 32Endangered/Threatened Species 3-6 33Cutting Brush and Trees 3-7 35Off-Road Vehicle Movement 3-8 35Excavations 3-9 36Borrow Pits 3-10 37Waste Disposal 3-11 38Police of Training Areas 3-12 40Hazardous Materials and POL 3-13 40 OperationsSpill Prevention Control and 3-14 41 Countermeasure Plan

CHAPTER 4 RANGE/TRAINING AREA REQUESTS AND ASSIGNMENTS

Requests 4-1 42Assignments of Range Facilities/ 4-2 44 Scheduling RulesRequest for Range Support/Maintenance 4-3 46Training Area Conflicts 4-4 46Range Bulletin 4-5 46Warning Order 4-6 47

CHAPTER 5 RANGE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS

Range Control 5-1 47Radio/Telephone Procedures 5-2 47Drop/Telephone Listings 5-3 48Range Radio Nets 5-4 49Range Telephone System 5-5 49

2

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6

CHAPTER 6 AIR AND AIRBORNE ACTIVITIES Paragraph Page

The Fort Bragg Airspace Restricted 6-1 51 Areas, R5311A, R5311B and R5311CFlights Within R5311 Area 6-2 51Flight Landing Strip/Landing/Pickup 6-3 54 Zones(FLSs/LZs/PZs)Mackall Army Airfield (MAAF) 6-4 58Pilot Orientation 6-5 58Airborne Activities 6-6 59

CHAPTER 7 NON-FIRING TRAINING FACILITIES

Use of Non-Firing Training 7-1 63 FacilitiesFacilities 7-2 64

CHAPTER 8 TACTICAL TRAINING AREAS

Control of Tactical Training Areas 8-1 65Use of Tactical Training Areas 8-2 65Training Area Conflicts 8-3 69Range Roads and Firebreaks 8-4 69Night Vision Goggles (NVG)/Blackout 8-5 70 Driving Planning ConsiderationsConduct of Barrier/Denial Training 8-6 72Waterborne Operations 8-7 74Bivouac Areas 8-8 77

CHAPTER 9 AMMUNITION HANDLING & TRANSPORTATION

Purpose 9-1 77Ammunition Handling 9-2 77Disposal of Misfires 9-3 78Ammunition Firing Restrictions 9-4 78Malfunction Reporting 9-5 79

CHAPTER 10 KNOWN DISTANCE (KD) RANGES AND LIVE FIRE COURSES

KD Ranges 10-1 80Range Inventory 10-2 80Use of KD Ranges 10-3 83Construction/Modification of Ranges 10-4 84Range Guards or Barriers 10-5 84Trespassing on Range Areas 10-6 85Violation of Surface Danger Areas 10-7 85Incendiary and Tracer Ammunition 10-8 85

3

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Safety on KD Ranges 10-9 86

Paragraph Page

Grenade Launchers/Anti-Tank Weapons 10-10 87Hand Grenades 10-11 87.50 Caliber Firing 10-12 87Live Fire Courses (Ranges 26A, 63, 10-13 87 75, 76, 77, 79, 80, OP 13, and Live Fire Village)Safety Procedures for Firing Direct 10-14 88 Fire Weapons at all Locations Other than on KD Ranges

CHAPTER 11 LIVE FIRE EXERCISES

Combined Arms/Live Fire Exercises 11-1 89Overhead Fire 11-2 89Safety 11-3 89

CHAPTER 12 FIRING OF HIGH EXPLOSIVE AMMUNITION AND USE OF IMPACT AREAS

Impact Areas 12-1 90Impact Area Control 12-2 90Coordination of Airborne Activities 12-3 91 and High Trajectory FiringGround to Air Live Fire Training 12-4 91Javelin Missile 12-5 91TOW Missile 12-6 92Recovery of Wire From Guided Missiles 12-7 92Laser Operations 12-8 92Flame Weapons 12-9 93Small Arms for Air Defense (SAFAD) 12-10 93Firing Limitations Due to Weather 12-11 93Safety 12-12 95

CHAPTER 13 ARTILLERY

Gun Position Areas 13-1 97Conduct of Fire 13-2 98Rounds Fired Outside of Impact Area 13-3 99Coordination of Airborne Activities 13-4 101 and High Trajectory FiringSurvey Control Points 13-5 101Direct Fire by Artillery 13-6 102Firing Position and Observation Point 13-7 102

(OP) Safety ControlRestrictions on Overhead Fire 13-8 102Powder Burning 13-9 102

4


CHAPTER 14 MORTARS Paragraph Page

General 14-1 103 60mm and 81mm 14-2 103 4.2 inch Mortars 14-3 103 Ammunition Care and Handling 14-4 104 Powder Burning 14-5 104 Safety 14-6 104

CHAPTER 15 AERIAL GUNNERY

Aerial Gunnery 15-1 104 Rearm/Refuel Points 15-2 105 Armament Malfunction Plan 15-3 105 Emergency Situations 15-4 107 Crash Rescue Operations 15-5 107 High Performance Aircraft 15-6 107

CHAPTER 16 ARMOR

Tank Trails 16-1 108 Movement of Tracked Vehicles 16-2 108 Tank Firing 16-3 110 Grenade Launchers 16-4 110 Safety (Tracked Vehicle Firing) 16-5 110

CHAPTER 17 DEMOLITION TRAINING

Demolition Training Sites 17-1 111 Scheduling and Using Demolition 17-2 112 Areas M18A1, Anti-Personnel Weapon 17-3 113 (Claymore) Crater Training 17-4 113 Placement of Charges 17-5 114 Responsibility for Demolition 17-6 114 Exercises 4 Missile Hazards 17-7 114 Safety 17-8 115

CHAPTER 18 CHEMICAL AGENTS AND SMOKE

Grenades 18-1 116 Spray and Smoke 18-2 116 Training with Smoke 18-3 117 Training Agents 18-4 118 Riot Control Agents 18-5 118

5


CHAPTER 19 PYROTECHNICS, SIMULATORS, AND BLANKS Paragraph Page

Pyrotechnics 19-1 119 Simulators 19-2 120 Use of Blank Ammunition 19-3 120 Safety 19-4 120

CHAPTER 20 CAMP MACKALL, THE CORRIDOR, AND THE NORTH CAROLINA SANDHILLS WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT AREA

General Instructions 20-1 121 Camp Mackall 20-2 121 North Carolina Sandhills Wildlife 20-3 122 Management Area Helicopter Landing Zones (LZs) in 20-4 127 Sandhills Wildlife Maneuver Areas

CHAPTER 21 DAMAGE, LOSS, OR THEFT OF RANGE EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES

Damage, Loss, or Theft of Range 21-1 132 Equipment or Facilities

CHAPTER 22 RECREATION

Recreational Areas 22-1 132 Hunting and Fishing 22-2 134

APPENDIX A References 136

APPENDIX B Description of Ranges 139

APPENDIX C Semi-Annual Post Police Range 194 Assignment

APPENDIX D Available Targets, Materials, and 198 Equipment

APPENDIX E Known Distance (KD) Range Operations/Procedure 204 Checklist

APPENDIX F Live Fire Exercise (LFX) Procedure 214

APPENDIX G Safety Procedures for Field 217 Artillery and Mortar Firing

6


Page

APPENDIX H MEDEVAC Helicopter/Ambulance 225 Procedures

APPENDIX I Lasers 228

APPENDIX J Laser Safety for the OH-58D 237

APPENDIX K Laser Safety for the Ground/Vehicle 242 Laser Locator Designator (G/VLLD)

APPENDIX L Operations, R-5311 Mission Planning 245

APPENDIX M Close Air Support (CAS) Range 250 Procedures

APPENDIX N Close Air Support Air Liaison Officer 256 (ALO) Procedures

APPENDIX O Training Activity Within Marked RCW Buffer 259 Zones

APPENDIX P Establishing Field Ammunition Supply Points (ASPs) 260

APPENDIX Q Night Vision Goggle (NVG) Driving Operations 261

GLOSSARY 264

7


CHAPTER 1

GENERAL

1-1. PURPOSE. To establish procedures for the firing of ammunition and the scheduling and use of Fort Bragg ranges, training areas, Restricted Area 5311 (R5311), the Camp Mackall Reservation, the North Carolina Wildlife Management Area, and the Fort Bragg-Camp Mackall Corridor. These procedures will be followed by all Army, Air Force, Navy, Marine Corps, National Guard and Reserve units, commanders, and personnel using any portion of the Fort Bragg-Camp Mackall Range/Training Area Complex. Personnel subject to the Uniform Code of Military Justice (UCMJ) who fail to comply with this regulation are subject to punishment under UCMJ as well as other adverse action authorized by applicable United States code sections or federal regulations. This regulation is applicable to all units at Fort Bragg and all off-post units using the Fort Bragg Military Reservation, Camp Mackall, and Sandhills Wildlife Management Areas for training. This directive is also applicable to all individuals; military or non-military, engaged in the activities on Fort Bragg described in the remaining paragraphs of this regulation.

1-2. REFERENCES. References are listed at Appendix A.

1-3. EXPLANATION OF TERMS. An explanation of abbreviations and terms is listed in the glossary.

1-4. RANGE TRAINING CONFERENCES.

a. A weekly conference will be held each Friday at 1300 in the Range Control Headquarters, Building A-1308, intersection of Gruber and Longstreet Roads, for the purpose of distributing live fire safety data (Weekly Range Bulletin), review scheduled fixed ranges, known checkfires data, and for making final coordination. Commanders will ensure that a representative qualified to effect coordination is present at the conference. Should Friday be a payday and/or installation observed holiday, the conference will be held on the preceding Thursday. Failure to attend the weekly conference may result in cancellation of the unit training. b. To ensure that all personnel concerned with operations and/or training areas are thoroughly familiar with this directive before assuming such duties, personnel are available to brief new officers and operations noncommissioned officers (NCOs) at Range Control, Operations Section (telephone 432-6772/2170).

8


1-5. RANGE ASSIGNMENTS.

a. The Fort Bragg Range Area is defined as that part of the Fort Bragg Reservation located west of the line bordered by Rifle Range Road, Gruber and Yadkin Roads, and that portion east of Murchison Road.

b. All assignments of ranges, drop zones (DZ), landing zones (LZ), pickup zones (PZ), training areas (to include lakes), and field landing strips (FLS) will be made by the Installation Range Officer, except as otherwise outlined herein.

c. Overprinted maps of the Fort Bragg Reservation, Camp Mackall, and the North Carolina Sandhills Wildlife Management Area (1:50,000) are available through normal map supply channels.

1-6. SUBDIVISION OF TRAINING AREAS. For the convenience of the users, the Range Area of the Fort Bragg Reservation has been divided into sub-areas. The sub-areas normally used for nonfiring tactical training are lettered and numbered; impact areas are named. (See Figure 1-1, page 10). When a unit requires only a small portion of a training area such as a bivouac or signal site, the training area request should so state, giving the location by map grid.

1-7. ENTRY INTO RANGES.

a. Major portions of the Fort Bragg Range Area may be used for live fire exercises and therefore cannot be considered as "open range". Entry into or use of any areas other than Manchester, Plank or King Roads, or designated recreational areas, must be approved in advance by the Installation Range Officer.

b. The uniform worn west of Gruber Road will be in accordance with (IAW) unit standard operating procedures (SOPs). Units are reminded however that all live firing, demolitions, and training with explosives requires mandatory wear of the kevlar helmet, load carrying equipment (LCE) with first aid packet and hearing protection.

1-8. MEDICAL REQUIREMENTS.

a. All commanders conducting training that involves the firing, or detonating of artillery, mortars, mines, missiles, demolitions, and throwing hand grenades or conducting other high hazard activities will have a competent medical aidman with appropriate medical supplies present at the range, training area, or gun position. All live fire maneuver exercises and ranges are considered high hazard and require an aidman regardless of weapons utilized. Commanders using two ranges

9

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6or gun positions immediately adjacent to each other may use one aidman provided the aidman is furnished a ground evacuation vehicle.

10

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Figure 1-1. TRAINING AND IMPACT AREAS

(1) Range firing on known distance ranges where .50 caliber ammunition or less is used does not require the presence of an aidman or dedicated ground evacuation vehicle, however a qualified combat lifesaver with aid bag is required. Weapon systems larger than .50 caliber requires an aidman and dedicated ground evacuation vehicle regardless of type of ammunition being fired.

(2) Medical aidman must have a primary, secondary, or additional MOS of 91B or 91C.

(3) For the purpose of this regulation, "appropriate medical supplies" is interpreted to mean Surgical Instrument and Supply Set, Individual (NSN 6505-00-927-4960, less morphine and atropine) or equivalent medical kit with the same minimum medical supplies.

b. Evacuation Support.

(1) Aeromedical evacuation support will be requested in accordance with (IAW) para 1-9 below.

(2) Ground ambulance support for all ranges and all observation points (OPs) will be requested IAW para 1-9. Ranges 26A, 32M, 34, 40, 44, 62, 63, 65, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, OP 13, BM 107, Live Fire Village, West McKeithan Pond, OP9 (Defensive Live Fire), and any other live fire maneuver range requires a medical aidman and evacuation vehicle on site.

(3) Commanders conducting training involving the firing of live ammunition, demolitions or other hazardous activities at locations other than as specified in 1-8a(1) above, will ensure that proper medical coverage is provided to include appropriate medical supplies as specified above. Medical coverage should be addressed in the risk management plan prepared for all live fire operations.

(4) A ground ambulance is required in support of Air Force aircraft conducting airland operations. Army ambulance providing medical coverage for the Army portion of these joint activities will also provide coverage for participating Air Force elements. In operations involving only Air Force elements, the Air Force will provide ground ambulance support. Medical support for these joint operations will be coordinated at the weekly Airlift Control Element (ALCE) Schedule Meeting.

c. Medical support requirements for airborne operations and other activities are contained in Chapter 7, 82d Airborne Division Airborne Standing Operating Procedure, Edition V, Change 2, Jan 95.

11

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 d. Medical coverage is not required for laser operations.

e. Guidelines for physical activity/hot weather categories.

GUIDELINES FOR PHYSICAL ACTIVITY/HOT WEATHER HEAT CATEGORIES*HEAT CATEGORY INFORMATION, 7-4328

ACCLIMATEDCATEGORY WBGT INDEX NONACCLIMATED PERSONNEL PERSONNEL

I 78-81.9oF Extremely intense physical Normal duties.exertion may cause heatinjury.

II 82-84.9oF Use discretion in planning Normal duties.intense physical activity.Limit intensity of workand exposure to sun. Provideconstant supervision.

III 85-87.9oF Strenuous exercises, such as Use discretion inclose order drill and planning intensephysical training will be physical activity.suspended. Outdoor classes Limit intensity of in the sun will be cancelled. work and exposure

to sun. Provideconstant supervision.

IV 88-89.9oF All physical training, Strenuous outdoorstrenuous activities, activities will beand parades will be cancelled. minimized for all

personnel with less than 12 weeks training in hot weather.

V 90oF and Strenuous activities and Strenuous above non-essential duty will activities and

be cancelled. non-essential dutywill be cancelled.

12


f. Wind-chill factors to prevent cold injuries.

LOCAL TEMPERATURE (oF) Wind Speed (MPH) 32 23 14 5 - 4 - 13 - 22 - 21 - 40 - 49 - 58 EQUIVALENT TEMPERATURE ( o F)________________________ CALM 32 23 14 5 -4 -13 -22 -31 -40 -49 -58 5 29 20 10 1 -9 -18 -28 -37 -47 -56 -65 10 18 7 -4 -15 -26 -37 -48 -59 -70 -81 -91 15 13 -1 -13 -25 -7 -49 -61 -73 -85 -97 -109 20 7 -6 -19 -32 -44 -57 -70 -83 -96 -109 -121 25 3 -10 -24 -37 -50 -64 -77 -90 -104 -117 -117 30 1 -13 -27 -41 -54 -68 -82 -97 -109 -123 -137 35 -1 -15 -29 -43 -57 -71 -85 -99 -113 -127 -142 40 -3 -17 -31 -45 -59 -74 -87 -102 -116 -131 -145 45 -3 -18 -32 -46 -61 -75 -89 -104 -118 -132 -147 50 -4 -18 -33 -47 -62 -76 -91 -105 -120 -134 -148 LITTLE DANGER FOR CONSIDERABLE VERY GREAT DANGER PROPERLY CLOTHED DANGER PERSONS DANGER FROM FREEZING OF EXPOSED FLESH

The wind-chill index gives the equivalent temperature of the cooling power of wind on exposed flesh. Any movement of air has the same effect as wind. Running, riding in open vehicles, or helicopter down wash, calculate wind chill from chart above.

1-9. REQUEST FOR MEDICAL EVACUATION SUPPORT.

a. All requests for medical evacuation will be transmitted to Range Control for further transmission to Ambulance Section, Womack Army Medical Center (WAMC) or 57th Medical Company (Air Ambulance). Do not contact these units, unless contact cannot be established with Range Control.

b. Requested as follows:

(1) Radio:

(a) Range Control, FM 38.90, FM 46.75, UHF 246.0, VHF 139.35.

(b) If unable to contact Range Control, aeromedical evacuation support may be requested from 57th Medical Company (Air Ambulance), FM 40.60 (P) (Call Sign DUSTOFF).

(2) Telephone:

(a) Range Control on range lines or dial 432-1161.

13


(b) If unable to contact Range Control, ground evacuation support may be requested through WAMC by dialing 432-7774 or 911.

(c) 57th Medical Company (Air Ambulance), 396-0038.

c. The type of evacuation vehicle desired, i.e., air or ground, will be part of the evacuation request. NOTE: For certain locations on Fort Bragg, particularly on Known Distance (KD) Ranges, ground ambulance can arrive at the evacuation site more rapidly, with more sophisticated equipment and more highly qualified personnel. On occasion, both means of evacuation should be requested. Range Control will determine whether or not ground vehicles can reach the evacuation site, based on ground trafficability. Personnel who request evacuation must understand the requirement for on-site stabilization of the casualty. In areas close to Main Post, the most rapid response, which includes on-site stabilization, is obtainable only via Ground Ambulance Section, WAMC.

d. Requester will provide the following information:

(1) Location of pickup site (grid coordinates).

(2) Radio frequency, call sign and suffix.

(3) Number of patients by precedence. 1- Urgent 2-Priority 3-Routine

(4) Special equipment required (if you know of any special equipment needed for patient care).

(5) Number of patients by type (*litter/ambulatory).

(6) Number and type wound, injury or illness.

(7) Method of marking pickup sites (LZ).

(8) Patient's nationality and status (military/civilian).

(9) Terrain description.

e. Personnel reporting emergencies will not break communications with Range Control until released by Range Control.

f. All medical evacuations regardless of type or reason will be reported to Range Control immediately.

14

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-61-10. MISFIRES/HANGFIRES AND AMMUNITION MALFUNCTIONS. Misfires, hangfires, and ammunition malfunctions will be treated IAW provisions of AR 385-62, Regulations for Firing Guided Missiles and Heavy Rockets

for Training, Target Practice, and Combat; AR 385-63, Policy and Procedures for Firing Ammunition for Training, Target Practice, and Combat; and the technical manual for weapon involved. All misfires and defective ammunition, except duds, will be returned to the original packing container, segregated from serviceable items, and returned to the Post Ammunition Inspector.

1-11. DUDS.

a. A dud is any explosive munition such as a fuse, projectile, grenade, or mine which has been fired from a gun or otherwise activated and has failed to detonate. Any object that appears to be a dud will be presumed to be one.

b. Commanders are responsible for instructing all personnel that duds are not to be disturbed under any circumstances. In the interest of safety, it is the duty of all personnel to note the exact location of duds and report them to Range Control.

c. Range OIC and commanders must brief and frequently remind their personnel of the dangers of duds, and that they are not to pick up, handle, or in any way disturb artillery or mortar projectiles, rockets, grenades, aircraft flares, pyrotechnic devices, simulators, or any ammunition that have been fired but failed to detonate. All such objects, readily identifiable or not, will be treated as duds.

d. On ranges firing explosive projectiles, the OIC must also maintain a record of all suspected duds fired and turn this report in to Range Control upon completion of firing, prior to departing the range.

e. The removal from any range, firing area, or training area of any component, part of the projectile or other identifiable objects associated with ammunition/explosives is strictly PROHIBITED.

f. Duds located outside of an impact zone will be clearly marked with a stake at least 4 feet long and/or a flag. A report will be submitted to Range Control Central, telephone 432-1161, or by FM radio, frequency 38.90, containing the following information:

(1) Coordinates, and how marked for easy location by Explosive Ordnance Detachment (EOD) personnel.

(2) Number and type of duds, if known.

(3) Name of individual who knows the location of duds.15


(4) Name, unit, and telephone number of person reporting dud.

g. Duds will only be destroyed by qualified EOD personnel.

1-12. RANGE FIRES.

a. Anyone observing a fire in the Fort Bragg Range Area will report it immediately to Range Control, giving the location by coordinates, when possible. Commanders of units using ranges or training areas will extinguish any fires observed in their areas. No one will enter the impact areas for the purpose of fighting fires. Fires at Camp Mackall will be reported to Range Control located at coordinate PU383775, telephone 396-4925/3368 or Mackall Fire Station located at coordinate PU364775, telephone 396-9014.

b. Prior to firing tracer ammunition, any type of incendiary, demolitions, or flares, the OIC will first contact Range Control for clearance. At times, the above activities may be suspended due to the hazards of wild fire (see para 12-11, this regulation).

1-13. IMPACT AREAS.

a. General. A description of impact areas is listed below and shown in Figure 1-1. Entry into impact areas is prohibited without clearance from Range Control. The true size and shape of target areas may change daily, depending upon the size and types of weapons being fired.

b. Manchester Impact Area. That area bounded by Manchester Road on the north, Rifle Range Road on the east, McKellar Road on the south, and Lamont Road on the west. The area within grid coordinates 761921, 759928, 771926, and 768933 is permanently OFF LIMITS and will not be considered for any purpose other than use as an impact area.

c. MacRidge Impact Area. That area bounded by Longstreet Road on the north, MacRidge Road on the east, Chicken Road on the south, and Preachers Road on the west. Training Area "O" east of Preachers Road and north of Morganton Road is not a part of MacRidge Impact Area. All areas within these boundaries are permanently OFF LIMITS and will be considered for no purpose other than use as an impact area.

d. Coleman Impact Area. That area bounded by Longstreet Road on the north, Preachers Road on the east, Chicken Road on the south, and Raeford and Vass & Blues Roads on the west. All areas within these boundaries are permanently OFF LIMITS and will be considered for no purpose other than use as an impact area.

16

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 e. McPherson Impact Area. That area bounded by Longstreet Road on the north, ridge line running north to south through Observation Posts 15, 16, and 17 on the east, Chicken Road and Southern Pines Road

on the south, Piney Bottom Creek on the west. All areas within these boundaries are permanently OFF LIMITS and will be considered for no purpose other than use as impact area.

1-14. CONSTRUCTION AND MODIFICATION OF RANGES/TRAINING AREAS.

a. Installation Range Project Review Board will be conducted annually by the Deputy Commanding General (DCG), XVIII Airborne Corps and Fort Bragg, to determine range requirements and status for existing and emerging weapons systems to support Active Component (AC) and Reserve Component (RC) pre-and post-mobilization training. Installation Range Project Review Board is required to review any planned construction, either temporary or permanent, within the Fort Bragg Range Complex prior to final approval.

b. All requests for repair of existing training complex facilities will be submitted by memorandum to RBC, Range Control. The facility number, name, grid coordinates, and description of required repair must be clearly stated.

c. Minor modifications to facilities, such as painting, fencing, posting of signs, installation of barriers, minor erosion control efforts and range road improvements, and small construction projects to be completed by the requesting agency will be submitted to RBC, Range Control. Projects will include justification and impact statement (See Chapter 3, para 3-3b).

d. Major modifications to existing facilities and all new facility construction projects must be coordinated with the Installation Range Officer before submission to the Director, RBC. Project submission under $500K must include complete justification, including the training requirements which necessitate the project, duration and frequency of use projections, and an impact statement. The results of the pre-coordination efforts with the Installation Range Officer must be included in the project submission. Projects in excess of $300K require additional documentation. A complete project narrative will be provided and will address the following:

(1) Requirement - Why is the project needed now? Give detailed statements as to precisely why the project is needed. Include subject to be taught/table to be fired, and number of students to be supported.

(2) Current situation - How is the need currently being met? Describe how and under what conditions the requirement is presently

17

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6being met, including facility number and use. Comments should support the requirement by describing the assets in use; give reasons why they are not suitable for continued use. Include all compelling reasons

for approving the project. Data should be specific and detailed; include data for each project, if different.

(3) Impact - if not provided - What will be the result if the project is not approved? Describe the manner and extent to which mission accomplishment would be affected if the project were not approved.

(4) Consideration of alternatives - Present evidence that all alternatives have been examined, evaluated, and rejected in favor of the project.

(5) Analysis of deficiency - Evaluate the quality of the facilities now being used. Determine physical deficiencies and how they hinder accomplishment of the mission.

e. Unit commanders who desire to construct any range training facility must obtain the approval of the XVIII Airborne Corps Range Project Review Board. Planning prior to approval will be coordinated with the Installation Range Officer to assure adequate space and compliance with this directive and pertinent safety directives. Prior to the establishment of any nonpermanent range or erection of any permanent structures, approval will be obtained from the Installation Range Officer.

f. No modification of a range will be made without prior approval of the Installation Range Officer.

1-15. POLICE.

a. Area commanders are responsible for the police of the Fort Bragg Reservation as prescribed in XVIII Airborne Corps and Fort Bragg Regulation 210-5, Area Police and Appearance (See Appendix C).

b. Upon completion of training, commanders will ensure a thorough police of the range, or training area is made to ensure that no trash, ammunition boxes, or other debris has been left in the area and all excavations filled. All areas occupied during conduct of training will be thoroughly policed; if a training area has not been policed upon occupation by using unit, the unit must notify Range Control of the situation or will be held responsible for the police when being cleared of the area. Prior to departure from the range, drop zone or training area, the OIC will contact Range Control and request a Range Support representative conduct an inspection and grant clearance. If it is impossible for the inspection to be conducted prior to unit

18

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6departure, or if inspection conducted is unsatisfactory, the commander will designate a responsible individual who participated in the field training to accompany Range Control personnel on a subsequent

inspection within 24 hours. Reports of unsatisfactory police will be forwarded to XVIII Airborne Corps, G3.

c. The Airborne Commander will ensure a thorough police is conducted of the drop zone after every airborne operation, regardless of type or duration. Range Control will inspect DZs daily to ensure an adequate state of police is maintained.

d. When an area is found by Range Control personnel to be in a poor state of police, the last known using unit will be required to return to the area within 24 hours of notification and police it thoroughly.

e. Army Regulation (AR) 11-21 prohibits the BURYING OF TRASH on government owned land. U.S. Army Forces Command (FORSCOM) Change 1 to AR 200-1 prohibits BURYING OF TRASH in training areas. Refuse will be deposited in dumpsters in range areas, a designated landfill, or returned to cantonment area.

1-16. PRIVATELY OWNED VEHICLE (POV).

a. Privately owned vehicles are prohibited in any tactical training or bivouac area, on any OP or impact area, firebreaks, and all dirt roads (Chicken, Longstreet, Raeford-Vass). Privately owned vehicles are prohibited from parking on roads traversing or providing access to these areas. Privately owned vehicles are prohibited from parking on ranges or roads adjacent to the ranges and will not be used for transportation of military personnel or equipment to or from ranges or training areas.

b. No privately owned motorcycles, dirt bikes, 3 or 4 - wheeled all terrain vehicles (ATV), bicycles, or other off - road vehicles are authorized in the Fort Bragg Training Complex on any range or in any training area.

c. Privately owned vehicles may be operated and parked on range roads during hunting season. Area Control Card will be displayed in the hunter's vehicle when parked on range roads. Privately owned vehicles are prohibited inside impact areas.

d. Privately owned vehicle entry inside the impact areas is considered hazardous and is prohibited. Roads OFF LIMITS to privately owned vehicle traffic are: Street, Morganton, Board, and Bombproof in MacRidge Impact Area; Morganton, Coleman, and Mail Route in Coleman Impact Area; Prince Charles, Quewhiffle, and Morganton in McPherson

19

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Impact Area, and all unnamed roads inside the impact areas. Range Control will notify the MPs and other agencies, as required, of privately owned vehicles discovered inside the impact areas.

e. Reserve Component/National Guard (RC/NG) units conducting Annual Training may request parking areas in the cantonment areas from the Public Works Business Center (PWBC). RC/NG units will provide security for these approved parking areas.

f. Violators will be reported to the Provost Marshal for action.

1-17. SPEED LIMITS AND VEHICLE SAFETY.

a. No tactical vehicle will travel faster than 45 miles per hour (MPH) on hard surface roads or 30 miles per hour on dirt roads. Following are the maximum speed limits for all classes of vehicles authorized on roads, tank trails, firebreaks, and trails:

RANGE ROADS MAXIMUM SPEED LIMIT

Chicken, Manchester & Rifle Range Roads AS POSTED Plank, King Roads 50 MPH MacRidge, Preachers Roads 45 MPH Named Range Roads 30 MPH* All Tank Trails 20 MPH* All Other Firebreaks & Trails Reasonable/prudent

Speed NTE 20 MPH*.*Night Vision Goggle Driving IAW Annex Q-3.e., with maximum speed NTE 15 MPH. b. The above speed limits will be adhered to by all drivers, except when stated lesser speed limits are posted, or as weather/road conditions may indicate a more prudent and reasonable speed.

c. Speed limit for passing troops road marching or running PT on range roads is 5 MPH.

1-18. FLIGHT LANDING STRIPS (FLSs). FLSs are located at St. Mere Eglise, Sicily, Holland, and Luzon DZs. Driving on flight landing strips is prohibited. Digging or disturbing the surface of any FLS or the surrounding area is prohibited without authority of the Installation Range Officer.

1-19. LOST SOLDIERS. Report lost soldiers immediately to Range Control. Include the following:

a. Name, rank, unit, and social security number of lost soldier.

20

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 b. Date, time, and location last seen.

c. Soldier's physical status (injured, uninjured).

d. Type of training being conducted at time of disappearance.

e. Known sensitive items being carried by soldier (weapons, NVG, etc.).

f. Request for assistance.

NOTE: The lost soldier's unit is responsible for conducting a search and notifying Range Control when the soldier is found.

1-20. SEVERE WEATHER WARNING. Range Control is responsible for transmitting all Weather Watches/Warnings received. Upon initial receipt of a weather watch/warning, Range Control will make a blanket broadcast over the FM radio frequency 38.90; the broadcast will include the watch/warning number, valid time, and pertinent information pertaining to the watch/warning. Range Control will broadcast the watch/warning again each hour until such time the watch/warning expires or is cancelled. Known Distance Ranges will be notified individually by telephone.

1-21. RANGE CERTIFICATION TRAINING, TESTING, AND VALIDATION.

a. Range Control is the proponent agency responsible for the development, standardization, and issuance of range certifications for OICs and RSOs on Fort Bragg. Only E6 and above and all officer ranks may be range certified; E5(P) cannot be certified until promoted.

b. Range Control will conduct quarterly range certification train-the-trainer qualification course. This training is intended to train unit representatives to serve as instructors for brigade and separate battalions range certification instruction. Train-the-trainer instruction will occur on the last Thursday of each quarter at 0900 in the Range Control conference room. Units should submit a memorandum to Range Control at least one week prior to training requesting slots for attendance. Standard name line of individuals to attend training must be included in the request.

c. Units are responsible for the administration of instruction and testing for range certification. After training and test administration, units are responsible for delivering completed testing material to Range Control. Range Control will grade test and issue certification cards to personnel who have achieved certification standards.

21

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 d. Range certification cards are valid for a period of two years or until such a time as OIC/RSO is de-certified for cause. Cause for de-certification will occur when an OIC/RSO is responsible for a gross safety violation while in execution of OIC/RSO duties.

e. Units which are not tenant units of Fort Bragg and are unable to send representatives to the quarterly train-the-trainer certification training, (National Guard, Active/Reserve Duty units from other installations) should contact Fort Bragg Range Control and make arrangements to receive certification instruction and testing. Arrangements should be made well in advance of intended training dates.

CHAPTER 2

RESPONSIBILITIES

2-1. INSTALLATION RANGE OFFICER. The Installation Range Officer will:

a. Be responsible for enforcement of the command approved Installation Range Program (AR 385-63).

b. Review this directive once each year to ensure that all sections are up-to-date and publish changes, as required.

c. Approve, disapprove or modify requests for all activities on the reservation, based on this directive and available information concerning demonstrations and priority training.

d. Establish temporary impact areas when firing is to be conducted in other than permanent impact areas and announce these areas to the command.

e. Upon notification of a malfunction or accident involving ammunition, explosives, or weapons, Range Control will immediately contact the AARCOM Field Maintenance Technician, the Ammunition Surveillance Inspector, Corps Safety, and the EOD Team.

f. Control live fire activities, airborne operations, and nonfiring activities within Fort Bragg, North Carolina Airspace Restricted Area R5311, and the Fort Bragg Range Area.

g. Authorize flights of aircraft through the Restricted Area and the entry of personnel into danger areas deemed safe.

h. Supervise maintenance of all range training facilities, and plan and supervise the construction of new ranges and training facilities.

22


i. Ensure adequate supplies are maintained on ranges and at Installation Range Supply.

j. Publish a Weekly Range Bulletin for distribution at the Range Conference. Prepare weekly the warning notice for publication in the Paraglide.

2-2. COMMANDERS.

a. Commanders of units firing live ammunition or detonating explosives will designate an Officer-in-Charge (OIC) of firing and Range Safety Officer (RSO), as required. There will be at least one RSO, or assistant RSO, in addition to the OIC, for each battery (company) or isolated platoon (section) firing point firing high explosive ammunition. RSO will be appointed, as required, to adequately control combat firing problems. Commanders will ensure that OICs and RSOs selected have been thoroughly trained and has demonstrated complete knowledge of the safety procedures pertaining to weapons being fired. The OICs and RSOs will be of the appropriate grade as shown in Table 2-1. Commanders will ensure that a complete report of all ammunition fired by type, fuze used, number fired, personnel trained and any duds fired is provided to Range Control upon completion of firing.

b. Commanders of units employing Laser Range Finders or laser augmented systems (excluding MILES) will determine, train, and safety certify the necessary personnel to assist in complying with Chapter 19, AR 385-63. Additionally, commanders will ensure personnel operating Laser Systems are aware of hazards for those specific devices they are employing.

c. Commanders of units conducting training in lettered tactical training areas will ensure Range Control is notified of occupation of and departure from the training area by FM radio (frequency 38.90) or phone 432-1161 IAW paragraphs 8-2c(1), (2), and (3), this regulation.

d. The unit commander is responsible for ensuring personnel have ear plugs with them while at the range and are aware of the hazards of not using them. Each Range OIC is responsible for ensuring ear plugs are used at the position area or range. The following constitutes the noise hazards in which personnel must wear hearing protection devices:

WEAPON DISTANCES

Small Arms and Machine Guns 75 ftTank Guns 300 ftAnti-Tank Weapons 500 ft

23

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Howitzer/Guns 1000 ft

e. Commanders will ensure all requests for training facilities are properly processed through and approved by Range Control. Requests for targets should be processed at the same time to ensure target availability.

f. Commanders will ensure requests for firing ranges, training areas, OPs, DZs, and artillery firing positions are cancelled as soon as practical after determining that a facility will not be utilized.

g. All unit commanders will become completely familiar with the required environmental protection measures (as outlined in Chapter 3) and will ensure that their soldiers know and comply with all training rules and restrictions. Additionally, all commanders must file an Acknowledgement of Understanding and Compliance annually with Range Operations to verify that training plans and scheduled activities comply with all endangered species protective measures and training restrictions, and that all unit members have been fully informed concerning protection of the environment and endangered species. A lack of required acknowledgement can result in cancellation of unit training.

h. Commanders will provide adequate military transportation to move people and equipment to and from ranges and training areas. Privately owned vehicles (POVs) are not an authorized means of transportation.

2-3. OFFICER-IN-CHARGE (OIC) OF FIRING OR TRAINING. The OIC of firing or training will be a Commissioned Officer, Warrant Officer or Noncommissioned Officer in grade E6-E9 and is responsible for the safety of the firing or training exercise. No other officer may modify his safety instructions without assuming full responsibility for the safety of the exercise. Specific duties of the OIC of firing or training include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Familiarize himself with and be responsible for compliance with this directive, field manuals and technical manuals pertinent to the firing or training being conducted, pertinent Range SOP, the applicable portions of AR 385-63, AR 385-62, and have a copy of the Weekly Range Bulletin in his possession at all times. (Range Bulletin is not required on KD ranges.)

b. Ensure that one or more qualified RSOs (IAW Appendix E, F, G, this regulation) and medical evacuation/support required by para 1-8 above, are present at the range or gun position (See Appendix D).

24


c. Accomplish a check of the surface danger zone to ascertain that the danger area is clear of all personnel prior to firing.

d. Post road guards to prohibit entry into danger area when required.

e. Ensure all personnel are briefed on the hazards of high intensity noise as a cause of permanent damage to the hearing mechanism, and hearing protective devices in the form of ear plugs and/or ear defenders (muffs) are available for all personnel on the range and for any visitor to the range. Hearing protection will be worn at all times during exercises with any weapon on all ranges IAW AR 40 - 5 .

f. Ensure laser devices are lased only at targets which are diffuse reflectors and not lased at specular reflective surfaces, and unprotected personnel are not exposed to either the direct laser beam or beam reflected from a specular surface IAW Appendix I, J, and K.

g. Ensure establishment of communications with Range Control prior to commencing fire. Firing will not commence until communications have been established with Range Control and clearance to fire has been granted. Communications equipment will be manned at all times and a cease-fire will be called immediately in the event of communications failure.

h. Call an immediate check fire when anyone is observed in the impact or danger area and contact Range Control immediately.

i. Ensure a check fire of high trajectory firing is called immediately when an aircraft approaches the trajectory of fire.

j. Ensure no pyrotechnics, flares, demolitions or any other incendiary type munitions are released or fired at any time without clearance from Range Control.

k. Make an immediate report to Range Control of any malfunction or accident involving ammunition, explosives, or weapons. It is of prime importance that the scene be preserved, as close to "as is" pending investigation by weapon and ammunition technicians; however, treating and evacuating injured personnel will be first priority. Range Control will contact the Armament, Munitions and Chemical Command (AMCCOM) Logistics Assistance Representative (LAR), the Ammunition Surveillance Inspector, Corps Safety, and the EOD Team.

l. Retain, at the gun position, all weapons with rounds or projectiles lodged in the barrel or tube, pending investigation and

25

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6release by the Readiness Business Center (RBC), Logistics Division, LAR, and Ammunition Surveillance Inspector.

m. Notify Range Control immediately upon completion of firing.

n. Be responsible for the police and sanitation of all range facilities and training areas used by his unit, to include repairing and/or refacing of targets to be used by the next unit scheduled on the range. Prior to departure from the facility, the OIC will contact Range Control and request a representative conduct an inspection and grant clearance. Conduct a shakedown search to ensure that no personnel depart the range with unauthorized ammunition, explosives or pyrotechnics in their possession. The OICs will ensure a detailed report of ammunition, expended by type, is given to Range Control. This includes number of rounds fired, type of rounds, type of fuze (artillery and mortars) number of personnel trained and number of duds.

o. Ensure vehicles are parked only in the designated parking area. Vehicles will not be parked on access roads to ranges or training facilities, shoulders or main thoroughfares, grassed, seeded or otherwise planted areas, except as noted in paragraph 1-16c.

p. Ensure that upon departure from range area all unexpended, misfired or otherwise unserviceable ammunition is removed from the range area or disposed of IAW existing regulations or directives.

2-4. RANGE SAFETY OFFICER (RSO).

a. The RSO is responsible to the OIC of firing and will be thoroughly familiar with the applicable portions of AR 385-62, AR 385-63, this regulation, Range SOP, and field and technical manuals pertinent to the firing being conducted.

b. Artillery and mortar RSOs will be command certified IAW this directive and, in addition to his other duties, will maintain a continuous watch for aircraft approaching the trajectory of the weapons and be prepared to order an immediate Cease Fire.

c. The RSOs will ensure the maximum ordinates do not exceed those published in the Weekly Range Bulletin.

d. An initial report of all deaths and injuries that occur during training will be made to Range Control for relay to XVIII Airborne Corps Safety Officer and EOC.

26


TABLE 2-1 OFFICER-IN-CHARGE AND RANGE SAFETY OFFICER REQUIREMENTS

WEAPON SYSTEM OIC RANGE SAFETY OFF WO NCO OFF WO NCO

Practice hand grenade and rifle X X E6 E6grenades: subcaliber training Laser rangesdevices; LASER ranges; firing onlydevices; simulators, tripflares; small arms and machine guns

Chemical agents and smoke X X X None required

Aerial gunnery, air defense X X E7 X E6weapons; flame-throwers;live grenades (hand and rifle);mines and demolitions; mortars;recoilless weapons; rockets;guided missiles, tank cannon

Artillery X X E7 X E6

Live fire exercises using X X E7 X E6organic weapons, squad throughcompany, battery, troop

Combined arms live fire exercisesusing outside fire support:Squad-section-platoon company, X X E7 X X E6battery Troop, battalion, squadron, X Xor larger

NOTES:1. Civilians may act as OIC or RSO. (Para 4-3c, AR 385-63)2. Complexity of exercise, number of participants, and physical separation of OIC from firing point may indicate need for RSO.3. When nuclear, biological, chemical (NBC) training is being conducted, OIC must be NBC qualified.4. Use of NCO E7's and above to act as OICs of artillery firing ranges is authorized only when approved by the Installation Range Officer.5. The battery executive officer normally performs duties of safety officer 6. OIC will be field grade officer for battalion and large-size units.

27


2-5. DROP ZONE SAFETY OFFICER (DZSO), DROP ZONE SUPPORT TEAM (DZST), OR AIR FORCE Special Tactics Squadron (STS).

a. All DZSOs must receive a briefing by Range Control prior to the drop. DZSOs and DZSTs must be on station with medical coverage and log in with Range Control a minimum of one hour prior to scheduled operations, to include use of an FLS in connection with airborne operations. The following information is required:

(1) Name, rank, and unit of DZSO/DZST, and transition frequency.

(2) DZ, type aircraft, number of passes, and type of drops (equipment or personnel drops).

(3) Airlift Control Element (ALCE) line number of assigned time block.

(4) Time that field landing strip will be used, if required, as a part of the airborne operations.

b. DZSO/DZSTs operating without STS support are required to have two FM radios on the DZ and are required to contact Range Control ten minutes prior to drop time.

c. Range Control may be contacted from the field by:

(1) FM radio, the primary means of communication: 38.90.

(2) Land Line, the alternate means of communication. Taps are located on or near all DZs, phone 432-1161.

(3) UHF radio: 246.0 (Airspace control net).

(4) VHF radio: 139.35 (Airspace control net).

d. The DZSO/DZST/STS will call Range Control when aircraft are ten minutes out from the DZ. At this time Range Control will assure that high trajectory firing along the aircraft's line of flight has ceased. The "Cease Fire" will remain in effect until Range Control has been notified by the DZSO that all aircraft have cleared the DZ. Range Control will be notified immediately of any change in schedule.

e. DZSO/STS will establish communications with Range Control by radio. The DZSO/STS will maintain communications with Range Control during airborne operations in order to effect "Cease Fire" of artillery and/or mortars in event of an emergency departure from the approved flight plan. Aircraft being used in the operation must have capability of communications with Range Control (para 2-5c, above).

28


f. At no time will the DZSO/STS change the flight pattern or route of aircraft while the aircraft is within Airspace Restricted Area R5311, unless approved by Range Control.

g. The DZST will have two FM radios, one to provide traffic advisories for transitioning rotary wing aircraft and the other to establish and maintain communications with Range Control.

h. The DZST must comply with the current approved MACOM (i.e., 82d, USASOC, etc.) ASOP at all times.

i. Vehicles other than those required for control purposes will not be permitted on DZs immediately preceding or during a parachute jump. The DZSOs will ensure DZs are cleared of all other vehicles well in advance of a scheduled drop and that they remain clear until all parachutists have landed.

j. Only after landing of paratroopers will heavy equipment recovery vehicles and ambulances be permitted on the DZ.

k. The DZSO is responsible for spectator control on and in the immediate vicinity of DZ.

l. At completion of drop, the DZSO will log out the DZ with Range Control and give all information requested prior to breaking communication.

m. The DZSO will coordinate with the Airborne Commander for the police of the DZ, spectator area, and removal of all air delivery items, i.e., platforms, bundles webbing, trash, etc., prior to closing out the DZ.

n. No white lights on DZ during night operations unless approved by the Airborne Commander or to illuminate MEDEVAC PZs.

o. Drops on Camp Mackall or within five statute miles of Mackall Army Airfield (MAAF): DZSO/DZST/STS will contact MAAF Control Tower (396-7308/1416, UHF 304.6, VHF 121.0, FM 41.75) when the control tower is operational, or Range Control (432-1161, FM 38.90) when the airfield tower is closed. All other directives listed above for DZSO/DZST/STS are applicable to Camp Mackall.

p. The DZSO/DZST/STS will ensure that no pine trees will be cut or damaged for parachute removal without notifying Range Control and receiving approval from PWBC, 396-4807. Approval must be obtained prior to removing parachutes from pine trees 6 inches or greater in diameter at any location on the Fort Bragg/Camp Mackall reservation. In the case of injured parachutists suspended from trees, the injured

29


soldier’s welfare always takes precedence, particularly in serious or life threatening situations.

q. The OIC of HELOCAST, Helicopter Rappel, Stabilized Body Operations (STABO), Special Purpose Insertion/Extraction System (SPIES), and Fast Rope Insertion/Extraction System (FRIES) must:

(1) Be on station with medical coverage, water safety equipment, and safety personnel.

(2) Log in with Range Control on FM radio frequency 38.90 a minimum of one hour prior to scheduled operations.

CHAPTER 3

PRESERVATION AND PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3-1. PURPOSE. The purpose of this Chapter is to establish policies and procedures for preservation and protection of the environment in the Fort Bragg Area and to inform units of environmental damage prevention measures that must be enforced while in any of the Fort Bragg training areas. Fort Bragg, while serving as an excellent training area, has areas of environmental sensitivity that are monitored and have specific use guidelines. Failure to follow these guidelines may constitute an offense of federal and state environmental laws. Soldiers and units commanders may be held personally liable for violations of environmental statutes and regulations.

3-2. APPLICABILITY.

a. The following applies to all units assigned to Fort Bragg, tenant units, and all off-post units conducting training at Fort Bragg, Camp Mackall, and in the North Carolina (NC) Sandhills Wildlife Management Area, to include USAF, USMC, USARNG, USAR, and ROTC units and personnel.

b. The application is to all fixed ranges, OPs, fire and maneuver courses, non-firing training facilities, lettered training area, and recreational and picnic areas located within the training land.

3-3. ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEWS.

a. The National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) requires that careful consideration be given to environmental impacts of proposed projects or actions. Further, it requires the consideration and documentation of alternatives to the proposed action. A major objective of NEPA is to provide the decision maker with sufficient

30


information to enable him to be aware of and consider a proposed project's environmental impacts, in addition to monetary and technical factors, before making his decision. It is important that environmental factors be considered as early as possible in the planning process in order to avoid delays as well as adverse impacts which may be costly.

b. All activities with any potential for environmental impact, positive or negative, require an environmental review. Range projects and some training exercises require the preparation of an environmental assessment. Examples include activities with potential impacts on wetlands, endangered species, cultural resources, and any training exercise taking place on or over non-military property. In those cases, and whenever there is any potential for environmental impact, planners should consult Public Works Business Center (PWBC), Projects Group, Environmental Natural Resources Division (ENRD), 396-8988/2867, for military construction, or RBC, Range Control, 396-7971, for training exercises.

c. The following training activities require an environmental review to ensure the protection of natural and cultural resources. Contact Range Control to initiate the environmental review process.

- Any activity which involves digging, disking, grading, etc., except hand-dug emplacements such as fighting positions, mortar positions, generator pits.- Undertakings which may affect archaeological sites or historic structures.- Mechanical excavation or deposition of fill in wetlands or waters of the U.S.- Large, concentrated assembly areas, bivouac sites, motor park/field repair sites, major commo sites.- Use of fog oil or other obscurants.- Vehicle decontamination sites.- Field sanitation sites (latrines, soakage pits for mess or shower points, water points).- Fuel supply points in excess of 500 gallons above ground.- Temporary demolition sites in tactical training areas.- Borrow pit operations.- Field ammo supply points.- Cutting trees.- Any other activity that may impact natural or cultural resources.

d. Training and field exercises will be conducted in a manner which will minimize adverse impact on the environment while still accomplishing training objectives. As appropriate, written environmental assessments or impact statements will be prepared for overall training programs and field exercises by the proponent of the

31


action. Written environmental assessments will become a part of the training file. Assessments and impact statements will be prepared IAW AR 200-2, Chapter 5, and reviewed by the Fort Bragg PWBC, Projects Group (396-8988/2867).

3-4. GENERAL.

a. Field operations are to be conducted to minimize interference, disturbance, and damage to fish, wildlife, plants, and cultural sites. Plants and animals will not be intentionally destroyed. Erosion control projects, land restoration sites, and other cultivated fields will not be trespassed on by personnel or vehicles at any time for any reason. Extremely sensitive sites will have signs posted.

b. When grasses and shrubs are damaged or removed, particularly as a result of vehicle movement or excavation, the bare soil is subject to erosion. Over time this results in a barren area of deep ruts, large holes, and flooding, greatly restricting foot and vehicle movement. Report excessive damage to roads, trails, and vegetation to the Soil Conservationist, 396-7506, ext 136. Damage must be assessed and necessary corrective measures taken.

c. Field activities shall minimize pollution of air resources. All activities, equipment, processes, and work shall be conducted to minimize the impact on air resources and be controlled at all times.

d. Climatic conditions may dictate restrictions on types of ammunition to be fired during portions of the training year to minimize the danger of fires and noise pollution. The Installation Range Officer will advise units daily, if required, and impose restrictions when adverse climatic conditions dictate, i.e., rainless periods, high winds, etc., as indicated in para 12-11.

3-5. ARCHAEOLOGICAL AND HISTORICAL SITES.

a. Federal law requires protection of historic and archaeological resources. It is illegal to excavate or destroy antiquities on Federal lands without permission. It is a federal crime, punishable by a $10,000.00 fine and one year in prison. Many historic sites, including cemeteries and churches, are identified on Fort Bragg. These areas have signs and are off-limits to training. Numerous prehistoric sites have also been documented. Specific sites may not be identified in the field to protect them from serious threat.

b. In order to protect sites from being disturbed or destroyed, all ground-disturbing activities must be assessed and cleared by Fort Bragg's Cultural Resource Manager, 396-6680, before training/project begins. Coordinate through Range Control with locations of activity.

32


c. The use of metal detectors on the Fort Bragg range area is strictly prohibited. Relic hunting is prohibited on Federal land. If you discover possible artifacts, record the location, and as soon as possible, notify the Installation Archaeologist, 396-6680. Do not remove any artifacts.

3-6. ENDANGERED/THREATENED SPECIES.

a. Red-Cockaded Woodpeckers. The Red-Cockaded Woodpeckers (RCW) are found throughout the Fort Bragg and Camp Mackall reservations, and are federally protected by the Endangered Species Act of 1973. The RCWs are cavity-nesting birds and depend on mature living pine trees for their survival. The RCW lives in family groups with a separate cavity for each bird. Cavity trees are marked with two bands of white paint. The group of cavity trees used by the group constitutes a cluster site. A 200-foot buffer protects RCW cavity trees. The buffer is identified by white signs facing out from the cavity trees that read:

ENDANGERED SPECIES SITE

DO NOT DISTURB RESTRICTED ACTIVITY

RED-COCKADED WOODPECKER

If protected areas are not clearly marked, restrictions apply within a 200-foot radius of double-banded trees.

(1) Training activities within the RCW buffer zone are limited to military activities of a transient nature (less than two hours occupation).

(2) ONLY the following activities are permitted within RCW buffer zones:

(a) Transient foot travel.

(b) Wheeled or armored vehicle transit through the buffer, at least 50 feet from any marked cavity tree unless on existing roads, trails, or firebreaks.

(c) Vehicle maintenance, for no more than two hours.

(d) Hand-dug hasty individual fighting positions, which must be filled after use.

(e) Hasty defense, light infantry, hand-dug only (two hours maximum).

33


(f) Blank small arms firing (.50 cal, 7.62mm and below blank firing).

(g) Cutting scrub oak for camouflage.

(h) Use of hand grenade simulators, artillery simulators, and Hoffman type devices.

(i) Use of colored smoke grenades with the exception of HC smoke grenades.

(j) Use of star clusters/parachute flares.

(3) All other training activities within RCW buffers are prohibited. Examples of specific training activities and associated equipment which are prohibited include the following (the list is not all inclusive):

(a) Hasty defense (mechanized infantry/armor).

(b) Deliberate defense.

(c) Command post.

(d) Assembly area operations.

(e) CS/CSS or signal sites.

(f) Camouflage netting.

(g) MLRS or artillery firing position/point or other weapons firing (other than .50 cal blanks and 7.62mm and below blanks).

(h) Generators.

(i) CS/riot control agents, smoke pots, smoke generators, or white (HC) smoke grenades.

(j) Incendiary devices (to include trip flares).

(k) Tank ditches, deliberate individual fighting positions, crew-served weapons fighting positions, vehicle fighting positions, vehicle survivability positions or other survivability/force protection positions.

b. St. Francis Satyr. In 1994, the St. Francis Satyr, a butterfly, was officially listed as a Federally protected endangered species. Currently, Fort Bragg is the only place this butterfly is

34


known to exist. Specific sites are not made public to protect it from serious threats. Protection is provided through coordination of projects, training events, and wetland restrictions and regulations.

c. Endangered plants. Three Federally protected endangered plant species are found at Fort Bragg-Camp Mackall. Rough-leaved Loosestrife is usually found in or adjacent to wetlands. Michaux's Sumac typically grows in sandy or rocky open woods on sandy soils. American Chaffseed is generally found in open moist areas subject to frequent fires.

(1) Sites containing federally endangered plants are marked with single white bands and yellow signs on nearby trees.

(2) Sites are to be avoided; they are strictly off-limits to all training activities, including foot traffic.

3-7. CUTTING BRUSH AND TREES.

a. The only type of foliage approved for use as camouflage at Fort Bragg is scrub oak. Pine foliage and grasses WILL NOT be used for camouflage. Pine trees shall not be disturbed.

b. Trees, other than scrub oak, WILL NOT be cut down or damaged in any training area by tactical units except as authorized below: Planned tree cutting is authorized by PWBC, Projects Group, 6-2867, with an approved DA Form 4283, Facilities Engineering Work Request, which must indicate the number and size of trees required, and where they are to be used. Range Control will be notified by unit prior to cutting timber. For unplanned situations such as parachute extraction, see Chapter 8, para 8-2n.

c. Firewood cutting program allows only deadfall timber or individually marked standing trees identified by PWBC, Wildlife/Natural Resources personnel, as fuel wood to be cut for firewood. Anyone cutting firewood on the reservation must possess a signed Minor Forest Products Sales Contract, SAS Form 1099, indicating the date and location where they are authorized to cut. The cutting of unmarked standing or unmarked live trees is not authorized and will be reported to the PWBC, Wildlife Branch. Permits for firewood cutting are issued at the Hunting and Fishing Center, 396-7506.

3-8. OFF-ROAD VEHICLE MOVEMENT.

a. Maximum use will be made of established tank trails and range roads for administrative moves. Keep off the road shoulders of paved highways.

35


b. Wetland areas and stream crossings by vehicles should be avoided if possible. If necessary, utilize the existing crossing area. Measures will be taken to minimize siltation of streams caused by wheeled or tracked vehicles at fords and approaches thereto. Bridges having tonnage ratings sufficient to accommodate traffic will be used. Timber trestle bridges on fire breaks will accommodate weights up to 22 tons.

c. Keep tracked vehicles and heavy equipment away from eroded areas and gullies. Heavy use will cause more erosion.

d. Refrain from locked tread turns (neutral steer) when possible.

3-9. EXCAVATIONS.

a. All mechanical excavations require environmental review and approval (See para 3-3c). Areas marked by yellow rectangular signs stating “No Ground Disturbance” mark environmentally sensitive sites. The areas are off limits to all types of excavation, including hand-dug excavations.

b. Avoid areas subject to or showing signs or erosion. Do not excavate in eroded and gullied areas or areas immediately upslope and adjacent to gullies. No digging or land contouring is allowed in these areas.

c. In areas of severe soil erosion, minimize foxholes, and emplacements, consistent with training objectives.

d. Do not cut tank ditches, trench systems, hull down positions, etc., in landing zones/drop zones without approval from RBC, Range Control.

e. Do not locate excavations in wetlands or within 100 feet of streams and lakes. Configure trenches along land contours rather than in up-and-down slope direction where tactically possible.

f. Any excavating or digging which may damage the root systems of pine trees is prohibited. Mechanical excavations shall be at least 20 feet from pine trees 6 inches or greater in diameter unless specifically authorized.

g. No mechanical digging is allowed in areas that have not been surveyed for cultural resources. Mechanical and hand excavations are prohibited in area where potentially significant archaeological sites exist.

h. When placing roadblocks, ensure that they are kept under observation while in use, as emergency vehicles may require access.

36


i. Foxholes and emplacements will be filled upon completion of training, prior to departure from the area, to prevent erosion. Foxholes and emplacements shall be compacted during filling and additional fill placed on top to allow for settling.

j. PWBC, Projects Group, ENRD, is responsible for locating and siting all engineer soakage pits, water points, shower points, fuel farms, and field latrines (use three days or less), phone 396-8988. Laundry, mess facilities, and shower points shall have adequately sized rock-filled sumps at each facility for the collection and proper treatment of the discharge generated by using units. Upon close out, all sites will be marked, restored to original condition, and inspected by RBC, Range Control and/or the PWBC, Projects Group.

3-10. BORROW PITS.

a. No new borrow pits will be opened. Listed are all the active pits from which borrow and fill material may be excavated with the approval of the PWBC, Facility Maintenance Division, 432-6336/6352. No work shall be accomplished without prior approval from the PWBC.

(1) Lamont Road East, coordinate PU755907.

(2) Lamont Road West, coordinate PU748902.

b. Troop units are required to submit construction activities that involve borrow areas in writing to the PWBC, Facility Maintenance Division, at least five working days prior to start date. A borrow pit permit will be issued to the requestor and shall be maintained at the borrow site during borrow activity. Unit will schedule the borrow pit with Range Operations (except Lamont Road pit) IAW para 4-1, this regulation.

c. Borrow pit perimeter shall not be increased.

d. Users of borrow areas shall mitigate soil erosion and sedimentation of borrow pit, waterways, roads, culverts, etc. Operations at the borrow pit area are to be designed to mitigate a potential erosion problem. Steep slopes, channeling, creating low areas for water accumulation, destroying existing erosion control measures, are prohibited. Units shall be responsible for unnecessary damage to borrow area and will be required to restore damaged areas for approval by the PWBC, Facility Maintenance Division.

e. When borrow material is required and not geographically available, contact PWBC, Facility Maintenance Division, 432-6336/6352.

37


3-11. WASTE DISPOSAL.

a. Training generates three types of waste: liquid, garbage, and rubbish. The disposal of this waste must not create conditions that endanger health or the environment. Temporary showers, field mess facilities, and laundry facilities shall require coordination with PWBC, ENRD, Projects Group, 396-8988/6680, before use and after closing.

b. Liquid Waste.

(1) Field showers/mess units must be located on adequately drained soils, at least 150 feet from nearest surface water and at least 500 feet from nearest drinking water well.

(2) Bathing and liquid field mess wastes (gray water) are disposed of in the soil by means of either a soakage pit or soakage trench. Soakage pits for washing and kitchen liquid waste will conform to field sanitation and medical standards for construction and closure (see FM 21-10).

(3) Reverse Osmosis Water Purification Unit (ROWPU) wastes, including excess potable water, shall not be discharged to surface water, sumps, or storm water collection systems. This includes any ditches or drains which lead directly into surface waters or storm water collection systems. All efforts to prevent a discharge back into a water source should be implemented. The appropriate disposal procedures for these waters are as follows:

(a) Potable water: Potable water shall be used for drinking, cooking, bathing, and any other pertinent use of potable water. Every effort should be made to use all potable water generated in a conservative manner; however, should disposal be necessary, it should be land-applied on grassed areas or on areas that will prohibit runoff and erosion.

(b) Brine or backwash waste waters: Disposal shall occur on areas that will prohibit runoff back to the water source (surface water, lake, impoundment, etc.) and shall not cause soil erosion. Every effort shall be made to dispose of brine or backwash wastewater onto grassed or vegetated areas to minimize runoff and potential erosion.

(c) Element cleaning wastewater: Element cleaning wastewater shall only be allowed in the designated cleaning areas on Fort Bragg, which is connected to the sanitary sewer system flowing into the Fort Bragg wastewater treatment plant. This wastewater shall not be land applied.

38


c. Garbage and Rubbish.

(1) Each unit using a training area or range is responsible for its state of police upon completion of training. Trash will be segregated by type and transported for recycling or landfill as appropriate. At no time will trash be buried or burned in a training area.

(2) No liquids, hazardous materials, ammunition or ammunition residue of any type shall be deposited in the dumpsters or landfills. Contact PWBC, Environmental Branch, for disposal of liquids and hazardous waste such as batteries, paint, contaminated soil, etc.

(3) Recycle ammunition residue, scrap metals, wood, M5 smoke pots, and aluminum.

(a) Turn in brass, ammo residue, packing, and boxes, to the Ammunition Residue Yard (432-7122) across from the ASP on Chicken Road. (Commanders must certify that there is no ammunition residue in the containers.) Ammunition boxes with reusable value will be processed through the Defense Reutilization and Marketing Officer (DRMO).

(b) Turn in scrap metals and pallets to the recycling collection point at DRMO (396-7394) on Knox Street, building J-1334. Scrap wood and unserviceable wooden boxes will be transported to the Municipal Solid Waste Landfill.

(c) Turn in aluminum cans to the Buy Back Center or the collection trailers at the fire stations.

(4) Refuse containers located at selected training sites, i.e., ranges, OPs, DZs, and at recreational areas, will be used when available but only for small trash intended for the landfill. Do not place grass, leaves, pinestraw, lumber, metal, pallets, dirt or other weighty materials in the dumpsters. Containers will be emptied upon request to PWBC, Contract Inspection Branch, 396-2618/3993.

(5) Refuse generated at other sites will be returned to the cantonment/landfill area by training units. Vehicles transporting all garbage and rubbish shall be covered to prevent littering along the haul route.

(6) Military units shall separate landfill waste. Gate attendants will check loads entering the landfill. If the waste is mixed or commingled, the transporter will separate the load and deposit it into the appropriate containers. Contact the PWBC, Environmental Branch, 396-3372 for guidance.

39


(a) Liquids, tires, appliances, aluminum cans, and hazardous waste (other than household hazardous waste) are banned from all landfills. Dispose of tires, appliances, and hazardous waste through DRMO. Recycle aluminum cans. Contact PWBC, Environmental Branch for disposal of liquids and hazardous waste.

(b) The Land Clearing and Inert Debris (LCID) Landfill on Lamont Road is permitted to dispose of debris such as leaves, limbs, stumps, untreated wood, brick, concrete, wire, uncontaminated soil, shingles, steel, and glass.

(c) Municipal Solid Waste such as garbage, paper, plastic, treated wood, uncontaminated soil, lead-based painted materials, shingles, asbestos, etc., and non-hazardous materials will be placed in containers or deposited at the waste transfer station on Lamont Road.

d. Human Waste.

(1) The use of field expedient latrines during field exercises is authorized. "Cat hole" latrines can be utilized during short halts (troops on the march) but require filling in holes with native soil. The "straddle trench" can be utilized for temporary bivouac (1-3 days) for company size or smaller. Units shall conform to requirements for expedient latrine facilities as outlined in FM 21-10.

(2) Construction of any field latrines shall not be located within 500 feet of any water source.

(3) Sanitary chemical toilets are encouraged in cases where expedient field latrines will have an adverse effect on the environment or would cause an adverse public reaction. Unit IMPAC credit card holders can place PORT-O-LET orders directly with the contractor (VANTEX, Inc., 1-800-537-7359). RC/NG units must submit a DA Form 3953 and memorandum to Reserve Component Training. For further assistance call 396-4728.

3-12. POLICE OF TRAINING AREAS. Ranges, training, and exercise areas will be thoroughly policed after each use by the using unit and inspected by Range control prior to being cleared (para 1-15). All trash must be removed (para 3-11, WASTE DISPOSAL) and excavation sites must be restored to original condition or better.

3-13. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND POL OPERATIONS.

a. Construction of any fuel farms shall not be located within 500 feet of any water source.

40


b. POL and solvents are to be used in a manner to prevent the contamination of the area. Spills of hazardous materials, fuels, and POLs must be reported promptly IAW the Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasure Plan (para 3-14 below).

c. No liquids, hazardous materials, or munitions shall be deposited in the dumpsters or landfills. Contact PWBC, Environmental Branch, 396-3372/3341, for proper disposition of paint, batteries, contaminated soil, or other hazardous materials.

d. Do not change oil or use solvents at wash racks.

e. Used POL, solvents, etc.

(1) No POL materials will be disposed of by pouring on the ground. Illegal disposal of hazardous waste could result in significant fines and imprisonment.

(2) All spent/used POL products are to be containerized, marked, and transported back to the cantonment area. Do not mix wastes.

(3) Dispose of used motor oil in used oil storage tanks located at various vehicle maintenance shops.

(4) All spent solvents, antifreeze, and battery acids shall be kept in separate containers. Solvents, battery acid, and antifreeze shall be managed according to Fort Bragg Regulation 200-2, Hazardous Waste Management. Contact PWBC, Environmental Branch, 396-2141/3341/3372.

3-14. SPILL PREVENTION CONTROL AND COUNTERMEASURE PLAN.

a. Spill Notification and Reporting: In the event of a spill, the following actions will be taken:

(1) During duty hours, report the spill immediately to the Fort Bragg Fire Department at 396-1504/3015 and to the PWBC, Environmental Branch at 396-3341/3372. During non-duty hours, report to the Fort Bragg Fire Department and to Range Control.

(a) The location of the spill (grid coordinates).

(b) The type of material spilled.

(c) Quantity of material spilled, if known.

(d) The direction of flow.

41


(e) Possible hazards, injuries, etc.

(f) Any bodies of water involved, distance from the water.

(2) Immediately after the spill, if deemed safe, personnel shall take immediate action to stop further spillage by plugging leaks, rerouting flow, and containing the spill in the smallest area possible.

(3) Establish security in spill area to mitigate hazards to personnel and equipment.

b. Cleanup, Disposal, and Restoration: Cleanup and disposal of spilled material and restoration of spill area will be accomplished IAW the Installation Spill Contingency Plan (ISCP), Fort Bragg Regulation 200-3. Contaminated soil is to be removed and transported back to the cantonment area in proper containers. Contact PWBC, Environmental Branch for cleanup, transportation, and disposal guidance. The PWBC, Environmental Branch will inspect the spill site prior to placing any backfill or covering the site to ensure all contamination has been removed.

CHAPTER 4

RANGE/TRAINING AREA REQUESTS AND ASSIGNMENTS

4-1. REQUESTS.

a. Requests for use of ranges, DZs, FLSs, and training areas on the Fort Bragg Reservation, Camp Mackall, the North Carolina Sandhills Wildlife Management Area, and the Fort Bragg/Camp Mackall Corridor, to include airmobile operations and demolitions and field ammunition supply points (ASPs), will be submitted, to reach the Installation Range Officer not later than (NLT) six weeks in advance and will be locked in three weeks prior to the week of training. The following firing events should be scheduled one year prior (artillery, Copperhead firing, helicopter with Hellfire missiles, MLRS, and Stinger Missile firing). These weapon systems have an exceptionally large safety danger area that closes several ranges and numerous training areas. For guidance and format for establishing field ASPs see Appendix P.

b. CALFEX and ARTEP. A detailed briefing, to include a detailed plan of the exercise, will be presented to Range Operations eight weeks prior to the exercise to determine range requirements and known conflicts. Range requests will be submitted NLT six weeks prior to the exercise. A detailed planning conference will be scheduled NLT three weeks prior to the exercise at Range Operations.

42


c. All requests, changes to range requests or to the Air Movement Table which involve the use of Airspace Restricted Area R5311, will be submitted subsequent to the above deadlines. Late requests and changes will be routed through Range Operations to determine availability of terrain and/or airspace and the degree of impact on other scheduled activities, and will require the approval of the RBC, Training Division, Range Control, ATTN: AFZA-RBC-TR, this headquarters. These requirements do not apply to changes due to weather, circumstances peculiar to USAF, and requirements of priority emergency deployment readiness exercises.

d. When the Range Officer cannot approve a range request, the unit will be notified and given an opportunity to select alternate dates or facilities, or to coordinate with the scheduled unit(s) for shared use of the training areas/ranges, if safety requirements will permit.

e. Requests for use of training areas and facilities within the North Carolina Sandhills Wildlife Management Area and Camp Mackall, exclusive of the Mackall Army Airfield, will be coordinated with Fort Bragg Range Operations by the requesting unit. Fort Bragg will make final coordination on the request with Camp Mackall Range Control. The Installation Range Officer is the final approving authority for the use of the training area IAW para 1-5b above.

f. Request for use of Northern Training Area (NTA), Areas I, II, III and IV will be coordinated with Range Operations. Guidance for scheduling NTA Areas V - VIII (the Overhills tract) will be published at a later date.

g. Request for use of U. S. Army John F. Kennedy Special Warfare Center and School (USAJFKSWC) Areas I, II, III (Uwharrie, Pisgah, and Natahala National Forests) off-post training areas must be coordinated with USAJFKSWC, ATTN: AOJK-GP-GT, 90 days prior to date required. Point of contact is Training NCO, 1st SWTC(A), S-3, 432-4385/5194. Once coordinated, the request will be submitted to XVIII Airborne Corps, G3 training for approval.

h. Requests for use of ranges and training areas by schools, federal or state and local government agencies, organized clubs and civic associations will be submitted through XVIII Airborne Corps and Fort Bragg Public Affairs Office, and the XVIII Airborne Corps Staff Judge Advocate to the Installation Range Officer. Civilian organizations must comply with Department of Defense (DOD) and Department of the Army (DA) regulations and directives governing the use of Federal property. Prior to using a designated range or training area, the organization will execute a written bilateral agreement regarding the intended use. This agreement will be reviewed by the Office of the Staff Judge Advocate prior to use. Privileges

43


may be withdrawn from any person or organization that willfully disobeys rules and regulations prescribed for the firing range or whose conduct on the range or installation warrants such action. i. Range Facility Management Support System (RFMSS XXI). All request for use of ranges, DZs, FLS, and training areas on the Fort Bragg Reservation, Camp Mackall, and the North Carolina Sandhills Wildlife Management Areas will be submitted through the use of RFMSS XXI. The RFMSS XXI is a state of the art automated scheduling system, which allows using units to submit schedule request electronically through remote access. Battalion level organizations and separate companies will be assigned a user identification and password to access the system. Request submissions must be fully completed and include the following information in the appropriate data block on the request submission to receive request approval:

(1) Requesting Unit.

(2) Start/end date and start/end time.

(3) Number of personnel.

(4) Number and type of vehicles.

(5) Type of weapons and ammunition DODIC.

(6) Event (Specific details of training should be included in the communication block).

(7) For request of training areas, indication of coordination for co-utilization will be included in the communication block. Units requiring issuance of RFMSS XXI user identification and password or technical assistance for specific date reports, i.e., units scheduled, usage, non-utilization, etc., should contact RBC, Range Control, RFMSS XXI systems administrator at 432-2900.

4-2. ASSIGNMENTS OF RANGE FACILITIES/SCHEDULING RULES.

a. The assignment of all ranges, impact zones, FLSs, DZs, and training areas, to include airspace, will be coordinated by the Installation Range Officer. Assignments will be based on the following priorities:

(1) Priority No. 1: Operational Deployments with less than six weeks to deployment date.

(2) Priority No. 2: Corps/USASOC Training Exercises (Joint Task Force Exercises, Joint Readiness Training Exercise (JRTX), and Emergency Deployment Readiness Exercises).

44


(3) Priority No. 3: DRB Preparation and SRT Training for units designated IAW FORSCOM Reg 525-5.

(4) Priority No. 4: Post-Deployment Readiness Training within four weeks of unit closure from either a CONUS or OCONUS operational deployment. Limited to small arms and crew served weapons.

(5) Priority No. 5: Aviation, Armor, and Mech Infantry Annual Gunnery.

(6) Priority No. 6: All Other Live Fire and Airborne Operations.

(7) Sport or Recreational Activities.

b. RANGE SCHEDULING RULES

(1) Active Component (AC) units may submit requests for ranges and training areas no earlier than four months and NLT six weeks prior to desired training dates. Requests for ranges and training areas in support of DA/DOD schools may be submitted up to one year out. AC requests for ranges and training areas will be locked in three weeks prior to the start of desired training dates.

(2) Reserve Component (RC) units may submit requests for ranges and training areas no earlier than twelve months prior to desired training dates. RC ranges and training areas will be locked in six months prior to the desired training dates.

(3) All requests for ranges submitted after the lock-in periods specified above will be filled on a first-come, first-served basis.

(4) Only Priority 1 training events and short-notice JRTXs are excluded from the lock-in restrictions.

(5) Requests for the same range on the same day will be adjudicated using the following general unit priority: USASOC, 82d Airborne Division, XVIII Airborne Corps units, 30th Infantry Brigade (MECH), all others. The Installation Range Officer is the approval/disapproval authority. Co-use policy will be encouraged.

(6) Impact areas and general firing areas for missiles (Copperhead, MLRS, Hellfire, Stinger) will be requested no earlier than twelve months and no less than six months in advance of the desired firing periods. This applies to AC and RC units. Exact firing points within general areas may be determined prior to lock-in periods described above.

45


(7) Support to other Army organizations not assigned to Fort Bragg, other services, and organizations not in DOD will be addressed on a case-by-case basis. The Installation Range Officer is the approval/disapproval authority.

c. The assignment of a range training facility to a commander does not include authority to pass the assignment to another commander without the approval of the Installation Range Officer.

d. The assignment of a training area does not include the exclusive use of the roads, DZs, PZs/LZs, lakes or FLSs within the area, or the airspace above the area. See Appendix P for field Ammunition Supply Point (ASP) guidance.

e. For the permanent assignment of close-in training areas, see para 8-1.

4-3. REQUEST FOR RANGE SUPPORT/MAINTENANCE. See Appendix D.

4-4. TRAINING AREA CONFLICTS.

a. Major subordinate commands will resolve training conflicts within their commands.

b. The RBC will resolve training conflicts between major subordinate commands through RBC, Range Control.

4-5. RANGE BULLETIN.

a. The Installation Range Officer will publish a Range Bulletin each Friday to make assignments of demolition sites, gun positions, and target areas for units firing into impact areas. The column numbers listed are used to identify an activity and to indicate type of training and impact area used. All column numbers beginning with zero are demolition sites. All column numbers beginning with the number one are firing into MacRidge Impact Zone; those beginning with the number two into Coleman Impact Zone; those beginning with the number three into McPherson Impact Zone. Each column provides the OIC with the period of time during which his training is to be conducted, the location of his gun position, coordinates of his surface danger area (safety limits), and his target area. The General Instructions in the bulletin contain additional instructions such as the location of road guards or special requirements of certain types of ammunition.

b. The OIC of any activity listed in the Range Bulletin will have a current copy of the bulletin in his possession, in the field, during the period training is being conducted.

46


4-6. WARNING ORDER. A warning order to the entire installation, as required by para 2-4b, AR 385-63, will be published in the Post Weekly Bulletin.

CHAPTER 5

RANGE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS

5-1. RANGE CONTROL. Range Control is the primary control facility for all training activities. The primary duties of Range Control personnel are to coordinate the firing of live ammunition on all ranges and impact zones, and to advise aircraft of safe routes of flight within Restricted Area R5311. These duties require brief conversations with callers and are tape-recorded. Delays in answering calls should be expected. Use of the range communications system for personal calls will be kept to a minimum, i.e., emergency personal calls, unit business, etc.

5-2. RADIO/TELEPHONE PROCEDURES.

a. The Range Communication System, both radio and wire, are administrative nets. Both are required to handle heavy traffic loads; therefore, unauthorized traffic such as the testing of radios, personal calls to Post Exchange concessions and off post numbers, etc., will not be permitted.

b. The Call Sign for Range Control ATC/Ground Firing Section for both wire and radio nets is "Range Control". Unit Call Signs will consist of the range number or the column number, i.e., "Range Control, this is Range Eight", or "Range Control, this is column 203". Aviators will use aircraft tail numbers as Call Signs. UNITS ARE REQUIRED TO MONITOR RADIO/TELEPHONE NETS AT ALL TIMES.

47


5-3. DROP/TELEPHONE LISTINGS.

DROP/TELEPHONE LISTING

RANGE RANGE DROP RANGE RANGE DROP RANGE RANGE DROP

1 432-1041 39 432-1439 63 432-1463

1A 432-2101 40 432-1440 66A 432-146613 43432-1413 41 432-1441 66B 432-146614 43432-1414 41A 432-1541 66C Bay1 432-146615 43432-1415 42 432-1542 66C Bay2 432-146621A/B 432-1421 43 432-1443 66C Bay3 432-146623 432-1423 44 432-1444 66D 432-976624 432-1424 46 432-1446 66E 432-976625 432-1425 47 432-1447 66F 432-976626 432-1426 50 432-1450 67 432-146728 432-3428 51 432-1451 68 432-146828A 432-1528 52 432-1452 69 432-146928B 432-3428 53 432-1453 70 432-1470 29 432-1429 54 432-1454 74 432-147430 432-1430 55 432-1455 75 432-409731 432-1431 55A 432-1655 76 432-147632 432-1432 56 432-1456 77 432-147733 432-1433 57 432-1457 78 432-147834 432-1434 58 432-1458 79 432-147934A 432-2634 59 432-145935 432-1435 60 432-145037 432-1437 62 432-1462

AREA DROP TELEPHONE NUMBER OPs

MacRidge Demo 2-1446 OP 5, 2-1405Coleman Demo 2-1469 St Mere DZ 2-8712 or CB 71 Sicily DZ 2-2868 or CB 18 Normandy DZ 2-3817 Salerno DZ 2-6040 Holland DZ 6-7561 Nijmegen DZ 6-5064 Longstreet/Preachers Rd. 6-3602 or CB 88 Lamont/Manchester Rd. 6-3605 or CB 91 RG Station 3 6-3606 or CB 80 Plank/Chicken Rd. 2-3596 or CB 90 Plank/Raeford-Vass Rd. 2-8714 or CB 50 Chicken/MacRidge Rd. 2-7701 or CB 89 Longstreet/Lamont Rd. 6-3594 or CB 93

48


5-4. RANGE RADIO NETS.

a. Radio is the primary means of communication with Range Control for all units firing into impact areas, for DZ control personnel, and aviators.

b. The base station at Range Control operates 24 hours per day, seven days a week. The following nets are operated:

PRIMARY ALTERNATE NET FREQ FREQ CALL SIGN

Range Control Net #1 FM 38.90 FM 46.75 Range Control (NCS)(Ground Activities)

PRIMARY ALTERNATE NET FREQ FREQ CALL SIGN

Airspace Control Net #1 UHF 246.0 None Range Control (NCS)

Airspace Control Net #2 VHF 139.35 None Range Control (NCS)

Airspace Control Net #3 FM 46.75 FM 38.90 Range Control (NCS)

c. Normally, all locations on this reservation can be reached by the Range Control base sets. Unit FM stations on the western portion of the reservation will require a RC 292 or 254 antenna.

5-5. RANGE TELEPHONE SYSTEM.

a. Telephone is the primary means of communications between KD ranges and Range Control. Phones are at each KD range. Cellular phones are not authorized to open/close ranges, training areas, or any other firing activity. Units requiring communications from points other than where permanent drops are located must submit a request on a FB Form 3021-E, Local Service Request (LSR), to Commander, 1112th Signal Battalion, Fort Bragg, a minimum of five working days prior to requirement date. Following information is required on request:

(1) Using unit.

(2) Required date of installation, and termination of service.

(3) Desired termination of communications (Range Control Central or Post Switchboard).

b. Range Control number is 432-1161. 49


c. Permanent drops located at KD ranges, OPs, and DZs will be used only by units using the facility.

d. All field wire connections will be tagged 12 inches from the point of connection. Untagged and/or unidentified lines will be removed when discovered by Installation Communications Electronics personnel or Range Maintenance personnel.

e. Tapping into communications lines at the top of a pole or at any point other than designated terminals is PROHIBITED. All telephone poles of the range system, i.e., those supporting open wire or cable are to be considered OFF LIMITS to everyone except Installation Communications Electronics personnel.

f. Tactical communication wire crossing dirt roads will be buried IAW FM 24-20. Overhead wire lines crossing hard surface roads will be at least 18 feet above the road and marked with 2-foot strips of engineer tape at 1-foot intervals.

g. No wire lines will be laid across FLSs or DZs except DZ operation lines. No wire lines of any kind will be hung overhead at DZs or FLSs or on the approach or departure ends to FLSs.

h. Field wire connections to range lines will be completely removed upon completion of each training exercise, unless otherwise authorized by Commander, 1112th Signal Battalion, Fort Bragg. The installing unit will recover Field wire lines laid on the reservation.

i. Commander, 1112th Signal Battalion, Fort Bragg, is responsible for installing and maintaining aircraft warning devices over all permanent communication lines which cross roads, and for removing all unmarked and/or unidentified lines suspended over roads.

j. The PWBC is responsible for marking electrical power lines crossing roads on the reservation.

k. Construction/erection of any communication tower or antennas will be coordinated with Range Control ATC/Ground Firing Section(432-1161 or frequency 38.90) prior to construction. All towers, antennas, etc., extending above the height of the surrounding trees will be lighted. Chemical, electrical or battery operated lights are acceptable. Towers, antennas, etc., will not be located within 200 meters of air corridor (see figure 6-1). NOTE: Air corridors extend 200m on either side of the centerline of the corridor. This means antennas, towers, etc., must be 400m from the centerline of the corridor.

50


CHAPTER 6

AIR AND AIRBORNE ACTIVITIES

6-1. THE FORT BRAGG AIRSPACE RESTRICTED AREAS, R5311A, R5311B, AND R5311C.

a. Restricted Area R5311 has a designated altitude to 29,000 feet above Mean Sea Level (MSL) and encompasses the entire Fort Bragg Reservation west of a line beginning at coordinates PU798854 NW to PU785878 NE to PU790907 and N to PU791944.

b. R5311 is joint use airspace and has been stratified into three areas. R5311A from surface up to, but not including 7,000 feet above MSL; R5311B from 7,000 to but not including 12,000 feet above MSL; R5311C from 12,000 up to but not including 29,000 feet above MSL. Units requiring use of R5311B and/or R5311C must inform Range Control NLT 24 hours prior to intended use.

c. Scheduling any portion of R5311 on the Weekly Air Movement Table does not constitute authority to enter the Restricted Area. Permission to penetrate or to conduct any activity in scheduled airspace (block time) must be obtained from Range Control.

d. That portion of R5311 (Sector IV), located north of Longstreet Road and east of line from Longstreet Road along Lamont Road to the north boundary of R5311, has been relinquished to Pope Air Force Base (AFB) to better facilitate landings and takeoffs.

6-2. FLIGHTS WITHIN R5311 AREA.

a. Flights desiring to enter R5311, will contact Fort Bragg Range Control and request permission to penetrate. Pilots will give Range Control their aircraft identification, destination, and desired route of flight. Range Control personnel will approve a safe route through the restricted area to the desired destination, when practical and safe. Whenever possible, Army aircraft will be flown along corridors directed by Range Control to a point as near their destination as possible. For location and designation of corridors, see section VI, 5a(1), to Fort Bragg Aviation SOP and Figure 6-1, this regulation. The primary purpose for air corridors is to reduce radio traffic; they are not safe routes until cleared by Range Control.

b. Corridors and Reporting Points R5311.

(1) East-west corridors:

51


(a) Corridor 1: Manchester Road from Lamont Road to Ranger Station 2.

(b) Corridor 2: Longstreet Road from Yadkin Road to Manchester Road.

(c) Corridor 3: Chicken Road to west boundary of R5311 (IP5).

(d) Corridor 4: Plank Road to IP4 (PU540802).

(2) Reporting points. Normal reporting points are Ranger Stations 1, 2, 3, Finlayson Mountain, Gaddys Mountain, and intersections of major routes. Pilots will report position over terrain features as directed by Range Control.

(3) North-south corridors:

(a) ALPHA Corridor: Lamont-MacRidge Roads from IP1 to IP3.

(b) BRAVO Corridor: Preachers Road.

(c) CHARLIE Corridor: Inverness-Raeford and Vass Roads.

(d) DELTA Corridor: King Road from Manchester Road south to IP5.

NOTE: The corridors are 400 meters wide (200 meters on each side of the centerline of the road). Corridors will be flown at 1000 feet mean sea level (MSL) West and 700 feet MSL East of the 70 North/South gridline (unless requested otherwise).

(4) Identification Points:

(a) IP1 intersection of Alpha and corridor 1.

(b) IP2 intersection of Alpha and corridor 2.

(c) IP3 intersection of Alpha and corridor 3.

(d) IP4 Grid PU540802. (Entry point to corridor 4 from the west).

NOTE: Avoid over flight of Sandstone Radar site (PU524795) by 200 meters.

(e) IP5 intersection of Delta and corridor 3.

52


(5) The airspace within R5311 north and east of a line from the east boundary of the restricted area along Yadkin Road to Lamont Road, and then along Lamont to the north boundary of R5311, is relinquished to Pope Air Force Base (AFB). Radio communications with Pope Tower will be established prior to entering this area, except:

(a) When flying within 500 feet of Lamont Road as long as two way radio communications with Range Control is maintained and at an indicated altitude of 700 feet or below.

(b) When landing or departing All American PZ (PU781890), north to south or south to north, at an indicated altitude of 700 feet or below.

(6) All aircraft operating in that portion of the Northern Training Area (NTA) that lies within the Pope AFB Class C airspace will be under the control of Pope AFB Tower.

(a) All flights within the NTA will be visual flight rules (VFR).

(b) Weather for the flight period must be forecasted to be not less than basic VFR (1000-foot ceiling and 3 miles visibility).

(c) All operations will be conducted at or below 500 feet MSL.

(d) If radio capability permits, it is recommended that all aircraft operating within the NTA under Pope AFB Tower control monitor Range Control frequency for traffic advisories along corridors One and Alpha, and Drop Zone information.

(7) All aircraft will avoid Sandstone radar site (PU524796) by 200 meters.

c. All aircraft desiring to land in or take off from the NTA and Areas K, H or J will contact Range Control and Pope AFB Control Tower prior to landing or takeoff. The above requirements are in the interests of safety.

d. The Fort Bragg Range Airspace Control may be contacted as follows:

(1) FM Radio: Freq 46.75, Primary. Freq 38.90, Secondary. (FM will be used only when contact cannot be made on UHF and VHF).

(2) UHF Radio: Freq 246.0 Airspace Control Net #1.

53

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 (3) VHF Radio: Freq 139.35 Airspace Control Net #2.

e. Airmobile operations conducted within R5311 will be coordinated with the Installation Range Officer in advance by the unit conducting the exercise. Units will submit requests for training facilities, to Range Operations six weeks in advance of date the training is to take place. The request will include pickup points, LZs, and date-time group of the operation. An approved request for training areas does not include authority to conduct airmobile training in the airspace above the training areas. Units will cancel airmobile operations NLT 24 hours prior to the scheduled operation if the mission has been changed or cancelled.

f. Clearance for Air Force troop carrier aircraft to penetrate R5311 will be obtained from Range Control by the Drop Aircraft or the Air Force Combat Control Team. Request for use of R5311 by all Air Force aircraft must be scheduled through Pope AFB Range Scheduler IAW Appendix M after the request for airspace above the DZ/FLS.

6-3. FLIGHT LANDING STRIP/LANDING/PICKUP ZONES (FLSs/LZs/PZs).

a. The names, type, and locations of all FLSs/LZs/PZs at Fort Bragg and Camp Mackall are listed below. The Chief, Aviation Branch, RBC exercises the control of Mackall Army Airfield and FLS Numbers 1 and 2.

LOCATIONNAME TYPE COORDINATES

All American DZ PZ/LZ PU542877All American PZ PZ/LZ PU780880Campbell's Crossroads PZ/LZ PU610848Castle Airfield N-S PZ/LZ PU668795Cresswell DZ PZ/LZ PU722918Dragon DZ PZ/LZ PU609963Falcon Airfield PZ/LZ PU671915Grenada DZ PZ/LZ PU762972Griffin DZ PZ/LZ PU671929Inverness Airfield N-S PZ/LZ PU603944Jessica DZ PZ/LZ PU639909Jones DZ PZ/LZ PU576834Latham Airfield PZ/LZ PU724898Little Engineer Airfield PZ/LZ PU686924Marshall DZ PZ/LZ PU543829Maurey DZ PZ/LZ PU663907Monroe DZ PZ/LZ PU743907Morganton PZ/LZ PU530910Normandy Airfield PZ/LZ PU641898North DZ PZ/LZ PU538905

54


LOCATIONNAME TYPE COORDINATES

OP5 PZ/LZ PU710864OP13 LZ PU59758995Pioneer Airfield PZ/LZ PU759917Plank PZ PZ/LZ PU605818Prince Charles DZ PZ/LZ PU591908Rifle Ranges PZ/LZ PU634956Saunders DZ PZ/LZ PU648817Spivey DZ PZ/LZ PU605902Sunshine PZ/LZ PU565912Todd DZ PZ/LZ PU712871Oran DZ DZ PU343732Holland DZ/FLS DZ/FLS PU555921Hurt DZ PU895967Luzon DZ/FLS DZ/FLS PU400754Nijmegen, DZ PU521854Normandy DZ DZ PU654911St Mere-Eglise DZ PU722809Rhine-Luzon DZ PU403775Salerno DZ DZ PU618921Sicily DZ/FLS DZ/FLS PU696915

55


Figure 6-1. FORT BRAGG AIR CORRIDORS

56


Figure 6-2. DROP ZONES AND FIELD LANDING STRIPS

57


b. The Chief, Aviation Branch, RBC, is responsible for the inspection of all flight landing strips.

c. Vehicular traffic on the runways and taxiways of flight landing strips is STRICTLY PROHIBITED.

6-4. MACKALL ARMY AIRFIELD (MAAF).

a. The Chief, Aviation Branch, RBC, has overall responsibility for the operation of Mackall Army Airfield (MAAF). See Annex L of Fort Bragg Aviation SOP.

b. MAAF is an active Army airfield with an Air Traffic Control Tower that is normally operational from 0800 to 2400 hours (local), Monday through Friday. The Control Tower radio frequencies are:

(1) FM Radio: Freq 41.75.

(2) VHF Radio: Freq 121.0

(3) UHF Radio: Freq 304.60.

(4) Base Operations: VHF 141.4, UHF 367.2

c. Drops on Camp Mackall or within five statute miles of MAAF: DZSO/DZST/STS will contact MAAF Control Tower (396-7309/1416, UHF 304.6, VHF 121.0, FM 41.75) when the control tower is operational, or Range Control (432-1161, FM 38.90) when the airfield tower is closed. All other directives listed above for DZSO/DZST/STS are applicable to Camp Mackall.

d. Request for use of MAAF for parachute, airland or airmobile operations will be submitted through the Installation Range Officer, to Chief, Aviation Branch, RBC, ATTN: AFZA-RBC-TA (Operations Officer) IAW the provisions of the Fort Bragg Aviation SOP, allowing six weeks in which to effect coordination.

e. A "Nap of the Earth" (NOE) flight training area (Figure 20-5) has been established to the south and west of MAAF. Unit personnel conducting tactical training in the Camp Mackall area that includes airmobile operations will be required to coordinate air activities with MAAF Operations in order to preclude interference with the NOE training. Use of the NOE areas for any reason will be coordinated through MAAF Operations, telephone 396-6230/9168 from 0800-2400 (L), Monday through Friday.

6-5. PILOT ORIENTATION. Commanders of Army, Marine Corps, and Air Force units, with aviators assigned or attached for training, will comply with the provisions of para 6a and c, Section III of the Fort

58


Bragg Aviation SOP, prior to releasing pilots for operational missions within R5311.

6-6. AIRBORNE ACTIVITIES.

a. The use of DZs for airborne operations will be requested IAW para 4-1.

b. Priority of use of DZs and airspace will be as specified in para 4-2.

c. DZs available for use at Fort Bragg and at Camp Mackall are listed below and are shown in Figure 6-2. NOTE: ALL GRIDS ZONES ARE DESIGNATED AS “PU”.

(1) Sicily: Coordinates 702927, 708922, 692882, 682884, 693910, and 690913.

(2) St. Mere Eglise: Coordinates 706810, 735815, 737807, and 708802.

(3) Normandy: Coordinates 654925, 662921, 651897, and 643900.

(4) Salerno: Coordinates 624933, 630926, 610908, and 604916.

(5) Holland: Coordinates 560932, 572919, 546904, and 539917.

(6) Nijmegen: Coordinates 516857, 532857, 532849, and 514850.

(7) Rhine/Luzon: Located at Camp Mackall at coordinates 388757, 388752, 390750, 409751, and 409767.

(8) Mackall Army Airfield: Coordinates 339734, 342736, 350724, and 351726.

(9) Oran: Coordinate 345730.

d. The DZs at Fort Bragg are located too close together to provide adequate maneuver space for Air Force aircraft in the event of an emergency deviation from a prescribed flight path. For this reason, simultaneous drops from Air Force aircraft will not be authorized on adjacent DZs. The Chief, AMCC/43d Wing, will maintain a time separation on all drops from Air Force aircraft. The Fort Bragg Installation Range Officer is responsible for maintaining a time separation on all drops from Army aircraft.

59


e. Military Free Fall and Sport Parachute activities are authorized on St. Mere Eglise DZ ONLY if parachute opening is at 4,500 feet AGL or below. No HAHO parachute drops are authorized on St Mere Eglise DZ.

f. When USAF troop carrier aircraft are used for drops on Sicily, Normandy, Salerno or Holland DZs, aircraft will approach from the north, and normally exit to the north (see Figure 6-3). After the drop is completed, aircraft will make right turn to appropriate heading, climb to 3000 feet MSL, weather permitting, and clear the R5311 to the north. When weather conditions do not permit northerly or westerly exits and southern exits are required, this fact will be made known to Range Control as soon as determined. If training permits, a southern exit will be authorized. If the training situation will not permit southern exits, some drops may be cancelled. This decision will be made at the aircrew weather briefing. When exits to the south are authorized, they will be accomplished as follows (see Figure 6-3):

(1) Holland DZ: After red light, turn to heading 190o, climb to 3000 feet MSL, and exit R5311 south.

(2) Salerno DZ: After red light, turn to heading 210o, climb to 3000 feet MSL, and exit R5311 SW.

(3) Normandy DZ: After red light, turn to heading 225o, climb to 3000 feet MSL, and exit R5311 SW.

(4) Sicily DZ: After red light, turn to heading 235o, climb to 3000 feet MSL, and exit R5311 SW.

g. When USAF troop carrier aircraft are used for drops on Nijmegen or St. Mere Eglise DZ, said aircraft will approach from the west and exit as follows (see Figure 6-3):

(1) Nijmegen DZ: Turn right to 180o, climb to 3000 feet, and exit R5311 south.

(2) St. Mere Eglise DZ: Turn right, exit south at or below 1200 feet MSL.

h. When Air Force troop carrier or Army aircraft are utilized in airborne operations within R5311, the DZSO/DZST or the STS will notify Range Control a minimum of one-hour prior to drop time that the mission is a "go" or that it is cancelled. The one-hour notification is required to allow Range Control time to effect coordination, verify medical coverage, etc. When Range Control does not have the one-hour warning, clearance for aircraft to enter R5311 may be denied. The

60


DZSOs and STSs will call Range Control when aircraft are 10 minutes from release point to obtain range clearance.

61


Figure 6-3. DROP ZONE EXITS

62


i. Commanders desiring to conduct unit airmobile or parachute operations with Army aircraft will submit request IAW para 4-1, this regulation. The request will identify the location of the DZ, PZ or LZ, the type and number of aircraft involved, the inclusive time for the parachute operation or the specific departure/arrival times for the airmobile activity.

j. The DZs/PZs/LZs and FLSs will not be used for establishment of gun positions, command posts (CPs), company bivouac areas, or comparable administrative or tactical formations, unless specifically approved by the Installation Range Officer.

k. A DZSO will be physically present on the DZ at all times during airborne operations and will ensure medical coverage, as specified in paragraph 1-8 of this regulation, is on the DZ prior to any personnel drops. He will ensure that positive communications with Range Control is established via radio. An initial oral report of all injuries that require evacuation from the training areas will be made to Range Control for relay to ACofS, G3.

l. The Airborne Commander will assure DZs/PZs/LZs and spectator areas are thoroughly policed upon completion of activities and prior to departure. All rigging materials, boxes, platforms and other trash will be policed up and removed.

CHAPTER 7

NON-FIRING TRAINING FACILITIES

7-1. USE OF NON-FIRING TRAINING FACILITIES.

a. The nonfiring training facilities listed in para 7-2 below are available for unit training activities.

b. Units desiring to use one of the facilities (except PT areas and gas chamber) will submit request through the RFMSS.

c. Training facilities such as obstacle courses, rappel towers and other aerial apparatus are considered high risk training events. Units desiring use of these facilities will ensure that a thorough risk assessment has been completed and approved by the unit chain of command. Prior to use, a thorough inspection of the training facility will be conducted by the OIC to ensure all apparatus are in good repair and are safe for use. Inspection checklists are available from Range Control. The OIC will ensure that during training events on these facilities, appropriate medical coverage, as outlined in para 1-8 is on station.

63


7-2. FACILITIES. The facilities listed below are available for unit use.

TRAINING FACILITY SCHEDULING SOURCE PHONE

CS Gas Chamber (Gruber NBC School 6-8124 and McKellars Roads)

Compass Course (Area J & K) G3 Tng, 82d Abn Div 2-0796/0792

Compass Course (Area X) Pre-Ranger Course 6-5525/2077

Pre-Ranger Course G3 Sch, 82d Abn Div 2-8522/8570

CIRC (Longstreet Road) G2 Tng, 82d Abn Div 2-0727/0623

Team Assault Course G3 Tng, 82d Abn Div 2-0796/0792

Engineer Assault Course Range Operations 2-2170/6772

82d Rappel Tower G3 Tng, 82d Abn Div 2-0796/0792

XVIII Abn Corps Marshalling Corps G4 2-0744/0644 Area

Pike Field HQ Commandant, 2-0684/0683 82d Abn Div

CS Chamber (Area J, PU785894) Div Chemical 2-2821/0788

NBC Defense Reaction Crs (DRC) NBC School 2-2821/9600

Individual Proficiency Test NCOA; G3 Tng, 82d Abn 2-0796/0792 Div

Air Assault Obstacle Course Range Operations 2-2170/6772 (Gruber Road, Range 85)

Uwharrie, Pisgah & Nantahala XVIII Abn Corps, G3 Tng 6-5873/2109 National Forest

Land Navigation Course, Camp USAJFKSWCS, 1/SWTG(A)S-3 2-4385/5194 Mackall

Obstacle Course, Camp Mackall USAJFKSWCS, 1/SWTG(A)S-3 2-4385/5194

Hand-to-Hand Pit HQ Cmdt, 82d Abn Div 2-0684/0687

64


CHAPTER 8

TACTICAL TRAINING AREAS

8-1. CONTROL OF TACTICAL TRAINING AREAS.

a. To facilitate allocation of training space, the range has been divided into lettered areas and further subdivided into numbered areas as shown in Figure 1-1. The Installation Range Officer allocates all training areas.

b. The areas listed below are assigned to units indicated for use as close-in training areas. Other units desiring to use these areas may coordinate directly with the unit to which these areas are assigned. Units assigned close-in training areas are responsible for the police of the areas assigned.

(1) 82d Airborne Division: Area J; the northeast portion of Area H within coordinates PU792874, PU795866, PU808879, and PU808885.

(2) XVIII Airborne Corps Artillery: Area H less that portion in para 7-1b(1) above.

(3) USASOC: Area G east of Reilly Street.

(4) 35th Signal Brigade: Area G west of Reilly Street and south of Gruber Road.

(5) 16th Military Police Brigade: Area J; POW Compound at grid PU789901.

(6) 82d Airborne Division Airborne Leaders School: Area X.

(7) NCO Academy: Areas OO, PP, RR and SS.

8-2. USE OF TACTICAL TRAINING AREAS.

a. Heavy utilization of tactical training areas at this installation usually precludes the assignment of areas on a "sole user" basis. Accurate description of the activity to be conducted in the communications block of the request will assist Range Operations personnel in making the most effective assignment of areas.

b. Units planning field exercises that include airmobile operations will include the time, pickup point, flight route, and LZ on their request.

65


c. Training Area Occupation:

(1) All units entering Fort Bragg Training Areas will notify Range Control of occupation of and departure from a training area by radio (FM 38.90) or phone 432-1161.

(2) Units will notify Range Control of unit's CP location. If the CP is relocated during conduct of training, the new location will be reported as soon as occupied. (3) A commander with maneuver rights through several areas would call upon entering the first training area and, at that time, list all areas in which he will maneuver. The only other call the commander would need to make would be any overnight position and when exiting the last area of the maneuver sequence.

d. Artillery positions will normally be assigned in lettered training areas without regard for tactical training being conducted in the area. Exceptions will be made when the commander desiring exclusive use of the lettered area presents sufficient justification. Area "E" of the artillery surface danger zone may not be occupied. It is the responsibility of the OIC of the firing unit to ensure that Area "E" is not occupied except for weapon crews firing from an approved tactical configuration (circular, box, star, etc.).

e. Assignment of an area does not include DZs, LZs or lakes within the area. DZs, LZs, and lakes will be requested and assigned individually with primary consideration being given to their intended use. Vehicles will not be driven on LZs as such practice results in increased maintenance requirements for the LZ and increases the hazard to pilots using it.

f. Cancellations. Units not requiring scheduled facilities will cancel in person as far in advance as possible. Units must cancel facilities not required NLT the Weekly Range Conference or the facilities will be counted for non-utilization.

g. The area within 1000 meters of Little River east of North- South grid line 745 will not be used for troop training. Training will not be conducted within 200 meters of any Game Warden Station. Training support facilities and/or equipment will not be located within 500 meters of family housing. Vehicles or personnel will not penetrate the area within 400 meters of coordinate PU896898. This area is a highly sensitive navigational aid site. No one will enter the Sandstone Radar site at PU524796 or the non-directional beacon (NDB) site at PU611827 for any reason. Additionally, no personnel will enter the main compound located at grid PU790994 in NTA V.

66


h. Units will contact Range Control upon occupation of the training area and furnish grid coordinates of the unit's CP and estimated time of departure from the range/training area. UPON DEPARTURE FROM THE RANGE AREA, THE OIC WILL INFORM RANGE CONTROL THAT ALL HIS PERSONNEL HAVE CLEARED THE RANGE AREA (para 8-2q).

i. When using tactical training areas, commanders will ensure that the cultivated areas and erosion control measures will not be trespassed upon, i.e., bivouacking, establishing of gun positions, driving of vehicles, landing of aircraft or any troop activities.

j. Red-Cockaded Woodpeckers (RCW): The red-cockaded woodpecker (RCW) is an endangered bird found throughout Fort Bragg and Camp Mackall and is protected by federal law. RCWs are cavity-nesting birds and depend on pine trees for their survival. Cavity trees are marked with two bands of white paint around the lower portion of the trunk. White signs mark a 200-foot buffer (protected) area.

(1) Training activities allowed within the buffer are identified in Chapter 3, para 3-6a. Approved activities are restricted to less than two hours inside the buffer.

(2) If protected areas are not clearly marked, then the restrictions in (para 8-2j(1)) above apply within 200-foot radius of double-banded trees.

k. Units will report any damage to RCW cavity trees and/or any extensive soil disturbance in and around RCW sites to Range Control immediately, regardless of when or how the damage occurred.

l. Scrub Oak is approved for use as cut vegetation for camouflage. Units will not use pine foliage or grasses for camouflage.

m. Units planning to cut trees for training purposes must obtain written authorization from PWBC, Environmental/Natural Resources Division, Projects Group, 396-2867 (See Chapter 3).

n. Pine trees WILL NOT be cut for parachute extraction or in other unplanned situations without approval of PWBC, Wildlife Branch Game Wardens, 396-7506, or after duty hours the PWBC, Staff Duty Officer, 396-1504, and notification to Range Control. This applies anywhere on the installation (See Chapter 2, para 2-5p). In the case of an injured parachutist suspended from trees, the injured soldier's welfare always takes precedence, particularly in serious or life-threatening situations.

67


o. No training activity including foot traffic is allowed in endangered plant sites. These sites are marked by yellow off-limits signs and single bands of white paint on nearby trees; some may be encircled with concertina wire.

p. Mechanical earth-disturbing activities are prohibited in all wetlands, endangered species protected areas, and within 100 feet of streams, rivers, ponds, lakes, and other natural waterways. Individual hand-dug foxholes can be dug within 100 feet of streams and other natural waterways, unless standing water results within the first two feet of digging. NO digging is allowed in areas posted with signs identifying them as endangered plant sites or Environmentally Sensitive. Mechanical earth-disturbance or demolitions must be identified to Range Control and approved prior to training. Mechanical earth-disturbance must remain at least 20 feet away from pine trees 6 inches or greater in diameter. All obstacles will be removed and area restored prior to unit's departure. See Chapter 3, para 3-9.

q. Units establishing shower points, laundry points, or water points on the shores of Fort Bragg-Camp Mackall lakes, ponds, streams, and Little River, will locate the sites so that no water is allowed to drain back into the lake, pond, stream or river. Discharges of ferrous chloride will be into a pit at least 2 feet deep and 100 feet from the water's edge. This procedure will allow the harmful, discoloring chemical to be filtered out of the discharged water prior to reaching the lake. See Chapter 3, para 3-11.

r. Fuel farms in excess of 500 gallons above ground will be site approved by the Environmental Office, telephone 396-3341/3372, and will be located at least 500 meters from water bodies or potable water sources. Individual units, i.e., bladders, tanks, etc., will be bermed to contain 110 percent of unit capacity. Farms will be operated IAW established SOP and Spill Prevention Control Countermeasure (SPCC) Plan in Chapter 3, para 3-14. Upon deactivation of farms, contact PWBC, Environmental Office (396-3372) for inspection of site.

s. Upon completion of training, commanders will conduct a thorough police of the area, removing all ammunition containers and other debris. All construction timbers, ammunition boxes/containers, and other material will be taken to the appropriate landfill or recycling points by the using unit (See Chapter 3). All foxholes, weapon emplacements, pits, and other excavations will be filled and restored to original condition. Particular attention will be paid to police of LZs, with emphasis placed on removal of brass, and all other metal objects from the LZ and taxiways. Prior to departure from a training area, the OIC will contact Range Control on FM frequency

68


38.90 or landline, and request a representative conduct an inspection of the area and grant clearance to his unit. Units conducting FTXs, to include ARTEPs, will conduct a thorough police of all areas and request inspection of maneuver areas.

t. When an area is found to be in a poor state of police, the last known using unit will be held responsible. Off-post units will contact the Range Control on FM frequency 38.90 or landline and request that a representative inspects the area prior to departure of the unit for home station.

8-3. TRAINING AREA CONFLICTS. Reference paragraph 4-4.

8-4. RANGE ROADS AND FIREBREAKS.

a. Allocation of an area does not include exclusive use of the roads located therein. Commanders desiring exclusive use of any portion of a road will specifically request the desired portion and include complete justification. Request will be submitted NLT six weeks in advance of date of use.

b. All tracked vehicles are prohibited from operation on hard-surfaced roads and the maintained shoulders adjacent to hard-surfaced roads. Figure 8-1 indicates the tank trails to be used to get from the cantonment area to the range area. Hard-surfaced roads in the range area that are OFF LIMITS to track-laying vehicles include Manchester, McKellar, Longstreet, Honeycutt, Chicken, and Plank Roads running east-west; MacRidge, Yadkin, Lamont, Preachers, and Kings Roads running north-south. Non-negotiable tank trails should be reported immediately to the Installation Range Officer, telephone 432-2170, so that corrective action may be taken.

c. Bridges on firebreaks are not constructed to carry the load of, and are not protected from, treads of tracked vehicles. No crossing pads are provided where firebreaks cross paved roads.

d. Units will utilize blackout drive during hours of darkness on all unsurfaced roads in the training areas. Blackout driving is prohibited at all times on all hard surfaced roads within the Fort Bragg Installation to include all hard surfaced roads in the range area. Civilian employees driving GSA vehicles while working to support training do not have blackout drive capability. They will upon encountering units, yield right of way, stop, or pull over and switch to parking lights only until the unit is past. Every effort will be made to avoid destroying night vision capability particularly on ranges. Exceptions will be made only during situation when access to the training areas is restricted. Units using night vision devices or goggles to drive with

69


during hours of reduced visibility will ensure the devices are removed before crossing or negotiating hard surface roads (see Annex Q).

e. Foot marches: Commanders conducting foot marches along hard-surfaced and unpaved range roads, either during the day or at night, will have a patrol 100 meters in the front and rear of the column to alert all vehicle drivers that troops are on the road. Commanders will ensure that units comply with XVIII Airborne Corps Regulation 385-10, Safety Program Requirements, 11 Oct 95, prior to starting road marches. Under no circumstances will soldiers march on a paved roadway.

(1) Foot road marches will be as far as possible to the side of the road and will not exceed columns of twos.

(2) The march column will have one person 100 meters to the front and rear of the main element to slow traffic to 5 mph.

(3) At night, reflective vests will be worn and red-lens flashlights will be carried to slow traffic. Every soldier will wear reflective belts during daylight hours.

(4) Road march rest and security halts will be taken off of the roadways.

f. Physical Training (PT) Runs on Range Roads: Units conducting PT runs on range roads will be in two columns with two road guards 50 meters to the rear of the formation, with reflective vests or flashlights. Units running will not cross over the center line or block traffic in the opposite traffic lane. Individual PT runners/stragglers will not obstruct traffic by running in the roadway. Commanders will ensure that units comply with XVIII Airborne Corps Regulation 385-10, Safety Program Requirements, 11 Oct 95.

g. Speed limits and vehicle safety: See paragraph 1-17.

h. The use of Forestry firebreaks for other than troop movements, i.e., roadblocks, anti-tank ditches, demolition cratering, etc., will be approved, in writing, by the PWBC, Environmental/Natural Resources Division, prior to submitting the range request to Range Control.

8-5. NIGHT VISION GOGGLES (NVG)/BLACKOUT DRIVING PLANNING CONSIDERATIONS.

a. Commanders will ensure all soldiers conducting NVG driving have been selected, trained, tested and licensed IAW the standards outlined in AR 600-55, The Army Driver and Operator Standardization Program (Selection, Training, Testing, and Licensing) dated 31 Dec 83

70


and TC 21-305-2, Training Program for Night Vision Goggle Driving Operations, dated 4 Sep 98, prior to conducting NVG driving on Fort Bragg ranges and training areas. NVG driving is considered a high risk training event and a risk management plan will be prepared IAW Command Policy Statement on Risk Management dated 3 Jun 99 for each NVG driving exercise. Particular attention must be paid to paragraphs 3 and 4 of the statement to ensure the Commanding General’s guidance is complied with. The following conditions apply to NVG driving. (For additional guidance see Appendix Q. An excellent example of how to develop a risk management plan for NVG driving is contained in Chapter 1 of TC 21-305-2, 4 Sep 98).

a. NVG driving will not be conducted on hard surface roads.

b. When convoys under NVGs approach hard surfaced roads, road guards with lights will be posted to warn approaching traffic, and the NVGs will be removed until all vehicles are across the hard surface road.

c. Units intending to conduct NVG driving as part of a training event will ensure their scheduling request for ranges, training areas and facilities is annotated to reflect that NVG driving will be conducted.

d. Units conducting co-use coordination will inform all units they coordinate with of their intent to conduct NVG driving operations during the period of co-use.

e. Commanders (IAW para 8-2b, AR 600-55) will establish NVG speed limits consistent with weather, terrain and the NVG driving skill level of all soldiers participating as assessed in the risk management plan. However, speed limits will not exceed 15 mph.

f. Commanders will ensure driver/operators that have not driven under NVG conditions in the past six months receive refresher training IAW paragraph 8-6a and b, AR 600-55, prior to participating in NVG driving operations.

g. The following conditions apply to blackout driving:

(1) Blackout driving will be permitted only in the maneuver areas west of Preachers, McKellar, and Lamont Roads on dirt range roads.

(2) Convoys will use blackout driving at any time on secondary (non-hard surface) roads.

(3) Blackout driving will not be conducted on any primary (hard surface) roads.

71


(4) When convoys under blackout conditions cross primary roads, road guards with lights will be positioned to warn traffic on both sides of the crossing point.

(5) Blackout driving may be used at any time off roads. Ground guides will be used traveling cross-country during blackout driving conditions when not precluded by the immediate training situation. Two ground guides will be used when backing all tracked vehicles and wheeled vehicles 1 1/2 ton or larger, any vehicle with restricted visibility to the road, and in confined or congested areas (assembly areas, etc.).

(6) Blackout speeds will be consistent with weather, terrain, and the night vision ability of the individual driver. Recommended interval is 15-20 meters. Maximum speed will not exceed 15 mph.

(7) Units will report violation of blackout during restrictions to Range Control.

8-6. CONDUCT OF BARRIER/DENIAL TRAINING. The use of actual, rather than simulated, obstacles in the conduct of barrier/denial training operations provides realistic training for the engineer unit, as well as the supported unit. Conduct of such training, to include use of explosives, outside of the areas prescribed in this directive requires certain additional administrative and safety precautions. In order to maximize realism consistent with prudent safety considerations, the following procedures are established:

a. Units intending to construct barriers along range roads must be scheduled in the current Range Bulletin. Request for barrier/denial training should be submitted six weeks in advance of the date the training will be conducted. Earth-moving operations must be approved by PWBC, Projects Office.

b. Restraint barrier planning and the mix of obstacles in the planning will ensure at least minimal immediate access by fire fighting equipment. Full access, to include use of firebreaks, will be restorable within 90 minutes of notification of a major forest/bush fire. Obstacles on major range roads will be manned to ensure access by emergency equipment.

c. All obstacles will be removed and the area restored to original condition (as much as possible) prior to return of emplacing unit to garrison. Location of all obstacles, which will interfere with traffic flow, will be reported to Range Control prior to emplacement. Removal of obstacles will also be reported to Range Control.

72


Figure 8-1. MAJOR ROAD NET & TANK TRAILS

73


d. Explosives will be used IAW procedures listed in AR 385-63 and Chapter 16 of this regulation.

8-7. WATERBORNE OPERATIONS.

a. GENERAL. Commanders of units conducting waterborne training will include the provisions of this regulation and appropriate reference(s) into the unit SOP. The SOP will include checklists to be used by all officers/instructors/NCOs involved in the training.

b. The operational unit, in conjunction with the organizational Safety officer (SO), should evaluate each operation in or over water (to include a risk analysis) for a determination of required safety measures based on type operations, existing or expected conditions, and existing regulations and manuals. Certified divers in designated safety boats, located downstream from the operation, will be present at all water operations. Medics, with resuscitation equipment, will be located in the safety boat and on one of the banks. On-call MEDEVAC will be coordinated in advance.

c. Since the operational unit commander conducts a risk analysis, in conjunction with the organizational SO, he has the latitude to modify the policy standard(s) as the type operation dictates and/or the conditions warrant. Whenever the operational unit commander modifies this policy or standards, his chain of command, up to installation/division level, will be informed and approval obtained.

(1) Due to periodic shortages of qualified divers, this requirement may be modified. All units conducting vehicle swim operations will make every effort to have a diver present. When a diver is not available, units can substitute a Red Cross certified lifeguard in a power safety boat located downstream from the operation or on the lake. This substitution also applies to light infantry in rubber rafts (RB 7 or 15), slide for life operations, rope drops, HELO cast and recovery, surface swimming, and water jump operations.

d. For Waterborne Operations, planning will include consideration of the effects of cold water and wind chill in inducing hypothermia and the actions to be taken to avoid it.

e. Personal Flotation Devices (PFD). Personal flotation devices (life vests) with a ratio (I, II, III, IV or V) equal to or greater than the stated purpose will be used.

(1) Type I. This preserver has at least 20 pounds of buoyancy and is designed so that over 95 percent of users will turn over so they float in a vertical, slightly backward position in the water. The NSNs are 4220-00-252-0581 and 4220-00-542-2110.

74


(2) Type II. This preserver has at least 15.5 pounds of buoyancy and over 50 percent of users should turn over to a face-up position and float. It is faster to put on and is more comfortable to wear than Type I.

(3) Type III. This preserver has at least 15.5 pounds of buoyancy and will maintain a person in a face-up vertical position. The NSN is 4220-00-142-1716.

(4) Type IV. This describes a boat cushion or any floating object intended for this purpose that has at least 16.5 pounds of buoyancy.

(5) Type V. This preserver has at least 17.5 pounds of buoyancy and is used in training/work situations. The pads are arranged to provide great freedom of movement. The NSN is 4220-00-555-9006.

(6) Inflatable. Inflatable PFDs will not be used.

(7) PFD selection criteria:

(a) Engineer Operations. Wherever possible, the Type I or III vest will be used. When operational requirements require the Type V vest, additional safety or life saving measures, such as lifelines, rescue boats, and divers, should be used. If fast or rough water conditions exist, the Type I or III vest will be used. Calm water is considered to be water moving at five feet per second or less; rough/fast water is water moving faster than five feet per second or a sea state of III (Beaufort Scale). Bridge erection boat crews and passengers will wear the Type III or V at all times during an operation.

(b) Light Infantry Operations. During amphibious assaults, river crossings, and small boat operations, the Type V vest is acceptable for use during calm water conditions. When the Type V PFD is used, additional safety measures will be used as noted in para 8-7a above. If rough/fast water conditions exist, the Type I or III vest will be used. For beach assaults, when soldiers are required to carry full packs and equipment, the Navy MIL-L-850 PFDs can be used.

(c) All drivers and crewmembers involved in the swimming of track and wheel vehicles will wear the Type III or V vest during vehicle swimming operations. No personnel in the vehicle will have on load-bearing equipment during the swimming operation.

(d) All non-amphibious vehicle crewmembers being transported with their vehicle during rafting and bridging operations will wear Type III or V vests.

75


(8) Track Vehicle Water Operations.

(a) All vehicle hatches, except the driver's hatch, will be closed when the vehicle enters the water. As soon as the vehicle floats, the hatches will be opened and locked. After the hatches are opened, all personnel will stand and observe the swim operations.

(b) Seat belts will not be used during waterborne training.

(c) Crew and passengers will wear hearing protection when vehicle is in operation.

(d) In accordance with para 8-7a above, a powered rescue boat will be in the water near the swimming vehicle. All rescue boat occupants should be strong swimmers and must wear PFDs. The boat will carry the following rescue equipment: Life ring with 50 feet of 3/8 or 1/2 inch nylon rope attached to the boat; anchor with line attached to the boat; two paddles/oars; radio; powered megaphone; search light and running lights during night operation; and resuscitator.

(e) Prior to entering the water, each vehicle will have attached to a heavy lifting shackle, a rope 50 feet minimum length with an empty plastic water can tied to the free end. This will facilitate underwater recovery should the vehicle sink.

(f) Trouser legs will be unbloused while in the water. Web equipment or other items, which may hinder evacuation from the vehicle, will not be worn.

(g) When training inexperienced drivers, only one vehicle will be in the water at any given time.

(h) Qualified medical and recovery vehicle personnel and equipment will be positioned to provide immediate rescue and recovery operations.

(i) Radio contact will be maintained between the OIC, rescue boat, and swimming vehicle(s).

(j) Intercom communication between driver and Track Commander (TC) will be maintained.

(k) In case of thunder and lightening, all vehicles, boats, and personnel will leave the water until the weather clears.

(l) As soon as operationally feasible, the TC/driver will perform a post water operation check IAW the applicable TM.

(9) Vehicle sinking. Rescue personnel immediately.76


(a) Render medical first aid, as needed.

(b) Clear the water and account for all personnel.

(c) Notify Range Control.

(d) Recover and impound vehicle for accident investigation purposes. Before resuming the operation, recheck all vehicles to ensure they are properly prepared for swimming. Brief all personnel on the possible causes of the sinking.

(10) HELO Casting: Water depth for free drop from an aircraft at 20 feet AGL or lower is 12 feet (2 fathoms), but the water depth for free drop is 15 feet when aircraft move at an air speed of 10 knots. Surface swimmers must not be free-dropped at speeds in excess of 10 knots.

8-8. BIVOUAC AREAS.

a. Range Control will identify, upon user request and justification, established bivouac sites. Use of these sites will be scheduled separately from the surrounding training area.

b. Administrative bivouac sites will be used for non-tactical administrative bivouac activities only. The use of pyrotechnics, CS gas, field latrines, sumps, foxholes, fighting positions, etc., is prohibited. Tracked and wheeled vehicles over 2½ tons will not enter bivouac sites.

c. Units desiring tactical bivouac training will identify the desired area and request its specific use.

CHAPTER 9

AMMUNITION

9-1. PURPOSE. This section explains and reemphasizes local safety criteria when handling and firing ammunition. Range Control is a link in the chain through which the responsible individual submits malfunction reports.

9-2. AMMUNITION HANDLING AND TRANSPORTATION.

a. Procedures for correct ammunition handling are outlined in Ammunition Supply Point's (ASP) SOP.

b. Passengers may not ride in a vehicle transporting ammunition or explosives except that troops and ammunition may be transported in the same vehicle during training exercises when the vehicle is the

77


prime mover for a weapon system engaged in the tactical portion of the exercise. Troops being transported are assigned to the weapon system being moved, and the vehicle is organic to the unit. Complete guidance concerning passengers in or on government vehicles transporting explosives can be found in AR 385-64, paragraph 7-11, a through e.

c. Found ammunition (dud or live) should be handled as follows:

(1) Commanders are responsible for instructing all personnel that ammunition above .50 caliber will not be touched. Ammunition found outside an impact area will be clearly marked with a stake at least four feet long and/or a flag. A report will be submitted to Range Control by telephone, or FM radio 38.90, containing the following information:

(a) Location and method of marking (grid coordinates).

(b) Number and type of ammunition (if known).

(c) Point of contact.

(2) .50 caliber ammunition and smaller will be turned in at the Surveillance Inspection Workshop, Bldg. X5182, located near the Ammunition Supply Point (ASP).

9-3. DISPOSAL OF MISFIRES.

a. A misfire is not a hazardous malfunction. After determining the malfunction is not a hangfire, place the misfired ammunition in its original container, mark it "misfire," with the date the misfire occurred and return it to the ASP. The SO will ensure all safety pins and/or wires have been replaced.

b. Misfires will not be mixed with other ammunition being returned to the ASP. They will be kept separate at all times.

9-4. AMMUNITION FIRING RESTRICTIONS.

a. 40mm ammunition/66mm LAW/84mm AT-4.

(1) Due to a high dud rate, 40mm HE grenades will only be fired on Ranges 23, 24, and 44. The 66mm light anti-tank weapons (LAW) and 84mm anti-tank rockets (AT-4) will be fired on ranges 25 and 44. These weapons can also be fired at grid PU656878 on Range 76, and at grid PU568870 on BM 107.

(2) The OIC of range will provide a strip map to the Range Inspector showing dud locations.

78


(3) The EOD will clear ranges of duds during scheduled Range Clearance.

(4) The OICs will ensure 40mm HE (M203) ammunition is not fired closer than 130 meters and dual purpose rounds, M433 are not fired closer than 165 meters.

b. Restrictions imposed by the fire condition burn index may be found in para 12-11.

9-5. MALFUNCTION REPORTING.

a. Army Regulation 75-1, AR 385-40, and AR 385-63 are references required for reporting malfunctions, duds, misfires, and accidents. The designated OIC, NCO, or soldier (as applicable) will report immediately any malfunction or accident involving ammunition to Range Control, who in turn will notify the Ammunition Surveillance Branch, RBC. Evidence (including materials, weapon fragments, etc.) will not be moved for any reason unless directed by the investigative authority.

b. Malfunctions will be reported using the following format:

(1) Type of report (misfire, dud, malfunction).

(2) Name, rank, and unit of OIC.

(3) Location (of misfire, dud, malfunction).

(4) Type/caliber of weapons.

(5) Lot number and DODIC.

(6) NSN number.

(7) Total rounds fired.

(8) Total misfires, duds, malfunctions.

(9) Comments.

c. Small Arms Ammunition. Qualified personnel of the using unit will ensure that there has not been any tampering with such ammunition and will inspect small arms ammunition (blank, in particular) immediately prior to use. Ammunition bearing evidence of tampering (i.e., lacquer seal in mouth of cartridge missing or marred, scratches or burrs on mouth of cartridge) will be set aside and reported to the Quality Assurance Specialist.

79


CHAPTER 10

KNOWN DISTANCE (KD) RANGES AND LIVE FIRE COURSES

10-1. KNOWN DISTANCE RANGES.

a. The KD ranges at Fort Bragg are located in the four range areas. Manchester Area, with range numbers assigned to facilitate easy location, starts with Number 1 located at coordinates PU793925 and are numbered progressively in a counterclockwise direction around the danger area. MacRidge Area starts with Number 26 at coordinates PU720881 located on Longstreet Road, vicinity of intersection with McKellar Road, and progresses in a clockwise direction around MacRidge Danger Area to intersection of MacRidge and Preachers Roads. Chicken Road Area starts with Number 50 at coordinates PU780840 on Chicken Road and progresses westward along Chicken Road to intersection of Chicken and Preachers Roads. Coleman Area starts with Number 63 at coordinates PU715822 and progresses counterclockwise around Coleman Danger Area. Range inspectors are available at Range Control to provide technical assistance to personnel desiring to use the ranges.

b. The KD ranges and fire and maneuver courses available at Fort Bragg are as follows. Each is described in Appendix B, this regulation, which contains instructions and information of value to a prospective user. The SOPs for each type of range or live fire activity are available at Range Operations.

10-2. RANGE INVENTORY.

RANGE NUMBER TYPE CAPACITY

1 300 Yd KD, 5.56 35 Lanes

1A Zero Range 7.62 and 5.56 25 Points

13 .22 Cal (50 ft) and Shotgun 25 Points

14 Pistol, Table I thru XI 4 Bays

15 Pistol (Air Force) 18 Points 19 Small Arms Special Purpose 1 Course (Operated by USAJFKSWC)

21A/B TOW/DRAGON Tracking

23 Grenade Launcher, 40mm 6 Lanes

24 Grenade Launcher, 40mm 6 Lanes80



25 HE LAW, 66mm/VIPER/Subcaliber 10 Points 35mm, AT-4

26 Combat Firing (ARTEP 7-15, 1 Squad (Chapter 5, Appendix 8)

26A Movement to Contact 1 Company

27 Squad/Team Assault Course Squad/Team

28 25/50 Meter Zero/Nightfire 49 Points 28A Weaponeer/25 Meter Corrective Fire 12 Points

28B 25 Meter Zero Corrective Fire 20 Points

29 Combat Pistol Qualification Cr 14 Lanes

30 RETS, Machine Gun Transition 10 Points 10 meters Zero

31 25 Meter/SAAD 110 Points

32 Machine Gun, Predetermined/Sniper 6 Points/ Field Fire, Team Live Fire Team

33 RETS, Record Fire 16 Lanes

34 Field Fire 35 Points

35 25 Meter 65 Points

35A Bayonet Course

37 Special Purpose (operated by USAJFKSWCS)

39 Squad/Team Fire & Maneuver Course Squad/Team

40 Fragmentation Hand Grenade 4 Bays

41 25/50 Meter Night Fire 48 Points

41A Weaponeer/25 Meter Corrective Fire 10 Points

42 Field Fire/MOUT Defense Field Fire 35 Points 43 RETS, Record Fire 16 Lanes

81



44 Multiple Weapons Familiarization - .45 Cal/107mm Mortar

46 MacRidge Demolition Area 1 Squad

47 Engineer Assault Course 1 Squad


51 Artillery/Mortar Sub-caliber 1 Battery


53 Machine Gun, M60, 10 Meter 6 Points 54 RETS, Machine Gun/SAW Transition 6 Points

Range

55 Record Fire 16 Lanes

55A Target Detection 30 Points

56 Record Fire 16 Lanes

57 25/50m Zero, NBC Fire 35 Points

58 25/50m Zero, NBC Fire 35 Points


62 Close Combat Course 2 Plt

63 Multi-Purpose Range Complex/ 1 Company Convoy Live Fire Exercise

65 Advance Marksmanship & Demolitions Co/Sq/Team

66A Machine Gun Transition 8 Points

66B Machine Gun, 10m Zero 17 Points

66C1 Competition Pistol 40 Points

66C2 International Pistol 40 Points

66C3 Competition Pistol 40 Points

82



66D 1000 Yd KD 55 Points

66E Sniper 10 Points

66F 25 Meter Zero 30 Points

67 Machine Gun, Field Fire 3 Points

68 Military Operations in Urban 1 Bn Terrain (MOUT Site)

69 Coleman Demolition Area 1 Company

70 XVIII Abn Corps EOD Demolition Area 1 Squad 75 360 Shooting House 1 Plt 76 Squad/Platoon Attack Fire/Maneuver 1 Plt

77 Movement to Contact/Assault on a 1 Plt Fortified Position Facility

78 Attack Helicopter 4 Aircraft

79 Anti-Armor/Convoy Live Fire Ambush 2 Vehicle

80 Live Fire Ambush 3 Position

85 Air Assault Obstacle Course

88 Special Operations ATF

91 NCOA Demo Area LFV Live Fire Village Multi-

Building

W McK Pond Movement to Contact Sqd/Plt

OP 13 Combined Arms Live Fire Facility Company/Bn

10-3. USE OF KD RANGES.

a. Unless otherwise indicated in Appendix E, this regulation, all range equipment and supplies required for training are available at the range. The keys for ranges will be drawn from Range Operations.

83

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 b. An approved request to use any range does not constitute authority to open fire. Clearance to start firing must be obtained from Range Control immediately prior to starting any live fire.

c. Request for Moving Target Cart for Ranges 25 and 65 will be made in writing five working days prior to desired pickup. Unit operator will have a current generator operator's license.

d. Requests for targets or target materials for other than KD ranges, i.e., tank targets, targets for fire and maneuver exercises, etc., will be submitted to the Range Control three weeks prior to desired pickup date.

e. An SOP for operation of the range will be given to the unitS-3 representative at the time of scheduling or the OIC at the Weekly Range Conference.

f. Vehicles will be parked only in designated parking areas on the range. Access and service roads will be kept clear of vehicles at all times. NO privately owned vehicles are allowed on or adjacent to any firing range.

g. Upon completion of firing on any KD range, the OIC will have the range policed. Prior to departure from the range, the OIC of firing or a senior NCO will contact Range Control and request a representative to conduct an inspection of the range and grant clearance.

h. Telephone is the primary means of communication between KD ranges and Range Control.

i. All latrine supplies required by personnel using post ranges will be furnished by the using unit. Included, but not limited to, are the following required items: Soapy water, containers, toilet paper, cleaning supplies, and equipment.

j. With the exception of the Machine Gun Transition Ranges (Ranges 30, 54 and 66A), Night Fire Ranges (Ranges 28, 41, 57 and 58), and Field Fire Ranges (Ranges 34 and 42), automatic firing is not authorized on any range equipped with electric target mechanisms. Automatic fire on the Machine Gun Transition Range and Night Fire Ranges will be limited to three-round bursts.

10-4. CONSTRUCTION/MODIFICATION OF RANGES. See para 1-14.

10-5. RANGE GUARDS OR BARRIERS. The OIC is responsible for placement and removal of temporary roadblocks and guards required by Range Operations.

84

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-610-6. TRESPASSING ON RANGE AREAS.

a. Ranges and impact areas are dangerous areas and are OFF LIMITS to all personnel except those granted permission by Range Operations. The ranges and impact areas are identified in para 1-13, this regulation.

b. Personnel who have permission to enter the range and impact areas will notify Range Control immediately before and after impact area entry.

c. Range area will not be used for tactical training or other nonfiring exercise except by approval from the Installation Range Officer.

d. Handling or removing unexploded ammunition (DUDS) by unauthorized personnel is not permitted. Only authorized EOD personnel will handle DUDS.

10-7. VIOLATION OF SURFACE DANGER AREAS. The following procedures will be followed if a unit fires outside the designated safety limits:

a. Personnel will immediately cease fire and everyone will fall to the rear of the weapon, leaving all settings on that weapon as they were fired until checked by an Investigation Officer, IAW para 13-3, this regulation. A report of the incident will be made to Range Operations immediately and the "Cease Fire" will remain in effect until lifted by the Installation Range Officer.

b. An immediate check by the Range OIC will be made to ascertain if injuries or loss of life or property resulted from the incident. The results of this check will be reported to Range Operations by the most expedient means available.

10-8. INCENDIARY AND TRACER AMMUNITION.

a. All personnel planning to fire any type of incendiary or tracer ammunition on any range will call Range Control on the day they intend to fire to determine firing limitations due to weather conditions.

b. Firing limitations due to weather conditions will be determined by PWBC, Forestry Section IAW the procedures outlined in para 12-11. Restrictions will be passed on to using units by Range Control when they open the ranges or when changes become known.

85

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-610-9. SAFETY ON KD RANGES.

a. The provisions of AR 385-63, this regulation, Range SOPs, and appropriate field and technical manuals will govern the general safety aspects of all KD and fire and maneuver course firing.

b. Prior to opening fire on any range or live fire course, the OIC will ensure:

(1) All personnel have received a Range Safety Briefing from the designated RSO.

(2) Clearance has been obtained from Range Control.

(3) Medical support will be IAW para 1-8 and 1-9, this regulation.

(4) Scarlet range flags will be flown on all ranges while firing is in progress. A flashing red safety light will be used at night and located at range flagpole (AR 385-63).

(5) All personnel entering ranges will wear Steel/kevlar helmets.

c. The only weapons firing on Fort Bragg ranges and courses will be official military training conducted for military personnel, using military weapons, scheduled and approved by the Installation Range Officer. The RBC, this headquarters, will consider exceptions on a case-by-case basis when requested in advance of the day of desired firing.

d. Weapons on the firing line will be pointed down range at all times.

e. No weapon will be removed from the firing line until it has been unloaded, cleared, and inspected by an officer or NCO, and placed in a "safe" firing position with bolt or breech open.

f. No one will be permitted forward of the firing line until all weapons have been cleared and inspected by an officer or NCO.

g. All weapons not in use on the firing line will be stacked in military manner to the rear of the firing line, with all bolts open.

h. Upon completion of firing on any range or maneuver course, all weapons will be cleared and inspected, and an ammunition "shakedown" will be conducted.

86

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 i. The OIC of firing will notify Range Control as soon as firing is completed for the day.

j. Ammunition will not normally be stored on any KD ranges overnight, except as authorized by the Installation Range Officer.

10-10. GRENADE LAUNCHERS/ANTI-TANK WEAPONS.

a. All marksmanship firing of the 40mm Grenade Launchers (M79/M203) will be conducted on Ranges 23, 24 and 44. All marksmanship firing of the 66mm Light Anti-tank Rocket LAW and the AT-4 will be conducted on Ranges 25 and 44, or as designated by the Installation Range Officer.

b. The 40mm Grenade, 66mm LAW, and 84mm AT-4, if approved by the Installation Range Officer, may be used in live fire exercises during the defense phase only. Firing of these weapons will be into designated areas only. These weapons will not be fired during the assault phase, nor will they be fired over the heads of troops.

10-11. HAND GRENADES.

a. Range 40 is available for hand grenade qualification. It has three practice lanes to support distance and accuracy and hand grenade identification requirements. Range 40 also has four live hand grenade throwing bays.

b. Permission to establish temporary grenade ranges must be justified and requested in writing to the Installation Range Officer.

c. When a grenade has been thrown and does not explode, all throwing will stop immediately in that bay until EOD personnel have destroyed the dud. When temporary hand grenade ranges are utilized and a dud has been thrown, all throwing will stop immediately. A 60-minute waiting period will be observed prior to EOD approaching the dud grenade for purpose of destruction in place (TM 9-1330-200).

10-12. .50 CALIBER FIRING. The .50 Cal Machine Gun may be fired on Ranges 44, 63, 67, and 79 from OPs 5, 8, 8A, and 13, and during Combined Arms Live Fire Exercises at positions approved by the Installation Range Officer.

10-13. LIVE FIRE COURSES (Ranges 26A, 63, 75, 76, 77, 79, 80, OP13, and Live Fire Village).

a. The OIC will have in his possession a current Range Bulletin and the Range SOP for the Live Fire Course range while conducting blank or live fire training.

87

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 b. Start Fire Lines and Zones of Fire will be published in the Weekly Range Bulletin.

c. The command and control element will maintain communications with Range Control at all times.

d. Prior to personnel moving down range for preparation or rehearsals, the OIC will request clearance from Range Control.

e. All personnel will be informed they are required to call a "CEASE FIRE" if an unsafe act is observed.

10-14. SAFETY PROCEDURES FOR FIRING DIRECT FIRE WEAPONS AT ALL LOCATIONS OTHER THAN ON KD RANGES.

a. Before firing, the OIC and/or the RSO will ensure:

(1) He has a current Range Bulletin in his possession, verifies that the bulletin column number applies to his unit, exercise, and date, and confirms any pen-and-ink changes with Range Control.

(2) He has a compass in his possession for marking the left and right limits of fire on the ground.

(3) The left and right limits of fire, as indicated in the Range Bulletin, are marked with safety stakes.

(4) Ammunition at the weapons position is stored IAW applicable FM and training publications.

(5) Clearance to fire is obtained from Range Control prior to any firing.

b. During firing, the OIC/RSO will ensure:

(1) All weapons are fired IAW safety precautions stated in applicable FM and training publications.

(2) All firing is within the right and left safety limits as prescribed by the Range Bulletin.

(3) No rounds are fired short of the minimum range or beyond the maximum range prescribed in the Range Bulletin.

(4) Misfires and hangfires are handled IAW applicable FM and training publications, and those safety procedures contained in applicable publications are followed.

88

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 (5) An immediate "CEASE FIRE" is called when an unsafe condition is observed or when directed by Range Control.

CHAPTER 11

LIVE FIRE EXERCISES

11-1. COMBINED ARMS/LIVE FIRE EXERCISES.

a. Prior to conducting a live fire exercise, the OIC and the RSO must be thoroughly familiar with the contents of AR 385-63, Fort Bragg Regulation 350-6, the scenario and safety plan for the exercise to be conducted. Prior to submission of the Range Request, a detailed live fire planning conference, attended by representative of the controlling unit and the supporting arms, will be held at Range Operations. A final, approved, scenario and safety plan will be submitted to Range Control, Operations Section.

b. Impact areas are required to be surface-cleared prior to entry of personnel for training purposes IAW para 2-5d, AR 385-63. Units desiring surface sweep of areas in which they plan to train will submit requests for clearance to the Installation Range Officer NLT 60 days in advance of date of intended use. Requests will include the following information.

(1) Identification, by coordinates, of area to be cleared.

(2) Date area is to be searched and staked.

(3) Date area is available for EOD reconnaissance.

NOTE: This date must be at least 30 days prior to clearance date.

(4) Identification of unit project OIC.

c. The maneuver unit OIC for each live fire exercise will prepare a written scenario. Safety personnel, equipment, and SOP as required for any live fire exercise will be employed in all rehearsals for the exercise. (See Appendix F, Live Fire Exercise Checklist).

11-2. OVERHEAD FIRE. The firing precautions for overhead, flanking, and assault fire as prescribed in Chapter 16, AR 385-63, will apply to all live fire exercises.

11-3. SAFETY.

a. A written scenario and safety plan will be prepared for each live fire exercise. Safety personnel, equipment, and SOP, as

89

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6required, for any live fire exercise will be employed with any rehearsals for the exercise. In addition a Risk Management Plan will be prepared for each live fire exercise IAW Command Policy Statement on Risk Management dated 3 Jun 99. Particular attention must be paid to paragraphs 3 and 4 of the statement to ensure the Commanding General’s guidance is complied with. (See Appendix F, Live Fire Exercise Checklist).

b. All work details down range during preparation or rehearsals will be cleared by the RSO prior to entry into the down range area after coordination with Range Control.

c. The use of fighter aircraft with live fire exercises will be held to a minimum during prime training time. High performance aircraft operating within the restricted area reduces other activities such as parachute operations and high trajectory firing.

CHAPTER 12

FIRING OF HIGH EXPLOSIVE AMMUNITION AND USE OF IMPACT AREAS

12-1. IMPACT AREAS.

a. All artillery, tank, mortar, and recoilless rifle projectiles and all rockets, bombs, and missiles will impact in MacRidge, Coleman, Manchester or McPherson Impact Areas.

b. The exact dimensions of assigned temporary impact areas may vary from day to day. The impact areas for indirect firing and the limits of fire for direct fire weapons are prescribed in the Weekly Range Bulletin. The Weekly Range Bulletin is directive in nature and will not be changed without the approval of the Installation Range Officer. Each line entry (live fire gun position) is assigned a "column" number for control purposes. The numbering system determines which impact area a unit is authorized to fire into. For control purposes, column numbers 100-199 must fire into MacRidge Impact Area, numbers 200-299 into Coleman Impact Area, and numbers 300-399 into McPherson Impact Area.

12-2. IMPACT AREA CONTROL.

a. Control and management of all Fort Bragg impact areas is the responsibility of the Installation Range Officer. All impact areas at Fort Bragg are considered high hazard impact areas, due to the amount and type duds that currently exist. These dudded munitions pose an extremely hazardous threat to human life and safety. Unauthorized entry into any impact area is strictly prohibited.

90

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 b. Necessary entry into the impact areas for maintenance, target insertions, etc., will be approved by the Installation Range Officer, accompanied by EOD personnel and closely controlled and supervised. Any other proposed entry operation must be justified to and approved by the Installation Range Officer.

c. All impact area entries and departures must be reported at the time of occurrence to Range Control. Entry reports must include identity of person(s), number of personnel involved, area to be entered, purpose, approximate time required to complete mission, and mode of transport. Departure reports must include clearance of all personnel and equipment.

d. No target material of any nature will be placed within the impact area without specific approval of the Installation Range Officer. No glass, reflective metals, or other laser deflecting materials will be deposited or used as a target.

12-3. COORDINATION OF AIRBORNE ACTIVITIES AND HIGH TRAJECTORY FIRING. See para 13-4, this regulation.

12-4. GROUND TO AIR LIVE FIRE TRAINING.

a. Firing at aerial targets over the heads of troops is prohibited, unless the personnel required to be in the surface danger area are protected by the minimum overhead cover prescribed in FM 5-15, Field Fortification. Any requirement to conduct firing over the head of troops will be justified to and approved by the Installation Range Officer.

b. Air Defense live fire training against aerial targets is normally conducted into Coleman and MacRidge Impact Areas. Use of other impact areas will be requested from the Installation Range Officer with full justification for it.

c. All weapons engaged in live fire training against aerial targets will be on a single firing lane.

d. The OIC will ensure the limit of fire stakes are placed IAW information obtained from the current Range Bulletin and no firing is conducted outside these limits.

e. In event of firing out of sector, loss of target missile/rocket, or out of designated danger or impact area, the Installation Range Officer will be notified immediately.

12-5. JAVELIN MISSILE. Firing of the Javelin Missile, using either inert or high explosive ammunition, will be conducted at location

91

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6approved by Range Control. HE firing will be at fixed targets only and within limits designated in the Weekly Range Bulletin current at the time of firing.

12-6. TOW MISSILE.

a. Firing of the TOW Missile will normally be conducted at OPs 9, 12, and 13 (HE and Inert) and Ranges 63 and 79 (Inert Only). Firing will be at fixed targets only and within limits designated in the Weekly Range Bulletin current at the time of firing.

b. The inert TOW Missile only may be fired at moving targets on Ranges 63 and 79. Firing will be from only those positions approved by the Installation Range Officer.

c. TOW tracking training can be conducted on Range 21 with the M70 trainer.

12-7. RECOVERY OF WIRE FROM GUIDED MISSILES. The firing unit will schedule sufficient time to conduct wire recovery operations in conjunction with their range request. A wire recovery operation will be conducted on the same day as the firing if sufficient time remains after the firing to allow completion of the recovery operation in daylight.

12-8. LASER OPERATIONS.

a. Firing/lasing positions will be requested by grid coordinates for the period of intended use only, to include the time the unit plans to start operation and the anticipated time of closing the position.

b. The exact dimensions of a target area vary from day to day. The target area for lasing operations and the limits associated with a particular lasing position target area are prescribed in the Weekly Range Bulletin.

c. Lasing unit commander will:

(1) Select, train, and safety certify the personnel necessary to assist him in complying with the provisions of Chapter 19, AR 385-63.

(2) Provide adequate control of target area to prohibit entry of unauthorized personnel.

(3) Designate a Laser Range Safety Officer/Laser Range Safety NCO (LRSO/LRSNCO) for each lasing site (can be the senior person at

92

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6the site provided he is safety certified by the commander).

(4) Laser Range Safety Officer will ensure a "Laser in Operation" sign is placed 50 meters behind lasing position when in operation. (Laser signs are available from Range Control).

d. LRSO/LRSNCO duties:

(1) Know the azimuths and elevation of each range, firing position, and targets to be used.

(2) Stop lasing immediately if positive control of laser beam is lost.

(3) See appropriate appendixes (I, J, & K) for laser safety instructions.

12-9. FLAME WEAPONS.

a. During periods when the fire index is high, use of flame weapons may be prohibited. The OIC of training will coordinate with Range Control the day of the scheduled firing to identify any possible weather related problems.

b. M202 FLASH. Use of the M202 FLASH requires prior coordination with Range Operations due to identified firing and dud restrictions. Coordination for use of this weapon will be conducted NLT 10 days before firing.

12-10. SMALL ARMS FOR AIR DEFENSE (SAFAD). Fundamentals of engagement of aerial targets with small arms for the individual rifle squad members and machine gunners, in engaging aircraft with non-air defense weapons, will be conducted on Range 31.

12-11. FIRING LIMITATIONS DUE TO WEATHER.

a. Firing limitations due to weather conditions are as outlined in para d below. The weather condition will be determined by the PWBC, Forestry Section and relayed to the Installation Range Officer each day.

b. Unit personnel desiring to fire any type of incendiary ammunition into any impact area will obtain clearance from Range Control prior to firing.

c. When weather conditions prohibit the firing of high explosive ammunition in impact areas, the Installation Range Officer will direct all firing be stopped.

93

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 d. Weapon and explosive limitations due to weather:

CONDITION A: Normal condition (Engr Fire Index I, II, or III)

IMPACT AREAS: No limitation due to weather conditions.

FIXED RANGES: No limitation due to weather conditions.

TRAINING AREAS: No limitation due to weather conditions.

DEMOLITION AREAS: No limitation due to weather conditions. Ranges 46 and 47 may have limits placed on them due to weather.

CONDITION B: (Engr Fire Index IV or V and surface winds not exceeding 10 MPH)

IMPACT AREAS: No limitation on artillery or mortars. No limitation on any weapons firing into Coleman from the OP5 - 8A Area. All others HE or ball ammo only.

FIXED RANGES: No limitation due to weather conditions.

TRAINING AREAS: Blank ammo and explosive training aids that are under observation at time of detonation. No M80 firecrackers or flares.

DEMOLITION AREAS: No limitation due to weather conditions.

Ranges 46 and 47 may have limits placed on them due to weather.

CONDITION C: (Engr Fire Index V and surface winds between 10-20 MPH)

IMPACT AREAS: Artillery and mortars anything except WP and smoke. All others HE or ball ammo only. No tracers permitted.

FIXED RANGES: HE or ball only. No tracers permitted except Ranges 30, 53, 54, 66A, and 66B. No rockets, 66mm, 30mm, 35mm, or 90mm recoilless rifle.

TRAINING AREAS: No firing of weapons, explosives or demolitions of any type. No open fires. No flares or simulators of any type permitted.

DEMOLITION AREAS: Shaped charges into ground or solid object only. Standard military explosives in prepared demolition areas only.

CONDITION D: (Engr Fire Index V and surface winds greater than 20 MPH).

94

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6IMPACT AREAS: No firing permitted.

FIXED RANGES: No firing permitted.

TRAINING AREAS: No firing permitted. No open fires.

DEMOLITION AND NBC AREAS: No firing permitted.

All unit personnel conducting live fire training will be notified of the existing fire condition by Range Control when limitations apply. Personnel conducting training in the nonfiring training areas will contact Range Control to learn what fire condition is in effect.

12-12. SAFETY.

a. The provisions of AR 385-63, this regulation, and appropriate field and technical manuals will govern the general aspects of all firing at Fort Bragg.

b. Prior to firing into any impact area, the OIC of firing will obtain clearance to fire from Range Control. When firing is completed, the OIC will immediately notify Range Control.

c. Communications equipment operating on the Range Control net will be manned at all times and a "CEASE FIRE" will be called immediately in the event of communication failure. Firing will not commence until adequate communications have been reestablished. Range Control radio frequencies for control of all live fire activities published in the Weekly Range Bulletin are as follows:

(1) FM Freq 38.90, Primary.

(2) FM Freq 46.75, Alternate.

d. Medical support will be IAW para 1-8 and 1-9, this regulation.

e. The uniform for all personnel training west of the line bordered by Rifle Range Road, Gruber Road, Yadkin Road, and the northern training area north of the Little River will be IAW unit SOP (see paragraph 1-7b this regulation).

f. Unit personnel conducting direct fire into an impact zone will fly a scarlet range flag at the gun position. During hours of darkness a red flashing light shall be deployed. Range flags and lights are available from Range Issue, Bldg A-1308, located at the corner of Longstreet and Gruber Roads.

95

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 g. During field training, no ammunition will be stored in the field overnight, other than at occupied gun positions, without prior permission from the Installation Range Officer and approved by the ASP.

h. The following weapons will not be used for overhead fire over unprotected troops:

(1) All hand-held or shoulder-fired weapons.

(2) 60mm, 81mm, 107mm, and 120mm Mortars.

(3) All anti-armor rockets and missiles.

(4) All 20mm, 30mm, and 40mm Weapons Systems.

(5) 40mm Grenade Launchers.

(6) All Rockets, Missiles, and rocket assisted projectiles (except MLRS with approved waiver).

(7) All Recoilless rifles.

(8) All weapons firing anti-personnel projectiles.

i. When firing HE and HEDP ammunition in the MK19 40mm Grenade MGs units will ensure:

(1) Targets will not be engaged at ranges less than 310 meters from the weapon system.

(2) Only 40mm TPT practice ammunition will be fired at targets closer than 310 meters.

(3) This ammunition (HE, HEDP) will not be fired through obstructions. (4) Helmet, body armor and correct ballistic eye protection are worn by all gun crew and anyone within 310 meters of the impact point at all times when firing this ammunition (HE, HEDP).

(5) OICs will ensure 40mm HE (M203) ammunition is not fired closer than 130 meters and dual purpose rounds, M433 are not fired closer than 165 meters.

96

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6CHAPTER 13

ARTILLERY

13-1. GUN POSITION AREAS.

a. Gun positions will be requested for the period of intended use only, to include the time the unit plans to start firing and the anticipated time of closing out the position. Blanket requests that do not specify a time for each gun position may not be accepted.

b. Gun positions will be requested by training area and the number of firing points desired. The grid coordinates of the firing point will be reported to Range Control when the unit requests to open their column. Gun positions for artillery and mortar fire may be located anywhere within Airspace Restricted Area R-5311, except as indicated below:

(1) Gun positions will not be authorized north of Yadkin Road and east of Lamont Road as this area falls within the Pope Air Force Base Control Zone. No positions located north of Manchester Road, west of King Road or south of Plank Road are authorized unless specifically approved by the Installation Range Officer.

(2) Gun positions will not be authorized on established ranges within 200 meters of air corridors (para 6-2b), drop zones, field landing zones, within 200 meters of Ranger Stations, within cultivated fields such as erosion control projects and land restoration sites, unless specifically approved by the Installation Range Officer.

(3) Overhead fire from mortars is prohibited. Mortar positions selected on OPs will be located forward of or to the flanks of Survey Control Points (SCPs) so as not to deny the use of the OPs to other units.

c. Unless otherwise authorized by the Installation Range Officer, the battery center for units firing artillery or mortars will be within 100 meters of the gun position published in the Weekly Range Bulletin or artillery position reported.

d. Police of gun position areas will be a 300-meter radius of gun/flank location, to include all areas occupied, i.e., bivouac, messing area and latrines.

e. Scarlet range flag will be flown on all fixed OPs occupied as gun positions while firing is in progress. A flashing red safety light will be used at night (AR 385-63).

97

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-613-2. CONDUCT OF FIRE.

a. For safety reasons, the impact of artillery and mortar fire will be observed.

b. All indirect fire will be conducted IAW the provisions of AR 385-63, the XVIII Airborne Corps and Fort Bragg SOP for artillery and mortar live fire training, and Appendix G, this regulation.

c. At least one OIC (Commissioned Officer, Warrant Officer or NCO, E7 or above) and one RSO will be present at each battery, platoon or separate gun position during all live fire training. All RSOs will be command certified IAW Appendix H, this regulation.

d. Area "E" of the artillery surface danger zone is a primary danger area and will not be occupied, except for weapons crews firing from an approved tactical configuration (circular, box, star, etc.). Artillery units firing ammunition that is normally considered safe for overhead fire will not place any restrictions on the use of terrain lying within Area D.

e. Prior to firing shell illuminating, commanders will call Range Control for clearance. The use of shell illuminating must be coordinated with aircraft flights to minimize interference with night flying.

f. To minimize noise and blast effects in the surrounding civilian communities, the following restrictions on firing are imposed:

(1) Units should carefully consider the noise and blast effects associated with massed fires and meet training requirements with minimal impact on the surrounding community.

(2) There will be no battalion massing of 155mm or higher caliber fires between the hours of 2300-0500 daily.

(3) Artillery and tank cannon firing will not be permitted from 1000-1200 hours on Sundays. Demolitions training may be conducted during this time period provided the maximum charge detonated at any one time does not exceed 25 lbs. Also, no bombing from jet aircraft will be permitted during this time period.

(4) Units conducting exercises which require massing more than one battalion of artillery (all caliber) must coordinate 30 days in advance of the exercise with Installation Range Officer so appropriate advance publicity of the firing can be made by the XVIII Airborne Corps and Fort Bragg Public Affairs Office.

98

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 (5) During extreme weather conditions, such as heavy overcast, Range Control may impose additional restrictions to reduce noise levels.

13-3. ROUNDS FIRED OUTSIDE OF IMPACT AREA.

a. Any projectile that bursts or lands outside impact area limits, as prescribed by a current Range Bulletin, will require immediate action and investigation, as outlined below, to determine and correct the cause.

b. Anyone detecting rounds landing outside the firing unit's authorized limits or outside of the established impact area will:

(1) Attempt to notify the responsible unit to suspend firing, if the unit can be immediately identified.

(2) Immediately report the incident to Range Control. The report will include:

(a) Date and time erratic round was observed.

(b) Injury to personnel.

(c) Equipment damaged.

(d) Number of rounds.

(e) Location of round.

(f) Airburst estimated height.

(g) Ground burst, crater available. (Ensure the crater and any fragments are not disturbed prior to the arrival of the Range Officer).

(h) Location of observer.

(i) Knowledge of source of erratic round.

(j) Name and unit of person reporting.

c. Range Control will:

(1) Order Check Fire for appropriate unit.

(2) Notify XVIII Airborne Corps, G3, Emergency Operations Center.

99

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 (3) Analyze available facts and data to determine suspect unit.

(4) Notify suspected unit's higher headquarters to initiate and conduct an investigation IAW AR 15-6.

(5) Require technical investigation if ammunition or weapon malfunction is suspected.

d. The commander of a suspect or known unit will:

(1) Suspend firing.

(2) Immediately cause crewmembers to fall in at the rear of their weapons and ensure that all weapons remain as laid. No ammunition will be disturbed until the Range Officer or the Investigating Officer has given clearance.

(3) Determine the facts surrounding the incident and report them to both the Range Officer and the Investigating Officer.

e. Upon completion of his investigation, the Investigating Officer will notify the Range Officer of units he has cleared. Range Control will notify the unit concerned when the Check Fire is lifted. No one but the Range Officer has authority to lift the Check Fire.

f. Investigating responsibility (two levels above suspect unit).

(1) Battery from 18th Field Artillery (Arty) Brigade – 18th Field Arty Brigade.

(2) Battery from 82d Abn Div Arty - 82d Abn Div Arty.

(3) Visiting Active Component - Host or Sponsor HQ.

(4) Visiting Reserve Component - Affiliated or Sponsor HQ.

(5) Battalion from 18th Field Arty Brigade - XVIII Abn Corps Arty.

(6) Battalion from 82d Abn Div Arty - 82d Abn Div.

(7) Visiting Battalion - Host or Sponsor HQ.

(8) Mortar Section - Brigade HQ.

(9) Visiting Mortar Section (active or reserve) - Host or Sponsor HQ.

100

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 g. Upon notification by Range Control of a firing incident, the suspect unit's major command headquarter (normally Regiment, DIVARTY, Corps Artillery, or Regiment (USMC) will:

(1) Formally appoint an Investigating Officer IAW AR 15-6.

(2) Investigating Officer will immediately conduct an informal investigation to determine the facts surrounding the incident and advise Range Control that Check Fire can/cannot be lifted.

(3) A full written report of the investigation, including investigation summary, statements, enclosures, and copy of appointment orders will be forwarded, under investigating headquarters cover letter, to HQ, XVIII Airborne Corps and Fort Bragg, ATTN: AFZA-RBC-TR. Tenant units at Fort Bragg will submit their report NLT five working days after the incident. Non-tenant units will submit their report within ten working days after the incident. One copy will be provided to the Installation Range Officer.

h. As required, XVIII Abn Corps Artillery will act as final review authority prior to incident closeout.

13-4. COORDINATION OF AIRBORNE ACTIVITIES AND HIGH TRAJECTORY FIRING.

a. All airborne activities and high trajectory firing within Airspace Restricted Area R5311 must be closely coordinated. At the Weekly Range Conference, the Installation Range Officer will announce those activities that will be interfered with by scheduled air operations.

b. Activities on DZs that interfere with high trajectory firing into McPherson and Coleman Impact Areas will be held to a minimum.

c. When Air Force and/or Army commanders require a safe flight lane through the restricted area, the Installation Range Officer will effect the necessary coordination and give warning instructions to all commanders at the Weekly Range Conference. Firm times for necessary Cease Fires will be relayed to commanders in the field at the earliest practical time on applicable dates. Normally, this information will appear on a Check Fire Sheet appended to the Weekly Range Bulletin distributed at the Weekly Range Conference. The Installation Range Officer will attempt to keep unscheduled Check Fires to an absolute minimum.

13-5. SURVEY CONTROL POINTS. When conducting high burst or center of impact registration and/or flashing, instrument operators will not set instruments over Survey Control Points (SCPs) in such a manner that the point cannot be used by other units. Concrete monuments and other permanent type markers used to mark primary or secondary SCPs will be

101

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6IAW FM 6-2. A Survey Information Center (SIC) is located at the S2, Corps Artillery, 432-9208/5075.

13-6. DIRECT FIRE BY ARTILLERY. When direct fire is employed, the computation for safety data is the same as prescribed for low-angle firing. For range, even though firing is conducted with the use of the range scale on the panoramic telescope or elbow telescope, the SO must verify the elevation so that rounds firing will be safe. In order to do this, the SO must verify safe settings by using the gunner's quadrant or elevation scale to ensure rounds are not fired below minimum or above maximum quadrant elevation. During direct fire, Area "D" will not be occupied under any condition.

13-7. FIRING POSITION AND OBSERVATION POINT (OP) SAFETY CONTROL.

a. Malfunctions.

(1) Notify Range Control of any malfunctions.

(2) Any malfunctions occurring while firing will be investigated and reported IAW AR 75-1 and MCO 8025-1.

b. Misfire, Hangfire, and Cookoff. Procedures to be followed when a misfire or hangfire occurs, or when the potential for a cookoff exists, are in the appropriate weapon TM.

13-8. RESTRICTIONS ON OVERHEAD FIRE. Overhead fire will only be permitted IAW AR 385-63.

13-9. POWDER BURNING. The following procedures for the burning of unused propellants are established and will be adhered to without deviation:

a. The powder of individually numbered propellant bags will be placed in a double row, end-to-end, and will not exceed 6 meters in length or 12 inches in width. Numbered propellant bags will not be stacked more than one bag in height. One powder bag will be perforated and contents poured in a thin stream approximately 15 feet in length in the direction the wind is blowing, extending from the long axis of the powder bags.

b. The powder bags will be placed in the middle of that trail which is not parallel to the wind direction. Personnel will be 20 meters from the flanks and the end of the powder to be burned, except for the person who ignites the thin stream of powder extending from the stack. The person igniting the powder will announce "Fire in the Hole" prior to igniting the powder and will ensure all personnel are clear. He will then ignite the powder train from the downwind side and will immediately assume the 20 meter distance from the stack.

102

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 c. For restriction concerning the burn index, refer to para 12-11.

d. Fire fighting equipment will be on hand (beaters, shovels, and water).

e. Only the number of personnel absolutely essential to construct the powder row will be used, but never less than two safety persons. One will be an E6 or above.

f. The RSO will not attempt to burn supplemental charges. These charges, which are removed when VT fuses are fired, will be returned to the ammunition section, which will turn them into the ASP.

CHAPTER 14

MORTARS

14-1. GENERAL.

a. All mortar firing conducted at Fort Bragg requires a current Range Bulletin.

b. Units firing mortar illumination rounds will ensure canister impacts and illumination rounds are contained within published surface danger areas.

c. All personnel firing mortars will wear steel/kevlar helmets and hearing protection.

14-2. 60MM AND 81MM.

a. Increments removed from rounds before firing will be placed in a metal or wooden covered container located outside the firing vehicle/position at a safe fire separation distance. Unused increments will be handled and destroyed IAW the following publications: 81mm Mortar, FM 23-90, para 15; 60mm Mortar, M19, FM 23-85, para 5a; 60mm Mortar, M224, FM 23-36, para B-12; 4.2 Mortar, FM 23-92, para 20.

b. For firing restrictions and limitations on cartridges and fuses, see TM 43-0001-29.

14-3. 4.2 INCH MORTARS.

a. Do not fire at an elevation greater than 1065 mils.

b. Mortars assembled with fuse PD M51A5 will not be fired using less than seven increments to ensure constant arming of the fuse.

103

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-614-4. AMMUNITION CARE AND HANDLING.

a. After preparing mortar rounds for firing, the fuse end of the round will be placed back into the packing tube for protection until actual firing of the round.

b. Only authorized fuse wrenches will be used to assemble the fuse to the round.

c. Remove the pull wire and safety wire from the fuse just before firing. When prepared rounds are not fired, replace all powder increments and safety wires that had been removed.

d. Mortar misfire and ammunition malfunction procedures are outlined in appropriate field manuals. Refer to para 9-5 of this regulation for reporting procedures.

14-5. POWDER BURNING.

a. Unused increments should be burned daily IAW the applicable FM.

b. The SO will not attempt to burn supplemental charges. These charges, which are removed when VT fuses are fired, will be returned to the ammunition section, which will turn them in to the ASP.

14-6. SAFETY. See Appendix H, Safety Procedures for Field Artillery and Mortar Firing.

CHAPTER 15

AERIAL GUNNERY

15-1. AERIAL GUNNERY.

a. This section establishes range safety procedures for conducting Aerial Gunnery at Fort Bragg.

b. In addition to AR 385-62 and AR 385-63, this safety control plan establishes range procedures and safety criteria for firing live ammunition from helicopter armament systems/subsystems for training. In addition, it provides checklists, safety procedures, and range operating procedures for conducting helicopter gunnery.

c. Aerial Gunnery at this installation will be conducted when approved by the Installation Range Officer. The request for range areas will be submitted a minimum of six weeks prior to training.

104

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-615-2. REARM/REFUEL POINTS.

a. Rearming may be accomplished outside the impact areas, providing the following restrictions are observed:

(1) Aircraft must be pointed toward the nearest impact area.

(2) Aircraft may be rearmed and weapon system selected on the boundary of the impact area.

(3) The Installation Range Officer will approve the rearming area prior to the rearming exercise.

(4) All ammunition must be stored in a designated holding area.

(5) Loading of ammunition aboard the aircraft will be accomplished at the rearming area and only ammunition required to load the aircraft will be brought from the holding area to the rearming area.

b. Refuel points will be scheduled with Range Control six weeks prior to exercise.

15-3. ARMAMENT MALFUNCTION PLAN.

a. Jammed weapons.

(1) If a weapon jams during range firing, the pilot-in-command will report the jam and continue on firing heading as directed, firing operational systems at the designated firing points.

(2) All jammed weapons will be cleared at the test fire point (weapons may be removed from aircraft if repositioning is necessary).

(3) All jams will be cleared IAW appropriate TM.

b. Runaway gun. In the event of a runaway gun, the following procedures will be followed:

(1) Conduct appropriate emergency procedures IAW aircraft operator’s manual.

(2) Maintain system oriented down range and towards target until systems stop firing.

(3) Notify the Range Safety Officer (RSO) of action and land as directed.

105

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 c. 2.75 Inch FFAR hangfire. In the event of a rocket hangfire, the following procedures will be followed:

(1) Conduct appropriate emergency procedures IAW aircraft operator’s manual.

(2) Maintain system oriented down range and towards target until systems stop firing.

(3) Notify the RSO of action and land as directed.

d. M22/XM65 Missile misfire. In the event of a missile misfire, the following procedures will be followed:

(1) Land helicopter in an unobstructed area of the range facing the target area.

(2) Place armament switches in the off position.

(3) Notify the RSO of action taken.

(4) Complete aircraft shutdown procedures.

(5) When rotor has stopped turning, evacuate helicopter using caution and continue to safe location, 90 degrees from line of fire and opposite side of misfire, avoiding backblast area.

(6) Wait a minimum of 30 minutes before allowing EOD or armament personnel to approach the missile.

CAUTION: Jettisoning launchers for a hangfire or misfire is extremely dangerous. Do not jettison unless fire is encountered or an emergency exists.

e. Onboard accident. In the event of an onboard accident caused by a malfunctioning weapons system, the aircraft will land immediately and Range Control will be notified. The OIC will bring the range to an immediate Cease Fire. Aircraft involved will be placed under guard and will not be disturbed until inspected and released by properly constituted authority (i.e., US Army Armaments Command Representative, Corps Ammunition Officer, and unit Investigating Officer). The unit commander or an authorized representative will notify Range Control of release by one of the three above-noted authorities.

f. DUDS. EOD personnel will be requested to render assistance to eliminate explosive hazards and make the situation safe. The OIC or RSO will report the following to Range Control:

106

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 (1) Type of ammunition.

(2) Location.

(3) Nature of ammunition malfunction.

g. Emergency Landing Area. In the event of an armament malfunction or emergency condition not covered in the armament malfunction plan (i.e., possible cookoff, hanging rocket launcher, one lub broken), the pilot-in-command will accomplish the following:

(1) Report nature of emergency situation to the Airborne RSO or OIC.

(2) Place all armament switches in the off position.

(3) Proceed to the emergency holding area and land with weapons oriented toward the impact area; complete aircraft shutdown procedures.

15-4. EMERGENCY SITUATIONS.

a. In all emergency situations, the pilot-in-command, if physically able, will remain with aircraft until such time as a qualified armament and/or EOD personnel arrive and clear the aircraft.

b. When in-flight emergencies arise in armed helicopters loaded with ordnance, the pilot-in-command must make the final decision, after evaluating the situation, as to when and where he will land the aircraft.

15-5. CRASH RESCUE OPERATIONS. Units occupying the range will provide the following for crash rescue operations while live firing on the range:

a. A minimum of one helicopter and crew to assist in the crash rescue operation.

b. The Crash Rescue Team. (IAW Fort Bragg Aviation SOP)

c. Close air support missions will be IAW Appendix M.

15-6. HIGH PERFORMANCE AIRCRAFT. Bombing from high performance aircraft may be conducted into impact areas within Restricted Area R5311. Firing of forward firing weapons from high performance aircraft may be conducted into impact areas within Restricted Area R5311; however, the Surface Danger Area will usually exceed the normal limits of the impact area, making it necessary for the using unit to

107

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6provide road guards to isolate the additional terrain. The use of high performance aircraft over Fort Bragg ranges within Restricted Area R5311 for either live or dry fire exercises will be kept to a minimum consistent with training value during prime training time. High performance aircraft operating within the restricted area necessitates a drastic reduction in other activities such as parachute operations and high trajectory firing.

CHAPTER 16

ARMOR

16-1. TANK TRAILS.

a. The tank trails are to be utilized by tracked vehicles to get from the cantonment area to the range and training areas. All tracked vehicles may operate freely on all dirt roads west of 72 Grid Line.

b. All tracked vehicles are prohibited from operation on hard - surfaced roads and maintained shoulders adjacent to hard - surfaced roads.

c. Hard-surfaced roads in the range area that are OFF LIMITS to tracked vehicles include Manchester, McKellar, Longstreet, Honeycutt, Chicken, and Plank Roads running east-west; MacRidge, Yadkin, Lamont, Preacher, and King Roads running north-south.

d. Non-negotiable tank trails should be reported immediately to the Installation Range Officer, telephone 432-2170, so that corrective actions can be taken.

16-2. MOVEMENT OF TRACKED VEHICLES.

a. Tracked vehicle traffic within the training area is restricted to established roads, unless the vehicles are supporting training within authorized and assigned areas.

b. Tracked vehicles are not allowed within administrative bivouac sites.

c. All tracked vehicles on all training complex roads will observe a maximum speed limit of 15 mph, unless prior coordination has been made with Range Control and an exception to policy granted. Training objectives or test projects requiring tracked vehicles to exceed the 15 mph limit will be identified and justified on the range request, and submitted NLT six weeks before the training. A route overlay, in two copies, including time schedules and road guard positions, must be submitted with the request and be approved by Range

108

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Control. One copy of the overlay will be returned to the unit after approval. That copy must be in the OICs possession during the training. The OIC of training must ensure that all personnel involved in high-speed training are properly briefed on safety, authorized routes, and area limitations.

d. On range roads and in the training areas, communication between the track commander and the driver will be maintained. Two ground guides will be used at all times when backing tracked vehicles and moving in confined or congested areas; one ground guide will be used traveling cross-country during reduced visibility or blackout driving when not precluded by the immediate training situation.

e. In the interest of safety and to decrease damage to roads caused by tracked vehicle operation, all units will:

(1) Post guards at damaged areas that might possibly cause accidents.

(2) Repair damage to roads and shoulders of roads within capability of unit, within 24 hours of the incident.

(3) Ensure all tracked vehicles enter and leave the training areas only at authorized turnoffs. Track commanders will exercise caution at turnoffs to reduce road damage.

(4) Ensure tracked vehicles are not used on roads adjacent to post boundaries.

(5) Remove mud and debris deposited on public roads at crossing sites. This will be done where possible with the least disruption of traffic. On interior post paved roads, attempts will be made to reduce mud being tracked on paved roads. However, in cases where it is unavoidable and the location and quantity of mud presents a traffic hazard to wheeled vehicles, the unit/activity will attempt to remove the mud. The unit/activity is responsible for notifying PWBC, Facility Maintenance Division, 396-7156, for assistance in any road scraping or clearing operation.

(6) Ensure trash is not deposited along roads during mounted and dismounted marches.

(7) Caution drivers to avoid driving or parking vehicles on shoulders of roads.

16-3. TANK FIRING.

a. The impact areas at Fort Bragg are not large enough to adequately support normal tank firing. Tanks may be fired from OP5

109

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6and/or OP 8A for demonstrations directed by this headquarters and on the ranges listed below.

b. Range 79 provides Table VIA and VIB for tanks firing the ammunition listed below. Tank firing on Range 79 is limited due to the fact that all tables are fired on the same terrain, thereby limiting fire to one table at a time. Tanks armed with the 120mm main gun may fire the following ammunition on Range 79.

(1) M865 with waiver. AMTC 4 cannot be engaged with M865 even with waiver.

(2) TPT M831 Series.

c. Range 63 is designated to support Tank Tables V1A through XB for the M1 Tank. Because there are numerous firing positions, a variety of training scenarios can be written which eliminates each Table merely being a repeat of the previous one. However, the unit Master Gunner must coordinate the scenario with Range Operations four weeks prior to scheduled training.

16-4. GRENADE LAUNCHERS. Occupancy of the surface danger zone by unprotected personnel in the open is prohibited during the firing of track vehicle mounted grenade launchers. Prior coordination with Range Operations is required for firing casualty-producing grenades.

16-5. SAFETY (TRACKED VEHICLE FIRING).

a. Unit commanders are responsible for safety during all phases of training.

b. Unit commanders will select weapons system qualified personnel to assist them in discharging their safety responsibilities (OIC).

c. Personnel detailed as OIC of track vehicle firing ranges will be weapons system qualified and grade E7 or above.

d. The firing unit commander will appoint an RSO (with assistants), Track Commanders (TC), as necessary, to act as the direct representative of the OIC. They will be weapons system qualified.

e. The Range OIC and RSO will be familiar with and have available on the range this regulation, AR 385-63, the TM appropriate to the firing weapons system, and a complete copy of the ammunition waiver as applicable.

f. All personnel will be briefed on range safety before starting live fire activities.

110

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 g. The TCs are responsible for the safe firing and operation of their tanks.

h. During daylight and good visibility, flags will be displayed by the firing vehicle; at night and during reduced visibility, lights will be displayed by the firing vehicle. (Example: Battery operated flashlights with colored lens will be attached to the antenna).

i. While personnel are down range, all guns will be cleared and elevated.

j. Lasers will be used as outlined in Chapter 19, AR 385-63, and this regulation.

k. 25mm chain gun:

(1) Before starting live fire activities, the RSO will verify the correct setting of the ammunition selection switch located in the ammunition loading box.

(2) Before rotating the turret for loading, the RSO or his appointed assistant will physically verify the SAFE positioning of the manual safety switch.

(3) Firing engagements involving multiple sections of various 25mm rounds require prior coordination with Range Operations. The OIC will develop target engagement sequences and safety policies to preclude the firing of AP type rounds with HE elevation indexed.

l. A functional compass (magnetic/lensatic) will be available on the range to verify left and right limits and to identify direction of rounds fired out of the surface danger area.

CHAPTER 17

DEMOLITION TRAINING

17-1. DEMOLITION TRAINING SITES.

a. The three permanent demolition training sites on post are as follows:

(1) Range 69, Coleman Demolition Area, located on Preachers Road at coordinate PU707857. USAJFKSWCS has priority of use. Personnel desiring to use this site should coordinate with the G3, USAJFKSWCS, prior to submitting request to Range Operations. The request will be signed by the USAJFKSWCS, G3 representative indicating approval. The maximum charge authorized in the Coleman Demolition Area is 400 lbs.

111

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 (2) Range 46, MacRidge Demolition Area, located on MacRidge Road at coordinate PU783859 is for general use. Maximum charge authorized is 50 lbs. Maximum charge will be reduced during inclement weather due to increased noise profile.

(3) Range 47, Engineer Assault Course, located on MacRidge Road at coordinates PU787856. The Installation Range Officer upon request may allocate it to a unit commander. Scheduling priority for this range is normally given to 20th Engineer Brigade units. Any other unit wishing to schedule this facility must first coordinate with the S-3, 20th Engineer Brigade. Operation of this range will be in strict accordance with the 20th Engineer Brigade SOP developed for this range, which is available from the S-3, 20th Engineer Brigade. Maximum charge is 50 lbs. Max charge will be reduced during inclement weather due to increased noise profile.

b. Temporary demolition sites may be established in tactical training areas. Demolition requests must be approved by the Installation Range Officer and all damage to man-made structures and roads must be repaired, and all craters properly filled in after training. Personnel requiring areas for demolition training will submit their requests through the Installation Range Officer and then to the PWBC, Environmental/Natural Resources Division, as indicated in para 4-1 of this regulation.

17-2. SCHEDULING AND USING DEMOLITION AREAS.

a. Ranges 46, 47, and 69 have been designated for demolition training.

b. When firing or using demolitions on either the demo ranges or in training areas the request must include the total amount of demolitions and firing assemblies to be utilized. Additionally, requests for demolition in training areas must include the grid coordinates of the demolition. Completed DA Form 2203-R, Demolition Reconnaissance Report, will accompany the request at time of scheduling and a sketch of each demo shot to include maximum charge and number of shots. Upon completion of training, the unit will report the type and amount of explosives utilized during the training period to Range Control.

c. Explosive items will be issued only to units. Each unit will designate an NCO in the grade of E5 or above (other than the Unit Range OIC) to sign DA Form 5515-R, Training Ammunition Control Document, and control explosives while at the range The Range OIC (E7 or above) will personally observe preparation of charges, as well as actual detonation, and certify the quantity of explosives that were expended. This requirement is applicable to: C4, TNT, dynamite,

112

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6antipersonnel mines, antitank mines, and firing systems (blasting caps, time fuses, and detonation cords). Certification will be completed on the reverse side of the working DA Form 5515-R, Training Ammunition Control Document. The original copy of each certification will be attached to the turn-in document and provided to the ASP during the turn-in/reconciliation process. These procedures also apply to units that draw Claymores and fragmentation grenades. The Range OIC must establish controls (i.e., inventory shakedown, recovery of residue, etc.) that provide reasonable assurance for him to certify the quantity of Claymores and fragmentation grenades expended. The ASP will not clear units without required certification or signature of the next level commander (not less than battalion) indicating investigation has been initiated IAW AR 15-6 to account for missing explosives.

d. A copy of the unit demolition plan, DA Form 2203-R, Demolition Reconnaissance Report, will be provided to Range Operations at the time the unit requests use of the range. Demolition Plan must be approved at one level above the unit requesting explosives, but not less than battalion level. This plan will be used as a cross check against explosives reported as expended. Preparation instructions for this report are contained in FM 5-25.

17-3. M18A1, ANTI-PERSONNEL WEAPON (CLAYMORE).

a. Ranges 27, 44 and 76 are used for firing this weapon. Other areas may be used when authorized by the Installation Range Officer.

b. A copy of FM 23-23 will be present during firing of this weapon.

c. The safety precautions outlined in Appendix III, FM 23-23 will be strictly followed.

17-4. CRATER TRAINING. Requests for cratering will include plans for repair and will specify the time repairs will be completed. Repairs will consist of tamped fill with the finish level higher than the surrounding area. Original drainage lines will be reestablished where destroyed. Road craters will be capped with clay. Requests for cratering major dirt roads or active flight strips will be considered on a case-by-case basis for approval by the Installation Range Officer.

17-5. PLACEMENT OF CHARGES.

a. For the purpose of training, charges with non-electric caps and time fuses will be fired only as surface blasts. This helps in the investigation of misfires.

113

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 b. Charges placed against wood, steel, concrete, or other solid material will be placed on the side nearest the observers so major fragments are propelled away from them.

c. Actual insertion of the blasting cap in all charges should be completed, with not more than five personnel under supervision of one supervisor, only after the remainder of the unit has withdrawn to a safe position.

d. The responsibility for the preparation, placement, or firing of charges must not be divided. The OIC of firing is responsible for the supervision of all phases of the demolition mission.

17-6. RESPONSIBILITY FOR DEMOLITION EXERCISES. The responsible OIC will:

a. Ensure safety of personnel, equipment, and explosives is being conducted IAW this regulation.

b. Supervise the handling of explosives and ensure Chapter 18, AR 385-63, and this regulation are being followed in detail.

c. Ensure the restrictions/requirements, as identified on the OICs firing overlay, meet the safety restrictions/requirements published in the current Weekly Range Bulletin.

17-7. MISSILE HAZARDS.

a. Explosives can propel lethal missiles to great distances. How far an explosion-propelled missile will travel in air depends on many variables. Table 17-1 displays the distances at which personnel in the open are relatively safe from missile hazards created by bare charges placed in or on the ground, regardless of type or condition of the soil.

b. The distance depicted in Table 17-1 may be reduced to 50 meters for surface firing or bare charges of less than four pounds providing:

(1) A specially prepared detonation site is free from gravel, rock, metal, and other possible missiles, and is known to be free of such to a depth of not less than six inches.

(2) A barricade, not less than five sandbags high, is placed between the personnel and the charge. The barricade will be from one to two meters from the explosive.

114

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6TABLE 17-1MISSILE HAZARDS

POUNDS OF EXPLOSIVE SAFE DISTANCE IN METERS

1-27 300 50 369 100 465 150 534 200 585 250 630 300 670

17-8. SAFETY.

a. When using less than 50 feet of detonating cord primed with a blasting cap, the minimum safety distance for protected personnel is 50 meters. Under these conditions, the OIC of the firing may be an E7 or above, designated by the commander. He will ensure no unprotected personnel are within 50 meters of the detonating cord, his unit has scheduled the training area, and he has opened the training area IAW this regulation. Range Control will be notified of intentions to use detonating cord, and radio or wire communications will be maintained with Range Control.

NOTE: Protected personnel refers to soldiers equipped with kevlar helmets and earplugs, lying in the prone position, using their hands and the terrain to protect their eyes and torso from lethal missiles.

b. When detonating explosives, the OIC will be present to supervise training and will be present at the firing site for each charge. He will ensure all connections are inspected by qualified personnel before firing and the area is inspected after firing to determine if all charges have been detonated. The OIC, with proper assistance, will supervise the neutralization of all misfires.

c. The OIC must use the means at his disposal, to include audible and visual warning signals and road guards, to ensure that the minimum safe distance for personnel in the open is clear of personnel and helicopters in flight.

d. Prior to conducting a demolition firing exercise, the unit OIC of firing will compute and submit an overlay depicting the minimum safe distance zone for personnel in the open to Range Operations.

e. Prior to conducting a firing exercise involving any demolition charge or assemblies, atomic simulators or explosives, the unit OIC for firing will report blast location to Range Control and give a 15

115

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6and 5-minute blast warning prior to detonation. An after-blast report of detonation, to include the total amount of explosives, electrical/non-electrical blasting caps, time fuse, and detonating cord will be submitted to Range Control at the completion of the firing exercise.

f. Units utilizing demolition effects simulators (DES) will comply with paragraph 17-1b and paragraph 17-8e of this regulation. The DES will be treated the same as regular demolitions for scheduling and reporting to Range Control. The OICs will ensure when scheduling training areas the DES is reflected on the request and reporting procedures outlined in paragraph 17-8e above are complied with.

CHAPTER 18

CHEMICAL AGENTS AND SMOKE

18-1. GRENADES.

a. Tear agent grenades, E8 launchers, and smoke grenades will not be used within 500 meters of King, Manchester, MacRidge, Plank or Longstreet Roads to PU711880 or any quarters on the reservation, to include Game Warden Stations. The use of tear agents or smoke grenades at Camp Mackall is restricted to Area LL and MM ONLY and will not be used within 500 meters of any quarters, Game Warden Stations or reservation boundaries. Smoke grenades may be used in Area KK for emergency marking procedures. Clearance to use tear agent or smoke grenades will be obtained from Range Control on the day of use. To determine fire hazard, see para 12-11, this regulation.

b. Tear agents will not be used within 500 meters of Luzon DZ.

c. The only agents permitted in training at Fort Bragg are CS and CN tear agents.

d. Grenades will project an igniter holder assembly about 15 feet away from the grenade when fired. Exercise care to ensure the assembly does not strike personnel.

e. Personnel will be aware of the restrictions imposed by the burn index. Contact Range Control and refer to para 12-11 of this regulation.

18-2. SPRAY AND SMOKE.

a. Units desiring to conduct Tear Agent Spray Attack for NBC training will:

(1) Request area to be sprayed and have it coordinated for initial approval with Corps/Division Chemical Officer.

116

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 (2) Submit the coordinates requested to Range Operations for final coordination and approval for inclusion with the Range Warning Order to be published in the Weekly Range Bulletin. Request must arrive at Range Operations NLT two weeks prior to the week the spray attack is planned.

b. Smoke can be generated through the use of smoke grenades, smoke pots, the M3A3 mechanical smoke generator, the M52 helicopter smoke system, and the M157 vehicle-mounted smoke generator system. Units will not employ smoke within 500 meters of the reservation boundary. Graphite based smoke will not be utilized during RCW nesting seasons (April – June) until further notice.

c. Units employing smoke near surfaced roads will position road guards to alert vehicle traffic to the possible smoke effects across the road. Expended smoke pots are considered a solid hazardous waste and will be returned to the ASP for proper processing. DO NOT put expended smoke pots in field dumpsters.

d. Smoke produced by the M5 Smoke Pot and the M8 White Smoke Hand Grenade is classed as HC smoke. Smoke produced by the M52 helicopter smoke system, the M7 Smoke Pot, and the M3A3 Smoke Generator is not HC smoke. Personnel operating within 1000 meters downwind of a burning M5 Smoke Pot or 300 meters downwind of a burning M8 sample grenade will wear the protective mask until the smoke dissipates. Personnel operating in non-HC smoke areas will have the protective mask available for use any time breathing discomfort is experienced, both for safety and to comply with FORSCOM directives.

18-3. TRAINING WITH SMOKE.

a. Personnel will carry the protective mask while participating in exercises that include the use of smoke as a training device, i.e., as a smoke blanket or curtain. This includes HC, WP, WPW, fog oil RP, colored smoke, and diesel smoke.

b. Personnel will wear mask:

(1) Before exposure to smoke concentrations of HC smoke or metallic powder obscurants.

(2) When passing through or operating in dense (visibility less than 50 meters) smoke such as smoke blankets and smoke curtains.

(3) When operating in or passing through a smoke haze (visibility greater than 50 meters) for duration’s in excess of four hours.

117

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 (4) Anytime exposure to smoke produces breathing difficulty, eye irritation or discomfort.

(5) During MOUT training when operating in enclosed spaces.

NOTE: The protective mask is not effective in oxygen deficient atmosphere. Take care to avoid confined spaces where oxygen may have been displaced by smoke.

(6) Smoke generator personnel will wear mask when impossible to stay upwind of the smoke.

18-4. TRAINING AGENTS.

a. Butyl Mercaptan (BUSH). The training agent BUSH may be used if rubber gloves are worn by handling personnel.

b. Stimulant Projectile Liquid (SPAL). Any personnel employing the SPAL should be careful not to have the projectiles burst above or around personnel. Any additional printed precautions with the item should be followed to implement safety data for new training munitions.

18-5. RIOT CONTROL AGENTS.

a. School-trained NBC personnel will directly supervise use of riot control agents.

b. Riot control agents will not be used within 1000 meters of an established road, inhabited area, reservation boundary, or occupied range or firing point. Use of a riot control agent during training on a range or firing point requires approval of the Installation Range Officer.

c. The CS gas will not be released with 50 meters of unprotected spectators located upwind.

d. The CS gas or other riot control agents will not be deployed during periods when prevailing winds will cause the gas to endanger any traffic on any road.

e. The use of trip wires to detonate riot control agents is prohibited without prior approval of the Installation Range Officer.

118


PYROTECHNICS, SIMULATORS, AND BLANKS

19-1. PYROTECHNICS.

a. Pyrotechnics may be used in training areas west of Gruber Road. The use of pyrotechnics within 500 meters of the reservation boundary is prohibited.

b. Personnel authorized to use pyrotechnic simulators will be in grade E5 or above. A thorough safety briefing will be conducted by the OIC of training, addressing the safe employment of the type of simulator(s) being utilized.

c. Operational instructions for use of the M117, M118, and M119 are included in each packet. Instructions for use of the M115 and M116 are printed on the side of simulators. Detailed instructions for the safe use of simulators are contained in TM 9-1370-207-203-10 and TM 9-1370-203-12.

d. The firing of pyrotechnics in tactical training areas may cause range fires. Tactical training areas contain ample fuel for starting and sustaining range fires; therefore, personnel using pyrotechnics must exercise caution to avoid the accidental start of fire (para 12-11).

e. Trip flares and booby traps not detonated during training will be removed prior to departing the area.

f. When a range fire is started in a training area, the OIC will stop all training and concentrate on fighting the fire, using all available personnel.

g. No pyrotechnics will be ignited within 15 meters of personnel or equipment.

h. If, during use, a pyrotechnic fails to properly operate and causes injury, Range Operations will be immediately notified. The OIC of training will freeze the accident site until released by a representative of RBC Ammunition Section.

i. Each service trip flare (M48, M49) will be fenced (engineer tape, etc.) or guarded to prevent personnel from approaching within two meters of the emplaced flare.

119

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-619-2. SIMULATORS.

a. Individuals using any wire device or simulator, etc., must be familiar with TM 9-1345-200.

b. Simulators will not be ignited within 5 meters of a soldier, or thrown over the heads of soldiers.

c. Once activated, a grenade or artillery simulator will be immediately thrown. Holding or cookoff is PROHIBITED. Do not hold the M80 when ignited; it will detonate three to five seconds after ignition of the fuse.

19-3. USE OF BLANK AMMUNITION.

a. Blank cartridges will not be fired toward personnel within 6 meters of the weapon.

b. Blank cartridges will not be used for other than their intended use.

c. When misfires in excess of five percent occur in firing blank cartridges, the lot of ammunition will be suspended and reported to Range Control.

d. Live and blank small arms ammunition will not be fired at the same time during any phase of a tactical exercise. If any change from live to blank ammunition is necessary during the exercise, a complete physical search of all personnel will be conducted prior to changeover.

19-4. SAFETY.

a. Accountability and use of pyrotechnics will be controlled by the OIC of training. They will be used as intended. A safety briefing is required. All vehicles and personnel will be checked for pyrotechnics before departing the training area.

b. Unfired or dud pyrotechnics and all residue will be cleared from the training areas. Units requiring EOD assistance will coordinate with Range Operations.

120


CAMP MACKALL, THE CORRIDOR, AND THE NORTH CAROLINA SANDHILLS WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT AREA

20-1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS.

a. Requests for use of training areas at Camp Mackall (exclusive of the airfield), the North Carolina Sandhills Wildlife Management Area (Figures 20-1 and 20-2), and for Luzon DZ will be submitted to the Installation Range Officer IAW the provisions of Chapter 3 of this regulation. Requests for use of the Wildlife Area must be submitted six weeks in advance in order to provide sufficient time to coordinate the activity with the NC State Wildlife Resources Commission. Requests for use of Mackall DZ will be coordinated through Mackall Army Airfield (MAAF) Operations to Range Control. This includes airland and airmobile exercises. Request for use of Luzon DZ and FLS 27 will be submitted three weeks in advance. Requests for use of training facilities outside the airfield enclosure at Camp Mackall will be further coordinated with Camp Mackall Range Control by the requesting unit prior to submission to Fort Bragg Range Operations. The Installation Range Officer is the final approving authority for the use of the training areas IAW para 1-3(b).

b. The MAAF is controlled and operated by the Chief, Aviation Branch, RBC. Unit personnel conducting tactical training in Area KK will remain clear of the airfield. Requests for use of the airfield for parachute or airland operations will be submitted to the Installation Range Officer, ATTN: Operations Officer, IAW the provisions of Chapter 3, this regulation.

c. Units training at Camp Mackall and in the NC Sandhills Wildlife Management Area must coordinate all activities with Camp Mackall Range Control, telephone 396-4925/1836. Prior to unit departure from the training area, to include Luzon DZ, a joint inspection of area will be made by the OIC and RBC Range Representative at Camp Mackall.

20-2. CAMP MACKALL. The directives governing the use of the training areas and DZs on the Fort Bragg Reservation apply when using the facilities at Camp Mackall, except as indicated below:

a. All units entering Camp Mackall or the Sandhills Wildlife Management Area will notify Range Control (at Camp Mackall) of the unit's Command Post (CP) location upon occupation of and departure from the training areas by sending a representative to Mackall Range Control located at coordinate 385774, (Bldg T-2761 on Moss Gill Lake).

121

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 b. The firing of blank ammunition for training, or the use of artillery/grenade simulators within coordinates PU3780, PU3880, PU395765, PU385754, and PU3477 must be coordinated with Range Control one day prior to day of intended use. Strict light discipline will be maintained within these coordinates when Night Vision Goggle (NVG) training and/or Special Operations Low Light (SOLL) II training is being conducted. Any radio antenna erected on open ground, or above tree top level, within the above coordinates will be coordinated with Operations Officer, MAAF/SAAF, and will have a red obstruction light mounted at the top of it, and a flight advisory published through SAAF Operations. Airspace over Camp Mackall is not restricted airspace, except when expressly closed by Chief, Aviation Branch, RBC, with a NOTAM published through SAAF.

c. Parachute drops at Camp Mackall will normally be conducted from an altitude of 1500 feet or below and require a flight advisory be published by SAAF. Parachute drops made above 1500 feet AGL require a NOTAM be published IAW FAR part 105 by MAAF.

d. Units conducting STABO/SPIES operations/training within 5 SM of MAAF will coordinate through Mackall Operations for a flight advisory to be published.

e. The use of tear agents or smoke grenades at Camp Mackall is restricted to Areas LL and MM ONLY and will not be used within 500 meters of any quarters, Game Warden Stations, or reservation boundaries. Smoke grenades may be used in Area KK1 for emergency marking procedures. Clearance to use tear agents or smoke grenades will be obtained from Range Control on the day of use.

f. The area within 200 meters of Ranger Station #5, at coordinate PU384776, is "OFF LIMITS".

g. Trash and other refuse to be disposed of will be deposited in the dumpsters located at coordinate 400765 by units training on Camp Mackall or in the Sandhills Wildlife Areas. Army Regulation 420-49 PROHIBITS burning of trash and AR 200-1 prohibits burying of trash in the training areas.

20-3. NORTH CAROLINA SANDHILLS WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT AREA. On the Camp Mackall special map (series V7425) the following training areas are on state owned land; B-1, B-2, B-3, A-1 through A-5, C, D, T, O, L, X, and Y. Collectively these tracts of land are known as the Sandhills Wildlife Management Areas and were deeded to the state of North Carolina in 1949 by the U.S. Army. The Army retained maneuver rights on the properties, hence the training area designations. The acreage that separates the wildlife tracts is privately owned lands for which the Army does not have limited maneuver rights on. Units scheduling

122

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6training exercises on the Camp Mackall/Sandhills Wildlife Areas must coordinate with Mackall Range Control. Only small squad and team size units may schedule training in the Alpha tract.

a. All foxholes and field fortifications constructed in the Wildlife Area will be filled prior to departure of unit. All trash and garbage will be removed from the Wildlife Area. Nothing will be buried; nothing will be burned.

b. A representative from Camp Mackall Range Control will conduct a final inspection and clear each unit prior to departure from the Wildlife Area.

c. Personnel will not use spike climbers, nor will communications or barbed wire be fastened around trees. Every effort will be made to prevent damage to trees. Pine foliage WILL NOT be used for camouflage.

d. Only brush will be used on roadblocks. Roadblocks must be passable to emergency vehicles and be removed at completion of exercise. No bridges will be removed.

e. The area within 200 yards of any occupied dwelling or within 100 yards of any unoccupied dwelling is "OFF LIMITS".

f. All field showers and water points established in the Wildlife Area will be so located that neither soapy or chlorinated water is allowed to drain back into any lake or stream.

g. An accurate record will be kept of all trip flares and booby traps so those not activated during the training period may be recovered. Simulators and flares WILL NOT be used on Class 3, 4, and 5 fire days. Units will check with Range Control, on the days of intended use, to determine if they are authorized to employ these devices.

h. The NC Sandhills Wildlife Management Area is public land and open to the public for hunting, fishing, picnicking, etc. Military personnel engaged in these types of activities are subject to North Carolina laws and regulations as enforced by North Carolina officials (See Figures 20-3 and 20-4).

123


Figure 20-1. CAMP MACKALL RESERVATION

124


Figure 20-2. NC SANDHILLS WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT AREA

125

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 i. Tear agents (CS and CN) will not be used in the Sandhills Wildlife Areas.

j. Track vehicles are not permitted in the Sandhills Wildlife Areas. They can only be used in Training Area LL, MM, and certain areas within Area KK (check with Range Control for exact locations of these areas).

k. Commanders will ensure cultivated areas (wildlife food fields) will not be trespassed upon, i.e., bivouacking, establishment of gun positions, driving of vehicles, landing of aircraft, or any troop activities. The exceptions to this rule are: Aircraft operations are permitted on Oran DZ and the Old Rifle Ranges in areas B2 and B3. Units will not establish road blocks on the main roads.

l. The Sandhills Wildlife Management Area is open to the public for hunting on Monday, Wednesday, and Saturday each week during hunting season. Additionally, the week prior to and the week of Thanksgiving will be open to hunting and closed to training. Units conducting training exercises during hunting season will not establish roadblocks on the main roads. (See Figure 20-2). Units will not interfere with the vehicular movement of hunters or in any way harass them.

m. Units training in the Sandhills Wildlife Areas are permitted to emplace wire obstacles (concertina, barbed wire, etc.) to add realism to their training. However, this wire MUST BE REMOVED at conclusion of the training. Units are reminded that this is state owned land and hunters are allowed to hunt deer with dogs, quail with dogs, and horses. Many of these dogs are expensive and claims against the government result when the dogs are injured by tactical wire left by units.

n. Pine trees on the Sandhills game lands with two white bands painted on the lower portion of the trunk are the nesting trees of the Red-Cockaded Woodpecker (RCW). The same rules that apply to RCW sites on Fort Bragg/Camp Mackall apply here. On Fort Bragg/Camp Mackall, the 200-foot radius buffer zone is marked with signs. On the Sandhills Game Lands, only the nesting cavity tree is marked (with two white bands). Although the 200-foot radius buffer is not marked on the Sandhills Game Lands, training units will follow the rules as if it were marked, and not conduct any fixed activity within this 200-foot area. o. Three federally protected endangered plant species are found on Camp Mackall and the Sandhills Wildlife Area. On Fort Bragg/Camp Mackall the protected plant areas are marked with yellow signs. On the Sandhills Wildlife Area the sites are marked with white signs.

126

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Regardless of the color of the signs these areas are strictly off limits to all activities including foot traffic.

20-4. HELICOPTER LANDING ZONES (LZs) IN SANDHILLS WILDLIFE MANEUVER AREAS.

NORTH AREA COORDINATE TYPE # HELICOPTERS

A2 PU227798 LZ/FLS (Porter) 10

PU243827 LZ/FLS (Porter) 10



PU225787 LZ 5

PU260815 LZ 10

PU250817 LZ 12

A3 PU281809 LZ 8

PU265795 LZ 20+

PU260789 LZ 8

PU254795 LZ 10

PU240789 LZ 10

A4 PU314784 LZ 5

NOTE: The Field Trial Area (located in A2 and A3) is 32 miles long and has approximately 1,000 acres of wildlife food fields along both sides of the course. A majority of these fields are suitable for helicopter operations, however, these fields are under cultivation and are politically sensitive and will not be used for airmobile operations.

127


SOUTH AREA COORDINATE TYPE # HELICOPTERS

B1 PU314709 LZ 1

PU314709 LZ 4

PU337697 LZ 6

B2 PU387705 LZ 10

PU361691 LZ (Soybean Field) 8



PU401704 LZ 6

PU367744 LZ 4

PU359740 LZ 2

PU357739 LZ 4

PU359736 LZ 3

Old Rifle Rgs PU376743 LZ 100+

Oran DZ PU345731 LZ 100+

B3 PU341735 LZ 10

PU305627 LZ 8

C PU305628 LZ 8

PU304610 LZ 15+

PU312597 LZ 10

105

128


Figure 20-3. SANDHILLS GAME LAND

129


This sign indicates that the property is owned by North Carolina and is part of the Sandhills Wildlife Management Area. The Army has maneuver rights on these properties.

These signs are attached to trees and two orange bands are painted around the circumference of the tree below the sign.

This sign is used only in A-tract and indicates the land is part of the Field Trial Area within the Sandhills Wildlife Management Area. The Military has maneuver rights on these properties, but certain restrictions apply so units must check with Range Control prior to maneuvering on this land.

These signs are also used in conjunction with two orange bands.

This sign by itself (two orange bands absent) indicates that this property is not owned by the State but the owner has authorized the State to control hunting on this property. The Military may or may not have maneuver rights on this property - check with Camp Mackall Range Control prior to entering upon this land.

Figure 20-4. BOUNDARY MARKINGS FOR THE SANDHILLS WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT AREAS

130

NORTH CAROLINA

WildlifeGAMELANDS

NORTH CAROLINA

WildlifeFIELD TRIALGROUNDS

NORTH CAROLINA

WildlifeGAMELANDS


Figure 20-5. NAP OF THE EARTH (NOE) AREA

131


CHAPTER 21

DAMAGE, LOSS, OR THEFT OF RANGE EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES

21-1. DAMAGE, LOSS, OR THEFT OF RANGE EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES.

a. Restitution for any damage, loss, or theft of range equipment or facilities is the responsibility of the using unit. The using unit may make restitution, as required, by immediately repairing any damage or replacing any lost or stolen equipment. Arrangements for appropriate restitution must be made before the using unit will be cleared from the range by Range Control.

b. Any unit which fails to clear a range or training area, through failure to correct a deficiency or to provide restitution for any damage, loss, or theft of range equipment or facilities, will be denied further access to Fort Bragg range facilities until the required correction or restitution is made IAW AR 735-11 and DA Pam 710-2-1.

CHAPTER 22

RECREATION

22-1. RECREATIONAL AREAS.

a. Recreational areas are defined as any area within 200 yards of an established picnic site.

b. Picnic sites on the Fort Bragg Reservation area are as follows:

(1) Smith Lake (eastern shore), coordinate PU888900.

(2) Texas Pond, coordinate PU885909.

(3) McKellars Pond, coordinate PU778923.

(4) Mott Lake (western shore), coordinate PU633807.

(5) MacArthur Lake (both shores 600 yards south of Manchester Road), coordinates PU586948 and PU584948.

(6) Wyatt Lake, coordinate PU738929.

(7) Hutaff Lake, coordinate PU802846.

(8) Big Muddy Lake (Camp Mackall), coordinate PU378766.

132


(9) Little Muddy Lake (Camp Mackall), coordinate PU403774.

(10) Moss Gill Lake (Camp Mackall), coordinate PU384775.

(11) Keist Lake (Area N), coordinate PU729929.

(12) Holland Lake (Area AA), coordinate PU553940.

(13) Andrews Church Lake (Area RR), coordinate PU874934.

(14) Simmons Field Lake (Area D), coordinate PU877905.

(15) Boundary Line Lake (Area PP), coordinate PU905947.

(16) Little River, except the areas within 100 yards above and below dams and water and sewage treatment plants. c. Only the above areas will be used for recreational purposes, other than hunting and fishing.

d. Overnight "family camping" on the Fort Bragg/Camp Mackall Military Reservation is prohibited except at the Army Travel Center at Smith Lake. The absence of established sanitary facilities and water points for drinking water make the reservation undesirable for family camping. The picnic sites mentioned above are for daytime use only, except when fishing, and must be confined to an area within 200 yards of the water's edge. Unless otherwise posted by the responsible commander or staff agency, these areas are OFF LIMITS during hours of darkness or during posted non-operational hours.

e. Swimming and/or engaging in other water sports on the lakes, ponds, and waterways of Fort Bragg is prohibited due to several factors which render these waters unsafe, i.e., muddy and dirty water, no life guards, dangerous rapids and dams, and some snake inhabited shorelines. Exceptions to the prohibition are as follows:

(1) Swimming within the clearly defined area in vicinity of bathhouse on the east shore of Smith Lake, during posted hours.

(2) Organized and controlled military training of underwater swimmers (SCUBA Divers).

(3) Organized and controlled military training of engineer troops in water or waterborne activities.

(4) Organized and controlled emergency search and recovery operations.

133


(5) Specially approved and controlled parachute landing into water.

(6) Fishing and duck hunting on lakes.

f. Recreational activities may be authorized on a case-by-case basis if they do not conflict with scheduled training, firing, hunting, etc., or degrade the environment.

22-2. HUNTING AND FISHING.

a. The hunting and fishing procedures are published in XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 420-11, Hunting and Fishing. Personnel planning to hunt on the Fort Bragg or Camp Mackall Reservations will check in and out of the designated sign-out stations located at Game Warden Headquarters near McKellar Lodge or specified Game Warden Stations.

b. The Fort Bragg Chief Game Warden will obtain approval for the use of the training areas that are clear for hunting from the Installation Range Officer for each day of the hunting season.

c. Deer hunting with rifles and shotgun slugs will not be permitted in areas where troops are training. Small game and bird hunters using shotguns with birdshot will be authorized in all training areas without regard to troops training in the area.

d. All lakes and streams on the Fort Bragg and Camp Mackall Reservations are open to fishing except for McKeithan Pond and those specifically marked "NO FISHING".

e. Little River: Boating is allowed in Little River only in specifically designated areas. No swimming is allowed in any part of Little River. Bank fishing is permissible, except in the area 100 meters above and below dams, and water and sewage treatment plants. Hunting is permitted by boat in areas designated for boating and along banks, except in the area 100 meters above and below dams, and water sewage treatment plants.

f. The use of horses to train dogs to take wildlife in the Fort Bragg Training Complex is prohibited. Horseback riding in any area other than the Post Riding Stables and Smith Lake Recreational area is prohibited.

134


(AFZA-RBC-TR/432-2900)

FOR THE COMMANDER:

OFFICIAL: STANLEY A. McCHRYSTAL Brigadier General, GS Chief of Staff//original signed//DENISE F. WILLIAMSLTC, SCDirector, Information Technology Business Center

DISTRIBUTION:A; D; E575 - RBC, Range Control

135


APPENDIX A

References

Section I. Required Publications.

AR 40-5 Preventive Medicine, 15 Oct 90

AR 11-9 The Army Radiation Safety Program, 28 May 99

AR 75-1 Malfunctions Involving Ammunition and Explosives (RCSCSGLD-19W(MI), 23 Apr 01

AR 190-5 Motor Vehicle Traffic Supervision, 7 Aug 88

AR 190-11 Physical Security of Arms, Ammunition and Explosives,12 Feb 98

AR 200-1 Environmental Protection and Enhancement, 21 Feb 97

AR 210-21 Army Ranges and Training Land Program, 1 May 97

AR 385-55 Prevention of Motor Vehicle Accidents, 12 Mar 87

AR 385-62 Regulations for Firing Guided Missiles and HeavyRockets for Training, Target Practice and Combat,1 Jun 83

AR 385-63 Policies and Procedures for Firing Ammunition forTraining, Target Practice and Combat, 15 Oct 83

AR 420-90 Fire Emergency Services, 10 Sep 97

AR 700-19 U.S. Army Munitions Reporting Systems, 1 Jan 01

TM 95-226 U.S. Interagency Ground Inspection Manual Air TrafficControl and Navigational Aids Facilities

FM 3-11 Flame Field Expedient

FM 5-34 Engineer Field Data

FM 5-104 General Engineering

FM 5-250 Explosives and Demolitions

FM 6-2 Tactics, Techniques and Procedures for Field Artillery Survey

136


FM 6-50 The Field Artillery Cannon Battery

FM 17-12-1 Tank Gunnery M1/M1A1

FM 2-32 Mine/Countermine Operations

FM 21-10 Field Hygiene and Sanitation (AFM 161-10)

FM 21-75 Combat Skills of the Soldier

FM 23-8 M14 and M14A1 Rifles and Rifle Marksmanship

FM 23-9 M16A1 Rifle and Rifle Marksmanship

FM 23-11 90mm Recoilless Rifle M67

FM 23-14 M249 Light Machine Gun in the Automatic Rifle Role

FM 23-23 Antipersonnel Mine, M18A1 and M18 (Claymore)

FM 23-24 TOW Weapon System

FM 23-30 Grenades and Pyrotechnic Signals

FM 23-31 40mm Grenade Launchers, M203

FM 23-33 66mm Heat Rocket, M72A1, M72A2 (Light Antitank Weapon)

FM 23-35 Combat Training with Pistols and Revolvers

FM 23-41 Submachine Guns, Caliber .45, M3 and M3A1

FM 23-65 Browning Machine Gun, Caliber .50 HB, M2

FM 23-67 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60

FM 23-90 Mortars

FM 23-91 Mortar Gunnery

FM 90-10 Military Operations on Urbanized Terrain (MOUT)

TC 5-117 Combat Engineer Vehicle Operations

TC 6-40 Field Artillery, Manual Cannon Gunnery

TC 25-8 Training Ranges

137


Section II. Related Publications

AR 420-49 Utility Services, 28 Apr 97

DA Pam 710-2-1 Using Unit Supply System, 31 Dec 97

DA Pam 738-750 The Army Maintenance Management System (TAAMS), 1 Aug 94

TM 9-1300-206 Ammunition and Explosives Standards

TM 9-1330-200- Operators and Organizational Maintenance Manual 12 For Grenades

TM 9-1340-222- Organizational Maintenance Manual (including Repair 20 Parts and Special Tools List); 2.75 inch Low Spin

Folding Fin Aircraft Rockets; 66mm Light AntitankWeapon System; 3.5 Inch Rockets; and M3A2E1 RocketMotor (JATO)

TM 9-1340-418- Operators Organizational Direct Support and General 14 Support Maintenance Manual for Ballistic Aerial Target

System (BATS)

TM 9-2350-230- Turret and Cupola Pre-Operations Checklist; Armored 10/2-1-CL-1 Reconnaissance/Airborne Assault Vehicle; Full Tracked;

152mm Gun/Launcher, M551

TM 43-0001-28 Army Ammunition Data Sheets for Artillery Ammunition:Guns, Howitzers, Mortars, Recoilless Rifles, GrenadeLaunchers and Artillery Fuses

FB Reg 210-5 Area Police and Appearance, 2 Mar 92

FB Reg 420-11 Hunting and Fishing Regulation, 30 Oct 00

USAF 317th Tactical Airlift Wing Operations Order

82d Abn Div Airborne Standard Operating Procedures (ASOP)

138


APPENDIX B

DESCRIPTION OF RANGES(NOTE: All azimuths of fire are grid azimuths)

Range Number 1

Type of Range 100 to 300 Meter Rifle.

Location Manchester Area on Rifle Range Road, coordinate PU794927.

Weapons 5.56mm.

Ammunition Ball.

Number of Firing Points 35.

Number and Type of Targets 35 Army rifle target A, 200 to 300 yards.

Facilities 2 Target sheds in pits, range house, latrine, lister bag cover, 2 concurrent training areas.

Communications Telephone tap on range flagpole.FM radio alternate (38.90 MHz).

General Reference Chapter 9, this regulation.

Secondary Use Night Vision (Starlight Scope) AN/PVS2, AN/PVS4 Zero Night Fire.

Principal Direction of Fire 275o within range limits.

Restrictions No 7.62mm firing; no automatic weapons firing on range. No privately owned vehicles on range; Fire Index reference para 12-11, this regulation.

References FM 23-9, Chapter 4, and Chapter 9, this regulation. When Range 1A is active only 300m firing lane can be used and Range 1A has to be on check fire to move target detail in or out of pits on Range 1.

139


Range Number 1A

Type of Range Zero Range.

Location Manchester Area on Rifle Range Road at coordinate PU794927.

Weapons 5.56mm.

Ammunition Ball.


Number and Type of Targets 25 zero.

Facilities Portable tower, ammo table, latrine and range house on Range 1, concurrent training areas.

Communications Wire tap on service road at rear of range; telephone drop 2-2101. FM radioAlternate (38.90 MHz).

Principal Direction of Fire 276o with range limit panels.

Restrictions No privately owned vehicles on range. When Range 1A is active, Range 1 can only be fired from 300m line; Range 1A has to be on Check Fire to move target detail in and out of pits on Range 1.

References FM 23-9 and Chapter 9, this regulation. Range Number 13

Type of Range Shotgun Range.

Location Manchester Road at coordinate PU763945.

Weapons Shotguns, any gauge.

Ammunition All gauges of shotgun. No slugs will be fired on this range.


Number and Type of Targets 10 barrels.

140


Facilities Ammo table, latrine on range 14, concurrent training area.

Communications Wire tap on pole at entrance to Range 14; telephone drop 432-1413. FM radio (38.90 MHz).

General Range supplies located at Range 14.


Restrictions Shotgun ONLY, no privately owned vehicles on range.

References Chapter 9, this regulation. Range Number 14

Type of Range Pistol Tables I through XI.

Location Manchester area on Manchester Road at coordinate PU761944.

Weapons Pistols, all caliber.

Ammunition Ball.

Number of Firing Points 45 total: Bay A12: 12 Points Bay B10: 10 points Bay C10: 10 points Bay D12: 12 points

Number and Type of Targets Standard pistol targets, do not place targets on the portable barricades.

Facilities Range house, latrine, ammo table and lister bag cover per bay, four concurrent training areas.

Communications Wire tap on pole in right front of range located at each bay; telephone drop 432-1414. Alternate FM radio38.90 MHz).


References FM 23-25, XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Range SOP, and Chapter 9, this regulation.

141


Range Number 15

Type of Range Air Force - Pistol Tables I through XI

Location Manchester Area on Manchester Road at coordinate PU759943.

Weapons Pistol.

Ammunition Ball.


Facilities Storage shed (USAF), latrine on range 14, and concurrent training area.

Communications Wire tap on road at rear of tower; telephone drop 432-1415. FM radioAlternate (38.90 MHz).


Restrictions No privately owned vehicles on range. Fire Index reference para 12-11, this regulation.

References FM 23-35, AFR 50-8, AFM 50-07, and Chapter 9, this regulation.

Range Number 19

Type of Range Special Purpose Range Operated byUSAJFKSWC.

Range Number 21A, 21B, 21C

Type of Range TOW/Javelin Tracking, 60mm Mortar Short Range Practice (M766)

Location Grid coordinate PU730902. 60mm practice firing point PU72639047, impact point PU72649084.

Weapons TOW with M70 training set and Javelin.

Ammunition Blast simulator diaphragm (M70), M64 grenade cartridge (LET).

142


Number of Firing Points "21A" firing area 6 Javelin firing points; "21B" firing area 6 TOW firing points and 6 defilade positions in the center, 6 tracking road from 250m to 1000m deep; “21C” 60mm mortar SRP, FP PU72639047, impact point PU72649084.

Facilities Range Operations building, latrine, two sets bleachers, lister bag stand.

Communications FM radio.

General Used for TOW/Javelin training/simulated firing and 60mm mortar SRP.


Restrictions Maximum speed is 25 MPH (40kph) on the tracking roads. No privately owned vehicles on range.

References TC 23-23, 23-24 and this regulation. Range Number 23

Type of Range 40mm Grenade Launcher Range.

Location Manchester Area on McKellars Road at coordinate PU762921.

Weapons 40mm grenade launcher, M79, M203.

Ammunition HE, TPT. NO FLARE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED.

Number of Firing Points Six lanes for instruction and qualification; five lanes for assault.

Number and Type of Targets One window, three bunkers, three troop locations per lane.

Facilities Portable tower, latrine, lister bag cover, two concurrent training areas.

Communications Wire tap on pole at entrance to range; telephone drop 432-1423. FM radioAlternate (38.90 MHz).

143


General Designated to be used for instruction, qualification, assault, and familiarization firing. Tables I, II, III, and IV, six lanes for instruction and qualification.

Principal Direction of Fire 341o within lane limits.

Restriction No privately owned vehicles on range. MEDIC AND EVACUATION VEHICLE Fire Index reference para 12-11, thisREQUIRED WHEN FIRING HE regulation. Impact Area on range is OFF

LIMITS to all training personnel. All HE duds will be recorded and reported to Range Control. Night firing with night observation devices only.

References FM 23-31; XVIII Airborne Corps and Fort Bragg Range SOP, and Chapter 9, this regulation.

Range Number 24

Type of Range 40mm Grenade Launcher Range, designed to be used for instruction, qualification, assault, and familiarization firing. Tables I, II, III, and IV.


Weapons 40mm grenade launcher, M79, and M203.

Ammunition HE, TPT. NO FLARE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED.

Number of Firing Points Six lanes for instruction and qualification; five lanes for assault.

Facilities Portable tower, latrine on Range 23, lister bag cover, two concurrent training areas.

Communications Wire tap on telephone pole on right side of range; telephone drop 432-1424.FM radio (38.90 MHz).


Restrictions Fire Index reference para 12-11, this144

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6MEDIC AND EVACUATION VEHICLE regulation. No privately ownedREQUIRED WHEN FIRING HE vehicles on range. Impact Area is

OFF LIMITS to all training personnel.All HE duds will be recorded andreported to Range Control. Nightfiring with night observation devicesonly.

References FM 23-31, XVIII Airborne Corps and Fort Bragg Range SOP; and Chapter 9, this regulation.

Range Number 25

Type of Range M72 LAW Range with stationary and moving targets.


Weapons M72 rocket launcher (66mm), 35mm trainer rocket, rocket launcher (84mm) AT-4, and 9mm subcal M202 FLASH.

Ammunition M72 AT rocket, HEAT, 35mm trainer rocket, HEAT 84mm, and 9mm subcal.


Number and Type of Targets 14 Hard targets 100-450 meters, 150 meter moving target at 200 meters.

Facilities Tower, 10 firing para pits, range house, latrine, two concurrent training areas.

Communications Wire tap on pole at base of tower; telephone drop 432-1425. FM radio alternate (38.90 MHz).


Restrictions Ammunition for one firing order onlyMEDIC AND EVACUATION VEHICLE will be on the firing line at any

145

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6REQUESTED WHEN FIRING HE time. Range Maintenance personnel will

deliver cart to range track site and brief using unit personnel on operation and maintenance of equipment. Unit operator will have a generator license. All HEAT duds will be recorded andreported to Range Control. No privately owned vehicles on range. Fire Index reference para 12-11, this regulation.

References FM 23-33; Range SOP; and Chapter 9, this regulation.

Range Number 26

Type of Range Combat Fire Range (Squad Defense).

Location MacRidge Area on Longstreet Road at coordinate PU719880.

Weapons Rifles and machine guns, 7.62mm and 5.56mm rifles, 35mm subcaliber LAW.

Ammunition 7.62mm, and 5.56mm ball Tracer when authorized by Installation Range Officer.

Number of Firing Points 10 foxholes.

Number and Types of Targets 68 M31A1's with plastic silhouettes, two machine gun positions for hostile fire simulators, and 4 automatic tank target systems.

Facilities Tower, latrine, range house, ammo tables, lister bag cover, three concurrent training areas.

Communications Wire tap on the side of control tower; telephone drop 432-1426. FM radio (38.90 MHz).

General An open field with firing line 150 meters wide and permanently emplaced

146

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6targets and demolitions pits extending down range to a distance of 450 meters. Night firing authorized.

Secondary Use Forced march and shoot ARTEP 7-15, Sniper Field Fire.


Restrictions Closes Range 70 and 26A when open. No privately owned vehicles on range. Fire Index reference para 12-11, this regulation.

References ARTEP 7-15 and Chapter 9, this regulation.

Range Number 26A

Type of Range Movement to Contact.

Location Northwest MacRidge Impact area. SFL PU72058758 to PU72428778CFL PU72648660 to PU72988682

Weapons M16A2, M4, M249, M60, M240B, M203,AT-4 (subcal), LAW (subcal).

Ammunition 5.56mm ball and tracer, 7.62mm ball and tracer, 40mm TPT, 9mm, M67 frag grenade. Claymore mines and 60mm mortars from LOA only.

Direction of Fire Left Limit 108, Right Limit 163

Number of Firing Points Three objectives.

Number and type of targets Thirty target locations and threeBunkers.

Communications FM 38.90.

General Light infantry movement to contact.Range has three objectives arrayedOver a 1500m maneuver area.

References FM 7-8, FM 7-10, ARTEP 7-8 MTP,Range 26A SOP, AR 385-63.

147

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Restrictions NO PRIVARELY OWNED VEHICLES ON THEMEDIC AND EVACUATION VEHICLE RANGE. Range 26A closes Ranges 26, 27REQUIRED and 70 when open.

Range Number 27

Type of Range Close Combat Course (CCC)/Squad Team Assault Course.

Location MacRidge Area on Longstreet Road at coordinate PU727885. Start fire line PU731886-PU729885, CFL PU732883-PU730882.

Weapons Rifles, all types and caliber's; practice hand grenades.

Ammunition Ball and tracer when authorized by the Installation Range Officer.

Number of Firing Points Five lanes, two men per lane employing fire and maneuver techniques.

Number and Type of Targets 68 M31A1's with plastic silhouettes.

Facilities Range Tower, latrine, range house, lister bag cover, ammo table, two concurrent training areas.

Communications Wire tap on the side of control tower; telephone drop 432-1427. FM radio alternate 38.90 MHz).

General A reaction type course that provides training in firing at close-in surprise targets while negotiating difficult terrain and natural and man-made obstacles.

Principal Direction of Fire 168o within range limits. Right limit from SFL 177, left limit 152.

Restrictions No machine guns authorized. UseMEDIC AND EVACUATION VEHICLE practice hand grenades only on course.REQUIRED Use of shotguns is prohibited. No

privately owned vehicles on range. 148

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Fire Index reference para 12-11, this regulation. Range 27 closes Range 26A.

References DA Training Circular 21-2; Range SOP and Chapter 9, this regulation.

Range Number 28

Type of Range Zero/Night Fire Range.


Weapons Rifle, 7.62mm and 5.56mm.

Ammunition Ball, armor piercing, and tracer when authorized by the Installation Range Officer.

Number of Firing Points Twenty-eight 49 Zero/Night Fire points, 28A 12 points 25m Zero/Weaponeer/Corrective Fire, 28B 20 points, Zero/Corrective Fire.

Number and Type of Targets Forty-nine electrical targets with Night Fire counters. Unit has to sign for key to obtain access to the Night Fire counters.

Facilities Tower, range house, latrine, lister bag cover, ammo tables, two concurrent training areas.

Communication Wire tap on the side of the control tower; telephone drop 432-3428. All bays use same tap. FM radio alternate 38.90 MHz).

Secondary Use 25m Course C Record Fire, Pistol 25m Night Fire.



149

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6References FM 23-9; XVIII Airborne Corps and Fort

Bragg Range SOP; and Chapter 9, this regulation.

Range Number 29

Type of Range Combat Pistol Qualification Course.

Location MacRidge Area on Longstreet Road, coordinate PU736888.

Weapons Pistols, 9mm, .38 and .45 caliber.

Ammunition Ball.


Number and Type of Target 135 M31A1's with plastic silhouettes.

Facilities Tower, range house, latrine, lister bag cover, ammo table, two concurrent training areas.

Communications Wire tap on pole at left rear of control tower; telephone drop 432-1429.FM radio alternate 38.90 MHz).




Range Number 30

Type of Range Machine Gun Transition SAW Qualification and 10m Zero.Night firing authorized.


Weapons 7.62mm machine gun and 5.56mm squad automatic weapon.

150

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Ammunition Ball, tracer when authorized by

Installation Range Officer. Under no conditions will armor piercing ammunition be used.

Number of Firing Points 1 - 9

Number and Type of Target 70 ITM's, 10 Zero Target frames, and three concurrent training areas.

Communications Telephone on the side of target shed; telephone drop 432-1430. FM radio alternate 38.90 MHz.

General Firing line includes foxholes and prone supported positions. Console operator required for transition range only.

Call 396-3760 for console operator support.

Secondary Use M24 Sniper firing on lanes 1-5 only.

Principal Direction of Fire 160o within range limits of left limit 140, right limit 192.

Restrictions No privately owned vehicles on range. Fire Index reference para 12-11, this regulation. Lane 10 is closed.

References FM 23-9; Chapter 9, this regulation. Range Number 31

Type of Range Zero Fire Range, 25 Meter.


Weapons Rifles 7.62mm and 5.56mm.

Ammunition Ball, armor piercing, tracer when authorized by the Installation Range Officer.


Number and Type of Target Course "C" targets available, 110 Zero Target frames.

151

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Facilities Tower, range house, latrine, lister bag

cover, ammo tables, and three concurrent training stations.

Communication Wire tap in control tower; telephone 432-1431. FM radio alternate (38.90).

General Firing line includes foxholes and kneeling supported positions. Night fire with AN/PVS2 Starlight Scope and AN/PVS4.

Secondary Use Small Arms Air Defense Range, Rifle Platoon. 25m Course "C" Record Fire.



References FM 23-9; Range SOP, and Chapter 9, this regulation.

Range Number 32M/32

Type of Range Team Live Fire.

Location Longstreet Road at coordinate PU750892.

Weapons 7.62mm machine gun and 7.62mm rifle. 5.56mm rifle and SAW, 40mm, M203, practice grenades.

Ammunition 7.62mm ball, Tracer when approved by Range Control.


Facilities Portable tower, lister bag cover, ammo table, and a concurrent training area.

Communications Primary means of communication, FM radio frequency 38.90 MHz.

Secondary Use Sniper Field Fire 100-550 Meters; SAW Field Fire.

152

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Principal Direction of Fire 171o within range limits or left limit

157, right limit 177; SFL PU7471-8918-PU7473-8919 CFL PU74848890-PU74748889.

Restrictions Range 32M closes Range 31 and 32. No privately owned vehicles on range. Fire Index reference para 12-11, this regulation.

References FM 23-67; Chapter II, Section III, TC 23-14; and Chapter 9, this regulation.

Range Number 33

Type of Range Record Fire Qualification, Night fire, NBC Fire.


Weapons Rifle, 5.56mm.

Ammunition Ball, no tracer; under no conditions will armor piercing ammunition be used.

Number of Firing Points 16. Fully automated Computer Scored Qualification.

Number and Type of Targets 96 Remoted Electronic Targets (RETS).

Facilities Tower, range house, latrine, lister bag cover, ammo tables, 1 set bleachers, mess table, and 4 concurrent training areas.

Communications Wire tap on the side of control tower; telephone drop 432-1422. FM radio alternate 38.90.




Range Number 34

153


Type of Range Military Police Opportunity Range.


Weapons Rifle, 7.62mm and 5.56mm, 9mm, M1200 Shotgun.

Ammunition Ball, tracer when authorized by the Installation Range Officer; under no conditions will armor piercing ammunition be used.


Number and Type of Targets 105 M31A1's at 75, 175 and 300 meter lines, MP obstacles.

Facilities Tower, latrine, range house, lister bag cover, ammo table, and two concurrent training areas.

Communications Wire tap on the side of control tower; telephone drop 432-1434. FM radio alternate 38.90.

Secondary Use Field Fire.



References FM 23-9; 16th MP Bde SOP and Chapter 9, this regulation.

Range Number 34A

Type of Range Target Detection.



Number and Type of Targets As per Chapter 6, FM 23-9.

Communications Not required.

154

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Special Equipment Units As per Chapter 6, FM 23-9.Provide


References FM 23-9. Range Number 35

Type of Range Zero Fire Range, 25m.

Location MacRidge Area on Lamont Road at coordinate PU762895.

Weapons Rifles, 7.62mm and 5.56mm.



Number and Type of Targets 65 Zero Target Frames.

Facilities Tower, range house, latrine, lister bag cover, ammo table, and three concurrent training areas.

Communications Wire tap in control tower; telephone drop 432-1435. FM radio alternate 38.90.

General Firing line includes foxholes and kneeling supported positions.

Secondary Use 25m Course "C" record fire.


Restrictions No privately owned vehicles on range, Fire Index reference para 12-11, this regulation.

References FM 23-9, Range SOP, and Chapter 9, this regulation.

Range Number 37

155


Type of Range Special Purpose Range operated by USAJFKSWCS.

Range Number 39

Type of Range Team Live Fire Assault Course.

Location MacRidge Area on MacRidge Road at coordinate PU772885. SFL PU7726-8852 to PU7723-8856, CFL PU7715-8847 to PU7713-8851.

Weapons 5.56mm, M203, 40mm practice only, practice grenades.

Ammunition 5.56mm, 40mm TPT


Number and Type of Targets

Facilities Tower, ammo table.

Communications FM radio alternate 38.90, land line primary.

General Live Fire use of Range 39 closes Range 40.


Restrictions Range 39 closes Range 40. No privately owned vehicles on range; Fire Index reference para 12-11, this regulation.

References XVIII Abn Corps & Ft Bragg Range SOP with waiver, FM 21-75, and Chapter 9, this regulation.

Range Number 40

Type of Range Live Hand Grenade range, four throwing bays (fragmentation ONLY) vertical

target court, woods court, foxhole court, assault course (practice only).

156

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Location MacRidge Area on Rifle Range Road at

coordinate PU773884.

Weapons Fragmentation and practice hand grenades.

Ammunition HE and practice hand grenades.

Number of Firing Points 4 bays.

Number and Type of Targets None.

Facilities Three nonfiring courts, practice throwing area, live grenade throwing area, latrine, lister bag cover, ammo table.

Communications Wire tap on range; telephone drop 432-1406. FM alternate 38.90 MHz.

Restrictions When a fragmentation grenade has beenMEDIC AND EVACUATION VEHICLE thrown but fails to explode, ALL REQUIRED throwing will be required stopped in

that bay until EOD personnel have destroyed the dud. Range 40 is closed when Range 39 is hot.

Principal Direction of Fire 270o within bays limits.

References FM 23-30, TM 9-6920-210-14, XVIII Abn Corps & Ft Bragg Range SOP and Chapter 9, this regulation.

Range Number 41

Type of Range Zero/Night Fire Range, 25 and 50 Meters.

Location MacRidge Area on MacRidge Road at coordinate PU774879.



Number of Firing Points (41) 48 electrical targets with night counter on 45 positions.

Number and Type of Targets Zero target IAW Chg 4, FM 23-9.

157


Facilities Tower, range house, latrine, lister bag cover, ammo table, and one concurrent training area.

Communications Wire tap in control tower, telephone drop (RG 41, 2-1441), (RG 41A, 2-1541). FM radio alternate 38.90.

Secondary Use 25m Course C Record Fire targets and Pistol 25m Night Fire.




Range Number 42M, Fire Team Maneuver, 42 Field Fire.

Type of Range Live Fire Maneuver, Field Fire.

Location MacRidge Area on MacRidge Road at coordinate PU775877. SFL PU77478776-PU77588762.

Weapons Rifle and Machine Guns, 7.62mm and 5.56mm.


Number of Firing Points 35 (Field Fire Only).

Number and Type of Targets (35 M31A1 electrically operated targets at 75, 175, and 300 meters field fire). 12 target coffins, two bunkers, three simulated buildings on the live fire maneuver course.

Facilities Tower, range house, latrine, lister bag cover, ammo table, and two concurrent training stations.

158

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Communications Wire tap in control tower; telephone

drop 432-1442. FM radio alternate 38.90 MHz.

Secondary Use MOUT Field Fire with windows, doors, walls, building corners, and roof top firing positions.

Principal Direction of Fire 235o with range limits.


References FM 23-9, Range SOP, 82d Abn Div Live Fire SOP and Chapter 9, this regulation.

Range Number 42A

Type of Range Target Detection (Non-Firing).

Location MacRidge Road at coordinate PU775881.


Number and Type of Targets As per Chapter 6, FM 23-9.

Communications Not required.

Special Equipment Units As per Chapter 6, FM 23-9.Provide


Range Number 43

Type of Range Record Fire Range, Night Fire, and NBC Firing.

Location MacRidge Area on MacRidge Road at coordinate PU7783-8736.

Weapons Rifle 5.56mm.

159

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Ammunition Ball, no tracer; under no conditions

will armor piercing ammunition be used.

Number of Firing Points 16. Fully Automated Computer Scored Qualification.

Facilities Tower, range house, latrine, lister bag stand, ammo table, and four concurrent training areas.

Communications Wire tap in control tower; telephone drop 432-1443. FM radio alternate 38.90.





Range Number 44

Type of Range Multiple Weapons Familiarization Range.


Weapons American and foreign weapons ranging in size from .22 caliber to 106mm recoilless rifle, including 60mm, 81mm, and 107mm MORT.

Ammunition Ball, armor piercing, tracer, and white phosphorous, illuminating when approved by the Installation Range Officer.


Number and Type of Targets 20 hard targets 200m - 1600 meters.

Facilities Range house, latrine, bleacher, sheds, lister bag stand, ammo table, three concurrent training areas.

160

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Communications FM radio 38.90 MHz primary means of

communications.

General Range data for indirect fire weapons and those direct fire weapons firing HE ammunition will be obtained from the Weekly Range Bulletin.

Secondary Use Mortar and recoilless rifle, and Mark 19.


Restrictions NO ONE IS ALLOWED FORWARD OF THE FIRINGMedical coverage with LINE, HIGH HAZARD DUDDED IMPACT AREA.evacuation vehicle required

References Chapters 4 and 5, this regulation, and FM pertinent to weapons being fired.

Range Number 46

Type of Range MacRidge Demo Area.


Explosives All types of demolitions up to a maximum charge of 50 lbs.


Facilities Demolitions observation bunker, latrine, ammo table, lister bag stand, four concurrent training areas.

Communications FM radio 38.90 MHz, primary means of communication.

Secondary Use Firing Claymore Mines, Flash M202.


Restrictions No privately owned vehicles on range. MEDIC WITH EVACUATION VEHICLE Fire Index reference para 12-11, this

REQUIRED. regulation. Range OIC must have in his possession a current Weekly Range Bulletin. Inclement weather can reduce max charge due to noise profile.

161


References FM 5-25 and this regulation. Range Number 47

Type of Range Engineer Assault Course.

Location MacRidge Road coordinate PU787856.

Explosive All types of explosives. Maximum charge limit is 50 lbs. (10 lbs. during inclement weather, i.e., rain, snow, low cloud cover, etc).

Number and Type of Targets Log crib obstacle, wire obstacle, post and wire hedgehogs, breach mine field, disable a bridge, assault and destroy enemy bunker.

Facilities Tower, range house, latrine, enclosed storage area.

Communications Telephone tap on pole on MacRidge Road.FM radio 38.90 MHz primary means of communications.

General Coordination of Engineer Assault Course will be through S-3, 20th Engineer Brigade.


Restrictions No privately owned vehicles on range;MEDIC WITH EVACUATION VEHICLE Fire Index reference para 12-11, this REQUIRED regulation.

-Range OIC must have a current Weekly Range Bulletin and Range SOP in his possession.

-Road guards will be placed at PU78688502 (Firebreak 5 and Morganton Road), PU78988592 (Firebreak 6), PU78838617 (Firebreak 7), PU78238592.

-Bangalore and Shape charges may be used in Area I (PU78438542, PU78238562, PU78538562, PU78688567).

162

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6-Demolitions up to 27 lbs may be used in Area II (PU78338532, PU78138562, PU78638602, PU78838572).

References FM 5-25 and this regulation. Range Number 50

Type of Range Zero Fire Range.

Location Chicken Road at coordinate PU780840.



Number of Firing Points 25 meters, 110 firing points, 10 meter MG zero, 20 points.

Number and Type of Targets Zero targets per Change 4, FM 23-9.

Facilities Tower, range house, latrine, lister bag stand, ammo table, mess table, three concurrent training areas.

Communications Wire tap in control tower; telephone drop 432-1450. FM radio, alternate 38.90 MHz.

Secondary Use Twenty points for 10m machine gun Zero/Record Fire 25m Course “C” Record Fire targets.


Restrictions No privately owned vehicles on range; Fire Index reference para 12-11, this regulation.


Range Number 51

Type of Range Volcano Mine (Inert Only), MICLIC Rocket (Inert Only), M31 Artillery Trainer, 14.5mm and 81mm SABOT, (INERT), M1.

163

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Location Chicken Road at coordinate PU774838.

Weapons 14.5, cartridge, fixed round for artillery trainer, .22 caliber practice cartridge M744, M745, M746, and M747 for mortar trainer.

Ammunition Same as above.


Number and Type of Targets Scaled targets.

Facilities Range house, lister bag stand, four field bunkers, and two concurrent training areas.

Communications Wire, telephone terminal on side of range house. Alternate commo will be by FM radio frequency 38.90 MHz. Telephone drop 432-1451.




References TC 6-40-3, M31 Artillery Trainer, and TM 9-1315-249-12.

Range Number 52

Type of Range Zero Fire and 25 Meter.



Ammunition Ball, Armor piercing, tracer when authorized by the Installation Range Officer.

Number of Firing Points 65, 20 firing points for 10 meter MG zero.

Number and Type of Targets 65 Zero 25m frames, 20 MG 10m frames.

164

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Facilities Tower, range house, latrine, lister bag

stand, ammo table, one concurrent training area.

Communications Wire tap in control tower; telephone drop 432-1452. FM radio alternate 38.90 MHz.

Secondary Use Zero/Record Fire Machine Guns and SAWS. 25m Course “C” Record Fire.


Restrictions Same as 51. Range 52 must be on check fire if Range 54 has maintenance teams down range.


Range Number 53

Type of Range 10m Zero/Record Range.


Weapons M60 machine gun; SAW.

Ammunition 7.62mm and 5.56mm ball, armor piercing, and tracer when authorized by the Installation Range Officer.

Number of firing Points 35.

Number and Type of targets 35 10m Zero frames.

Facilities Tower, range house, latrine, ammo table, lister bag stand, one concurrent training area.

Communications Wire tap at control tower; unit provides telephone; telephone drop 432-1453. FM radio (38.90 MHz).

Secondary Use SAW 10m zero/record firing, night fire.


165

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Restrictions No privately owned vehicles on range;

Fire Index reference para 12-11 this regulation. Range 53 must be on check fire if maintenance teams are down Range 54.

References FM 23-16, FM 23-67, and Chapter 9, this regulation.

Range Number 54

Type of Range Machine Gun.


Weapons 7.62mm machine gun, 7.62mm M24 Sniper, and 5.56mm.

Ammunition Ball and tracer; no armor piercing ammunition.

Number of Firing Points 6 lanes.

Number and Type of Targets 11 targets per lane, 100-800m electrically operated from the control tower.

Facilities Tower, ammo table, lister bag stand, and concurrent training area.

Communications Wire tap located in tower; telephone drop 432-1454. FM radio alternate 38.90 MHz.

Secondary Use SAW record fire, night fire.


Restrictions Same as 53. Ranges 52, 53, 55 must be on check fire if maintenance teams are down range on Range 54.

References FM 23-67 and Chapter 9, this regulation.

Range Number 55

Type of Range Record Fire Range.

Location Chicken Road at coordinate PU761831.166





Number and Type of Targets 96 electrically operated M31A1 targets at 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, and 300 meters.

Facilities Tower, range house, latrine, ammo table, lister bag stand, and four concurrent training areas.

Communications Wire tap in control tower; telephone drop 2-1455. FM radio 38.90 MHz.


Secondary Use Sniper Training.



Range Number 55A

Type of Range Target Detection.



Range Number 56

Type of Range Record Fire Range.




167

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Number of Firing Points 16.

Number and Type of Targets 96 electrically operated M31A1 targets at 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, and 300 meters.

Facilities Tower, range house, latrine, lister bag stand, ammo tables, and four concurrent training areas.

Communications Wire tap on right front of range shack, telephone drop 432-1456. FM radio alternate 38.90 MHz.



Restrictions No Privately owned vehicles on range. Fire Index reference para 12-11, this regulation. Range 56 will be on check fire if maintenance teams are down range on Range 54.

Range Number 57

Type of Range Zero, Limited Night with NVGs & NBC Fire.





Number and Type of Targets E-type targets & frames. Electronic night fire targets, with flasher, no hit counters.

Facilities Towers, range house, latrine, lister bag stand, ammo tables, and two concurrent training areas.

168

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Communications Wire tap on the side of control tower,

telephone drop 432-1457. FM radio alternate 38.90 MHz.



References FM 23-9 and Chapter 9 this regulation. Range Number 58

Type of Range Limited Night Fire with NVGs/Zero Fire Range, NBC Fire.



Ammunition Ball, tracer when authorized by the Installation Range Officer; armor piercing ammunition will not be authorized.


Number and Type of Targets 35 electrically operated M31A1 targets at 75 meters.

Facilities Tower, range house, latrine, lister bag stand, ammo tables, and two concurrent training areas.

Communications Wire tap on pole on the side control tower; Telephone drop 432-1458. FM radio alternate 38.90 MHz.


Restrictions Same as 57.

References FM 23-9, Range SOP and Chapter 9, this regulation.

Range Number 59

Type of Range Zero Fire Range.

169

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Location Chicken Road at coordinate PU743822.

Weapons Rifle and 5.56mm.

Ammunition Ball, tracer when authorized by the Installation Range Officer. Armor piercing ammunition is not authorized.


Number and Type of Targets 63 Zero Target Frames.

Facilities Tower, range house, latrine, lister bag stand, ammo tables, and two concurrent training areas.

Communications Wire tap on pole at the right rear of control tower; telephone drop 432-1459. FM radio alternate 38.90 MHz.

Secondary Use SAW Zero/Record Fire 10 meter.


Restrictions Same as Range 57.

References FM 23-9, Range SOP and Chapter 9, this regulation.

Range Number 60

Type of Range CURRENTLY NOT IN USE. Range Number 62

Type of Range Close Quarter Combat Course.

Location Preachers Road at coordinate PU7188482947 to PU7178583230.

Weapons M16A1/A2, .22 cal, fragmentation hand grenades.

Ammunition 5.56mm Ball, grenade fragmentation, grenade practice, 9mm.

Number of Firing Points Destiny Doorway, Rappel Tower, Search and Kill Inn, Vault and Fight, Dodge City and Obstacle Course, Sewer System.

170

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Number and Type of Targets M31A1 electrically operated targets.

Facilities Range house, latrine, bleachers, lister bag stand, ammo tables, mess shed, and one concurrent training area.

Communications Wire tap located at pole to rear of range in Admin Area. FM radio alternate 38.90 MHz.

Special Equipment Units All personnel must wear an armored vestProvide while throwing fragmentation hand

grenades.

Principal Direction of Fire 070o within range limits (LL 066 - RL 074).

Restrictions No privately owned vehicles on range. MEDIC WITH EVACUATION VEHICLE Fire index reference para 12-11, this REQUIRED regulation. Only 30 hand grenades per

company sized unit may be used in the grenade house per day.

References FM 90-10 and all FMs and TCs pertinent to weapons used on this course.This is not a hand grenade qualification facility. Units will not utilize one hand grenade per man to meet annual STRAC requirement on this range. Unit must receive safety briefing from Range Control personnel prior to opening range.

Range Number 63

Type of Range Multi-Purpose - Light Infantry.

Location Preachers Road vicinity of PU714823 and extending to vicinity of PU672840.

Weapons 5.56mm, 7.62mm, .50 Cal, 40mm TP, 20mm, 25mm, 30mm, 35mm Sub Cal LAW, 9mm Sub-Cal AT-4, 105mm HEAT-TP-T, 20mm HEAT-

TP-T, 120mm HEAT-TP-T, and M181/M18A1 Claymore Mines.

Ammunition All non-dud producing.

171

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Number of Firing Points Live Fire Course.

Number and Type of Targets Nine Moving Armor, 37 Stationary Armor, 39 Moving Infantry, and 157 Stationary Infantry.

Facilities Control tower, classroom, ammo holding area, and dock.

Communications FM Radio communications required from tower to downrange maneuver unit and to Range Control. Control tower has FM antennas and class "C" telephone.

Special Equipment Units FM radios.

General Unit must coordinate training scenario with Multi-Purpose Range Operations four weeks prior to scheduled training.


Type of Range Special Purpose Range operated by USAJFKSWC

Range Number 66A

Type of Range Machine Gun Transition/SAW Qualification.

Location Preachers Road at coordinate PU715841.

Weapons Machine Gun and Squad Automatic Weapon.

Ammunition 5.56mm and 7.62mm Ball and Tracer. No armor piercing ammunition is authorized.

Number of Firing Points Eight lanes.

Number and Type of Targets 64 M31A1 target mechanisms operated from Control Tower.

Facilities Control Tower, latrine, ammo table, lister bag stand.

Communications Range drop at tower; telephone drop 432-1466. FM radio alternate 38.90 MHz.

172

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Secondary Use SAW, Night Fire.


Restrictions No privately owned vehicles on range. Must be on check fire if maintenance teams are down range on Range 66A.

References FM 23-67 and Chapter 9, this regulation. Range Number 66B

Type of Range 10 Meter Zero/Record.


Weapons Machine Gun 7.62mm and Squad Automatic Weapon 5.56mm.

Ammunition 5.56mm and 7.62mm Ball and Tracer; no armor piercing ammunition.


Number and Type of Targets 17 10m Zero Frames.

Facilities Portable tower, range house, latrine, ammo table, lister bag stand.

Communications Range drop behind range; telephone drop 2-1566. FM radio alternate 38.90 MHz.

Secondary Use SAW 10m Zero/Record Firing.


Restrictions No privately owned vehicles on range; Fire Index reference para 12-11, this regulation. Range 66B must be on check fire if maintenance teams are down range on Range 66A.

References FM 23-67 and Chapter 9, this regulation. Range Number 66C 1/2/3

Type of Range Competition.


173

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Weapons Pistols, all caliber.

Ammunition Ball.

Number of Firing Points Bay 1, 40 points competition; Bay 2, 40 points international; Bay 3, 4 points MP Course, 40 points competition, standard pistol, and competition pistol.

Facilities Bay 1 & 2 covered firing points, latrine, range house, each bay ammo tables, and lister bag stand.

Communications Telephone; FM radio alternate (38.90 MHz). Range drop behind Bay 2; telephone drop 432-1466.


Restrictions No privately owned vehicles on range. Range 66C must be on check fire if maintenance teams are down range on Range 66A.

References FM 23-35 and Chapter 9, this regulation.

*NOTE: 66C Bay 1 432-1666 66C Bay 2 432-1766 66C Bay 3 432-1966 Range Number 66D

Type of Range 1000 yd/KD.


Weapons 5.56mm, 7.62mm and .50 Cal Sniper Rifles.

Ammunition 5.56mm, 7.62mm and .50 Cal Ball and Tracer.


Facilities Control tower, two range houses at pits, ammo table, and lister bag stand.

Communications Range drop at tower and each firing line. Telephone drop 432-9766. FM radio alternate 38.90 MHz.

174




References TC 2314, FM 23-8 and Chapter 9, this regulation.

Range Number 66E

Type of Range Sniper Training Field Fire.


Weapons 5.56mm rifles, 7.62mm sniper rifles (1-5 FP only, direction 081 grid), (.50 cal MG only on FP 1 direction 077 Grid).

Ammunition 7.62mm and 5.56mm Ball.


Number and Type of Targets 110 M31A1S.

Facilities Control tower, range house, ammo table, and lister bag stand.

Restrictions This range is normally utilized by USAJFKSWCS for sniper training. Certain Dates may not be available due to

priority of POI driven sniper course.

Range Number 66F

Type of Range 25 Meter Zero.


Weapons 5.56mm and 7.62mm Rifles.

Ammunition 5.56mm and 7.62mm Ball


175

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Number and Type of Targets 30 Zero Frames.

Facilities Portable tower, latrine, range house, ammo table, and lister bag stand.

Communications Range drop behind tower; Telephone drop 432-9766. FM radio alternate 38.90 MHz.

Secondary Use Zero Night Vision Scopes.


Restrictions No privately owned vehicles on range.

References FM 23-9, 23-8, TC 23-14, and Chapter 9, this regulation.

Range Number 66M

Type of Range Live Fire Maneuver.

Location Maneuver Box #1:SFL: PU71818551-PU71858535 CFL: PU72058562-72138540LL-065 Grid, RL-130 GridManeuver Box #2:SFL: PU72068550-PU72138540CFL: PU72328575-PU72458561LL-053 Grid, RL 105 Grid

Weapons

Ammunition

Number of Firing Points Two maneuver boxes

Number and Type of Targets

Facilities

Communications

Secondary Use None

Principal Direction of Fire

Restrictions

References

176

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Range Number 67

Type of Range Machine Gun Field Fire Range.


Weapons 5.56mm, 7.62mm, 7.62 M24 Sniper, .50 Caliber.

Ammunition Ball and tracer.

Number of Firing Points Three lanes with six firing points.

Number and Type of Targets Double E-type, hard targets, SART targets available upon request.

Facilities Tower, range house, latrine, lister bag stand, ammo tables, and two concurrent training stations.

Communications Wire tap located in range tower.

Special Equipment Units FM radios.Provide

General Reference Chapter 9, this regulation. Unit must request PITS Targets (See Appendix E).

Secondary Use Six Firing points Zero/Record 10 meters.


Restrictions No privately owned vehicles on range, Fire Index reference para 12-11, this regulation. Call for clearance prior to going down range to emplace targets.

References FM 23-67 and Chapter 9, this regulation. Range Number 68

Type of Range Military Operations in Urban Terrain (MOUT).


177

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Weapons Inside MOUT Complex: 5.56mm, 7.62mm

blank ammunition, practice grenades, smoke grenades.

Eastern edge of MOUT Complex: Defensive live fire may be conducted with all Infantry TO&E weapons. AT-4, Claymore Mines, Recoilless Rifles, and TOW (inert).

60, 81, and 107mm Mortars can be fired from the southeastern portion of the MOUT facility.

Ammunition All types of ammunition listed in weapons above. NO 40mm HE will be fired from the MOUT facility.

Number of Firing Points East side of MOUT into MacRidge Impact Area.

Number and Type of Targets Numerous hard targets in MacRidge Impact Area.

Facilities Latrine and 44 buildings.

Communications Range drop is 200 meters west of MOUT Site on Morganton Road. FM radio alternate 38.90 MHz.

Principal Direction of Fire 090o as published in Weekly Range Bulletin.

Restrictions No privately owned vehicles on range,

MEDIC WITH EVACUATION VEHICLE Fire Index reference para 12-11, thisREQUIRED. regulation. HC Smoke will not be used

in the sewer system by training units. Unit must receive briefing from Range Control prior to usage, telephone 396-1636.

References All FMs and TCs pertinent to weapons used on this course.

Range Number 69

Type of Range Coleman Demo Area.

Location Preachers Road at coordinate PU707857.178


Explosives All types of explosives up to a maximum charge of 400 lbs. Steel cutting max is 2 lbs.

Number of Firing Points Six.

Facilities Demolitions observation bunker, bleachers, six training tables, mess shelter, demo storage bunker, latrine, four concurrent training areas.

Communications Telephone tap on pole behind bleachers in Admin Area. FM radio 38.90 MHz.

Secondary Use Claymore Firing.


Restrictions No privately owned vehicles on rangeMEDIC WITH EVACUATION VEHICLE or on any adjacent roads or ranges, REQUIRED. Fire Index reference para 12-11, this

regulation. Range OIC must have a copy of current Weekly Range Bulletin in his possession. Range 69 is normally prioritized to support USAJFKSWCS Demolition Classes. Units wishing to schedule Range 69 must first coordinate with SWCS 432-8519/6152.

References FM 5-25 and this regulation.

Range Number 70

Type of Range EOD Demo Area.


Explosive All types of explosives up to a maximum charge of 200 lbs.

Communications EOD Control Net, FM Radio (38.90 MHz).

Restrictions No privately owned vehicles on range, Fire Index reference para 12-11, this regulation. Range 26 must be on check fire when range 70 is active.

179


References FM 5-25, appropriate TM, and this regulation.

Range Number 74

Type of Range Future MOUT site.

Range Number 75

Type of Range 360 Shoot House.

Location PU665882.

Weapons M16A2, M4, M9.

Ammunition 5.56mm ball, 9mm, .45 cal.

Number of Firing Points Six room shoot house, two quick-fire lanes.

Number and Type of Targets Target type and placement must be coordinated in advance with Live Fire Section. Seven targets per quick fire lane.

Facilities None.


General Range 75 Assault Building is designed to train teams and squads on room entry and clearing techniques.

Principal Direction of Fire Any direction inside building. 172o on quick fire lanes.

Restrictions No automatic weapons fire in the shoot house, no tracer ammunition. Medic with evacuation vehicle required.

References FM 90-10-1, FM 7-8, Range 75 SOP, AR 385-63.

Range Number 76

Type of Range Platoon/Squad Live Fire Course. A basic live fire assault course for a squad or platoon.

180

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Location Course starts on Longstreet Road at

coordinate PU655887. Objective is at coordinate PU655877. Counterattack originates from coordinate PU662878.

Weapons 5.56mm, 7.62mm rifles and machine guns, practice hand grenades, 66mm LAW, 84mm AT-4, 40mm GL and Claymore mines from the objective at TGT PU656878 only.

Ammunition Ball, 1/4 lb blocks TNT for demolition pits.

Number of Firing Points Live Fire Course.

Number and Type of Targets Portable Infantry Target Systems (PITS) are used on this range. They are radio controlled from the control tower or from the line of advancing troops. A retaliatory device simulating enemy fire and/or detonating demolition charges may be included.

Facilities Portable tower at support position with two machine gun stands.

Communications Radios AN/PRC 77's are required for control personnel. The primary means of communication with Range Control Central is FM radio frequency (38.90 MHz), stationed at Control Tower; alternate is wire tap on new Longstreet

Road north of OP11, telephone drop 432-1476. FM radios.


Secondary Use Throwing hand grenades and firing Claymores from objective trench line.

Principal Direction of Fire 165o within published limits of range.

Restrictions Machine Guns: MGs are required to be emplaced on the MG platform with assigned traversing stops. The forward end of the gun barrel must rest on the depression stop of the platform and tripods must be located in place. MGs

181

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6may displace forward for reorganization and counterattack phase.

Demolition Pits. Twelve for squad objective, 24 for platoon objective. Charges will not exceed 1/4 lb. The OIC or SO will ensure pits are free from stones, metal objects, or other extraneous materials, and that barricades do not contain loose materials that may be blown onto troops.

Road Guards. Guards will be posted at the following locations to block Old Longstreet south while live fire is in progress:

Guard Post No. 1, Old Longstreet Road at coordinate PU661880.

Guard Post No. 2, Old Longstreet Road at coordinate PU637885.

No one will be permitted past guards until relieved by using unit. The using unit will post guards.

Representative of the using unit must attend the scheduled Range Conference the week prior to use. OIC procures range flag at Range Supply.

References FM 7-8; ARTEP 7-8, Drill, 22 Jan 90; Range SOP; AR 385-63; and Chapter 9, this regulation.

Range Number 77

Type of Range Platoon deliberate attack.

Location West Coleman Impact Area.

Weapons M16A2, M4, M249, M60, M240B, M203.

Ammunition 5.56 ball and tracer, 7.62 ball and tracer, M67 frag grenade, 40mm TPT, 9mm, Bangalore and Claymore mines in approved positions only.

182

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Number/Type of Target Two trenchlines, number, type, and

location of targets must be coordinated in advance with Live Fire Section.

Communications FM 38.90

General Light infantry deliberate attack/attack on a fortified position.

Principal Direction of Fire As per SOP and Range Bulletin.

Restrictions Road guards required at PU660881 and PU637885 to block Old Longstreet. Range 77 closed when Range 79 is firing TOW missiles.

References FM-7-8, ARTEP 6-8 MTP, Range 77 SOP, AR 385-63.

Range Number 78

Type of Range Aerial Gunnery.

Coordinates PU620863.

Weapons 7.62mm, 20mm, 30mm, 2.75 inch Rkt and .50 Cal.

Ammunition Ball, tracer, 2.75 inch Rkt HE.

Number of Firing Points 15 hover points and three running fire lanes.

Number and Type of Targets Two Moving Armor, 24 Stationary Armor and eight hard targets.

Facilities Control tower, eight landing pads.

Communications FM Communications required from tower to aircraft and to Range Control. Firing aircraft must also maintain communications with Range Control.

Special Equipment Units FM Radios.Provide

General Unit must coordinate training scenario with Multi-Purpose Operations four weeks prior to scheduled training.

183

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Restrictions Range 78 closes Range 79.


Type of Range Anti-Armor/Convoy Live Fire Ambush.

Location Coordinate PU615855.

Weapons 5.56mm, 7.62mm, .50 Cal, 20mm, 25mm, 30mm, 40mm TPT, 120mm HEAT-TPT, 105mm, TOW Inert, and 2.75 Rkts.

Ammunition Ball, tracer, inert TOW, and training practice tank ammunition.

Number of Firing Points Two Firing Positions.

Number and Type of Targets Eighteen target positions and two moving targets.

Facilities Control tower, classroom and ammo loading dock.

Communications FM Radio communications required from tower to down range firing vehicle and to Range Control. Control Tower has class "C" telephone. FM radios.

General Units must coordinate training scenario with Multi-Purpose Range Operations four weeks prior to scheduled training.

Restrictions Range 79 closes Range 78. Range 77 closed if TOW missile is being fired on Range 79.

References Chapters 9 and 15, this regulation.MK19 qualification firing is authorized on Range 79. Unit must coordinate with MPRC operations for firing scenarios.

Range Number 80

Type of Range Platoon/Squad Vehicle Ambush.

184

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Location East McPherson Impact Area PU608861.

Weapons M16A2, M4,M249, M60, M240B, M203, AT-4 (subcal).

Ammunition 5.56mm ball and tracer, 7.62mm ball and tracer, Claymore, 9mm, 40mm TPT.

Number of Firing Points Three ambush sites.

Number/Type of Targets Three moving vehicle targets, personnel targets for assault and security elements.


General Range 80 is designed to train squads and platoons on ambush techniques.

Principal Direction of Fire As per Range 80 SOP.

Restrictions Claymores used only at approvedposition. Road guards required at range entrance and PU60558745.

References FM 7-8, ARTEP 7-8 MTP, AR 385-63, and Range 80 SOP.

Range Number 85

Type of Range Air Assault Obstacle Course

Location Gruber Road Across from Pike Field.

Explosives N/A.

Number of Firing Points N/A.

Special Equipment Units Rappelling equipment. OIC, E-7 and Provide above.

Restrictions Must schedule through Range Control MEDIC WITH EVACUATION VEHICLE and have qualified instructors. Units REQUIRED. must have two Rappel Master qualified

personnel on the Rappel Tower when it is being used.

Range Number 91

185

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Type of Range Area X Demo Area.

Location Manchester Road located at 635955 (Recondo School Area X)

Explosives Basic electrical/non-electrical charges of six lbs.

Number of Firing Points Six.

Special Equipment Units FM Radio 38.90.Provide

Restrictions The Range OIC must have a current Weekly Range Bulletin in his possession.

References FM 5-25 and this regulation. Range Number OP 5

Type of Range Observation Post.


Weapons STINGER Missile, 105mm, 155mm, 203mm Howitzer Direct Fire. Special firing events (.50 Cal MG, 5.56mm, 7.62mm) must be approved by Range Control.

Ammunition HE, WP, Illum, ball, tracer.

Number and Type of Targets Hard targets 400-3000 meters.

Secondary Use JRTX.

Facilities Tower, two latrines, bleachers.

Communications Radio, FM Frequency, 38.90 is the primary means of communication.

Special Equipment Units FM Radio.Provide

References Chapters 4 and 5, this regulation and FM pertinent to weapons being fired.

Range Number OP 8

Type of Range Mortar Firing Position.186



Weapons 60mm, 81mm, and 107mm mortar.

Ammunition HE, WP, Illum.

Number and Type of Targets Hard targets in Coleman Impact Area.

Facilities Bunker.

Communications Radio, FM Frequency 38.90 is the primary means of communication.


References FM 23-85, FM 23-90, FM 23-92, and Chapter 5, this regulation.

Range Number OP 8A

Type of Range Mortar firing position observation post.


Weapons 60mm, 81mm, 107mm Mortar, 105mm, 155mm, 203mm Howitzer Direct Fire.

Ammunition HE, WP, Illum, ball, tracer.

Number and Type Targets Hard targets in Coleman Impact Area.

Facilities Bunker.



Range Number OP 9

Type of Range Mortar Firing Position (Defense Live Fire Range).

Location MacRidge at coordinate PU721861. Defensive Live Fire Line PU723860-PU723862.

187

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Weapons 60mm, 81mm, 107mm Mortars, TOW Missile

inert only and Defensive Live Fire 7.62mm, 5.56mm, M203 TPT, MK19 TPT, and Claymore mines.


Number and Type Targets Hard targets in MacRidge Impact Area.

Facilities None.




Range Number OP 11

Type of Range Observation Post, Non-Firing OP.

Location Gaddy's Mountain at coordinate PU648883. Range Number OP 12

Type of Range Mortar Firing Position.


Weapons 60mm, 81mm, and 107mm Mortar.


Number and Type Targets Hard targets in Coleman Impact Area.

Facilities Bunker.



Range Number OP 13

Type of Range Combined Arms Live Fire Exercises (CALFEX).

188


Location PU590900.

Weapons M16A2, M4, M249, M60, M240B, M203, AT-4, LAW, Dragon, TOW, MK-19, M2, 12 ga., 120mm, 25mm, OH-58D, 155mm, 105mm, 81mm, 60mm mortars, CAS.

Ammunition 5.56mm ball and tracer, 7.62mm ball and tracer, .50 cal ball and tracer, 40mm TPT, 9mm, 12 ga., M67 frag grenades, Claymore mines, 24mm TPT, 120mm TPT, 2.75mm rocket, TOW inert, 60mm, 81mm, 105mm, 155mm, BDU 33, MK82, 20mm, 30mm, Bangalore (two sections).

Number and Type Targets One trenchline and bunker complex. Number and type of targets must be coordinated in advance with Live Fire Section. Assorted hard targets in impact area.


General OP 13 is a CALFEX facility capable of supporting company (+) combined arms operations.

References FM 7-10, FM 7-20, ARTEP 7-10 MTP, OP 13 Range SOP, AR 385-63.

Range Number OP 14

Type of Range Observation Post, Non-Firing OP.

Location Johnson's Mountain at coordinate PU601900.

Range Number OP 15



Weapons 60mm, 81mm, and 107mm Mortars.


189

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Number and Type Targets Hard targets inside McPherson Impact

Area 1000-2500 meters.

Facilities Bunker.




Range Number OP 16



Weapons 81mm and 107mm Mortars.


Number and Type Targets Hard targets in McPherson Impact Area.




Range Number OP 16A






190

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6References FM 23-85, FM 23-90, FM 23-92, and

Chapter 5, this regulation. Range Number OP 17







Range Number Bruckville Live Fire Village (LFV)

Type of Range Facility replicates third world village as depicted at JRTC.

Location Southwest of OP12 vic PU683880.

Weapons In village: M16A2, M249, M24In impact area in support of village:

All above plus M60/M240B, M203, 60mm/81mm mortar, TOW Inert, MK19, AT-4.

Ammunition 5.56mm, 7.62mm, no tracer in village.

Description/Facilities Range consists of six buildings of various shapes and sizes, an animal pen, well, garage, and unimproved road running through the middle of the village. Range includes two support by fire positions.

Communication 38.90 FM

Restrictions All operations strictly by Range SOP.

References Bruckville LFV SOP.

191

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Range Number West McKeithan Pond

Type of Range Movement to Contact.

Location SE McPherson Impact Area PU590847.

Weapons M16A2, M4, M249, M60, M240B, M203, AT-4 (subcal), LAW (subcal).

Ammunition 5.56mm ball and tracer, 7.62mm ball and tracer, 40mm TPT, 9mm, M67 frag grenade. Claymore mines from LOA only.

Number of Firing Points Three objectives.

Number and type of Targets Thirty target locations and twobunkers.


General Light infantry movement to contact. Range has three objectives arrayed over an 800m maneuver area.

Principle Direction of Fire As per SOP and Range Bulletin.

References FM 7-8, FM 7-10, ARTEP 7-8 MTP, WMP SOP, AR 385-63.

Range Number BM 107

Type of Range Live Fire Maneuvers.

Location 200 meter firing line vic PU565871.

Weapons/Ammunition 7.62mm, 5.56mm, 40mm GL, M203 TPT,40mm, MK19, 84mm AT-4, 66mm LAW, Claymore mines and 81mm/60mm Mortar.

Types of Targets LPs, three objectives, and grenade bunkers.

General Bunker Complex.

Principle Direction of Fire As per SOP and Range Bulletin.

192


APPENDIX C

SEMI-ANNUAL POST POLICE RANGE ASSIGNMENT

C-1. ASSIGNMENT OF RANGES FOR SEMI-ANNUAL POST POLICE.

a. The numbered ranges, observation points (OPs), and non-firing training facilities listed below are assigned to major organizations indicated for police. While the ranges may be further reassigned to subordinate units, it is not the intent of this regulation to have NCOs or other personnel assigned to ranges or training facilities on a permanent basis.

b. Commanders will be responsible for the police of ranges listed below.

c. The Installation Range Officer is responsible for scheduling ranges, providing adequate supplies, ensuring ranges are policed, and targets are repaired by using units.

RESPONSIBLE UNIT TYPE RANGE RANGE NUMBER

20th Engr Bde Hand Grenade 40Engineer Assault Course 47

35th Sig Bde Trainfire I 41,42,43Zero, Field Fire, Record 41AWeaponeerTarget Detection 42A

16th MP Bde Shotgun 13Pistol Qualification 14A/B/C/DPistol Qualification 66C

1st COSCOM Trainfire I 33,34,35,55Zero, Field Fire, Record 34A,55ATarget DetectionMG Transition 30

525th MI Bde Trainfire I Zero 50,66FLAW Subcaliber 65HE Law 25

USASOC Sniper 32Multi-Weapon 44Special Purpose 19,37,65Individual Night Fire/Zero 58,59Train Fire I Zero 31,52,37,66E

193


RESPONSIBLE UNIT TYPE RANGE RANGE NUMBER

44th MEDCOM Zero, Record Fire, Night Fire 56,67

82d Abn Div MOUT Site 6840mm Grenade 23,24Squad Live Fire 26,26AClose Combat Fire & Movement 27Individual Night Fire/Zero 28/28A/BCombat Pistol Qualification 29Machine Gun Field Fire 67Landscape Target 60Multi-Purpose Range Complex 63Artillery Simulator (14.5) 51Machine Gun 10 meter 53,66BMachine Gun Transition 54,66AHelicopter Gunnery 78Tank Gunnery 79M16 KD 1,1A1000 yd KD 66DTOW/Dragon Tracking 21A/BClose Combat Course 62

74Platoon Assault Building 75Squad/Plt Live Fire Assault Crs 76Movement to Contact/Assault on a Fortified Position Facility 77Ambush Facility 80Live Fire Village (Bruckville)Live Fire MTC W McKeithan Pond

RESPONSIBLE UNIT TYPE RANGE LOCATION

82d Abn Div Individual Proficiency Test Lewis StreetArea

Army Physical Fitness Eval Longstreet RoadArea

Demo Area 46

NCO Academy First Aid Area Butner RoadArmy Physical Fitness Lewis StreetEvaluation AreaRecondo Base Camp Area X

NBC School Gas Chamber Lewis Street

USASOC Demo Area 69194


RESPONSIBLE UNIT TYPE RANGE LOCATION

18th EOD Demo Area 70

20th Engr Bde Army Physical Fitness Eval McKellars RoadArea

Air Assault Obstacle Crs 85

RESPONSIBLE UNIT OP

82d Abn Div 5, 8, 8A, 11, 12

XVIII Abn Corps Arty 13, 14, 15, 16, 16A, 17

USASOC 7, 9

RESPONSIBLE UNIT TRAINING AREA

82d Abn Div H, J, K, L, M, N, O, P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W, YAA, NN, DD, NTA I, II, III, IV, Overhills

XVIII Abn Corps Arty UU, TT, II, Z

35th Sig Bde JJ, HH, GG

NCOA OO

1st COSCOM E, F, QQ

20th Engr Bde BB, CC, DD

525th MI Bde ASP

Dragon Bde FF1, FF2

18th Avn Bde A, B, C, D, EE1, EE2, EE3

RESPONSIBLE UNIT DROP ZONE

44th MEDCOM RR, SS and PP North of Andrews Church Road

82d Abn Div Sicily DZ

1st COSCOM Normandy DZ

20th Engr Bde Salerno DZ

USASOC Holland DZ195


RESPONSIBLE UNIT DROP ZONE

35th Sig Bde Nijmegen DZ

XVIII Abn Corps Arty St. Mere Eglise DZ

82d Abn Div Rhine-Luzon DZ

C-2. POLICE RESPONSIBILITIES. Unit responsibilities for police of ranges are as follows:

a. Police of range and/or facility.

(1) Cut and trim weeds and grass in areas that cannot be cut by machinery.

(2) Conduct inspections of ranges and report all deficiencies found to the Installation Range Officer for corrective action.

(3) Maintenance of OPs is primarily police and repair of field fortifications constructed during training exercises; a small number of OPs have bleachers that will require R & U maintenance.

(4) Units will report completion of range and/or facilities police to Range Control.

b. Training Areas.

(1) A thorough police of the training area(s) to ensure no trash, ammunition boxes, or other debris has been left in the training area.

(2) Foxholes, weapons emplacements, pits, and other earth works will be filled and leveled. All timbers and/or ammunition boxes will be taken to the landfill.

(3) All tactical (barbed and concertina wire) and communications wire will be removed.

(4) Units will report completion of training area police to Range Control.

196


APPENDIX D

AVAILABLE TARGETS, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT

D-1. ISSUE OF RANGE EQUIPMENT.

a. All equipment necessary to operate KD ranges is located on the range in a secure container. Keys for the ranges and the containers may be signed for at Range Control, Operations Section, Building A-1308, corner of Longstreet and Gruber Roads. Keys are available for sign out Monday through Friday from 1500-1700 hours the day prior to a range or 0600-1700 hours the day of the range. Keys may be signed for on weekends and holidays from 0700-1200 hours. Only the OIC of the range may sign for range keys.

b. Equipment that is normally available on the ranges:

(1) Scarlet Streamer.

(2) Range Paddles.

(3) Red Beacons (Night Firing).

(4) Amplifier, Speakers, Microphones and Telephones.

(5) Equipment for OPs is available at the scheduling desk.

c. It is important range keys be turned in as soon as possible after a unit clears the range. Ensure you retain your copy of the hand receipt for equipment, until after the range keys have been turned in.

d. Targets to be used for OCONUS deployments will generally not be provided by Range Control without reimbursement or in-kind replacement.

D-2. PORTABLE INFANTRY TARGET SYSTEMS (PITS). Radio-controlled, portable, battery-operated target-holding devices are available for use by unit. The PIT system is the property of the RBC, Range Control which is responsible for storage, issue, transportation, and maintenance of the equipment. The PIT equipment available at Fort Bragg consists of 85 target holders and five transmitters. The equipment may all be used on one large course or on three smaller courses with up to 30 targets per course, provided the courses are separated by at least 2500 meters. The equipment is not designed to withstand the impact of small arms ammunition, nor will it be issued for use on any course that includes the firing of high explosive rounds of any type.

197


D-3. TARGET HOLDING MECHANISM TANK GUNNERY (THMTG). The THMTG system consists of 30 target holding mechanisms with two transmitters. Various size plywood tank targets up to 8x23 feet flank may be requested for use with the system. Units may request use of 22 Hoffman Devices (Gunfire Simulator and Smoke Scorer) for training purposes to simulate tank firing and to indicate hits on a tank target on the Gunnery Range. The system is powered by lead acid batteries and operates on a single frequency to a range of 3000 meters. Only target practice ammunition will be used for this equipment.

D-4. TG7000. TG 160/03 25m International Pistol Rotary Target System on Range 66C, Bay 2, consists of an electronic control and 40 rotary targets equipped, according to the program selected, with full silhouette precision targets. The electronic timer allows for high precision, constantly accurate timing according to International Pistol Competition standards. Times and program repetitions can be adjusted with the switch code on the control unit.

D-5. THERMAL TARGETS. Provide desired thermal signatures to support inert live fire training with thermal sights. Thermal signatures are provided for different threat vehicles. A man target module is also provided for thermal signatures. The thermal targets may be installed on stationary or moving targets and may be used for nonfiring or inert live fire training.

D-6. TARGET INTERFACE DEVICE (TID). The TIDs are available from the Training Support Center (TSC). The TID is compatible with all current MILES transmitters and is compatible with all standard targetry (M31A1's, ATTS). The TID consists of the following components: Processor/Detector Belt Assembly, Thumper Assembly, and Battery Box Assembly. The TID provides an interface for using the MILES and AGES Laser transmitters and detectors with standard Army target mechanisms, so that targets will fall as hit by live fire compatible with MILES/AGES kill codes capable of providing selection of types of target (personnel, truck/light armor and armor) and used to sustain gunnery training.

D-7. REQUEST FOR TARGET EQUIPMENT.

a. Requests to use the above equipment or for the fabrication of other type targets, i.e., E-types on stakes, tank targets, bore sight, or zero panels, etc., will be submitted to RBC, Range Control, 10 working days prior to the date of intended use. Final coordination will be made by telephone at least 24 hours prior to pick-up. All requests for targets or targetry will be submitted in memorandum format ATTN: RBC, Range Control.

b. Instructions on the care and operation of the equipment is available at the Range Electrical Section at Longstreet and Lamont

198


Roads for units using the systems. Classes may be arranged by calling 432-9860. Only those personnel who have completed a class of instruction will be authorized to draw and/or operate the above listed equipment.

D-8. RESPONSIBILITIES.

a. Range Control personnel will be responsible for the following:

(1) Conducting equipment operator classes for officers and NCOs, when requested.

(2) Issuing the equipment and providing technical assistance as needed.

(3) Inspection of the equipment for cleanliness and/or damage upon its return and for obtaining statements on lost or damaged equipment.

b. Commanders using the equipment will be responsible for the following:

(1) Submitting a request for the equipment to the Installation Range Officer 10 working days prior to the pickup date.

(2) Ensuring an officer or NCO who has completed the operator's class signs for and remains with the equipment while in use.

(3) Providing the unit Range OIC with a detail to load, emplace and to clean, unload and store equipment.

(4) Ensuring all unit range support personnel receive a safety briefing on the Hoffman Device prior to the preparation of the charges for loading, firing, reloading and unloading of the gunfire simulator. NOTE: The Hoffman Device, if misused, can cause serious injury.

(5) Ensuring the security of the equipment while in the possession of the unit.

c. The Unit Range OIC will be responsible for the following:

(1) Contacting the Range Electrical Section, 432-9860 at least 24 hours prior to pickup for final coordination.

(2) Drawing the equipment at the Range Electrical Section at the intersection of Longstreet and Lamont Roads.

199


(3) Providing guards for the security of the equipment at all times while under his control and not actually in use for live fire training.

(4) Cleaning of the equipment prior to returning and providing the Range Control representative with a statement of circumstances for any lost or damaged equipment.

(5) Users experiencing difficulties or malfunctions will contact Range Control for assistance.

D-9. TARGETS AVAILABLE AT RANGE SUPPLY:

STOCK NUMBER NOMENCLATURE

6920-00-078-5123 Target, MG, ABCD, 10 Mtr

6920-00-550-9830 Target, Pistol, Timed and Rapid Fire, 50 yds

6920-00-554-5054 Target, Pistol, Standard American, 25 Mtr

6920-00-577-4606 Target, SB, 50 Ft Official

6920-00-562-0900 Center, Repair, Pistol, Standard American, 50 yds

6920-00-562-0901 Center, Repair, Pistol, Standard American, 25 yds

6920-00-600-6874 Target, "E" Silhouette Paper

6920-00-600-6881 Target, Trapezoidal, Pasteboard

6920-00-610-9086 Target, "F" Silhouette, Paper

6920-00-999-1436 Center Target Repair, Paper

6920-00-795-1806 Target, Kneeling, "E" Silhouette, Pasteboard

6920-00-900-8204 Target, Rifle "A" New

6920-00-900-8205 Target, Rifle "B" New

6920-00-906-0169 Target, Zeroing, 25 Mtr (1000)

6920-00-906-0170 Machinegun Course C

6920-00-922-7451 Target, Rifle, D Prone, Center

200


STOCK NUMBER NOMENCLATURE

6920-00-922-7450 Target, Rifle, D Prone

6920-00-695-0133 Pistol, Slow, Fire

6920-00-695-0134 Pistol, Slow, Fire

6920-00-457-9361 Automatic Rifle, 25 Mtr

6920-00-071-4780 Target "E" Silhouette Plastic

6920-00-999-1437 Target, Center, Rifle "E"

6920-01-167-1391 Slow Fire Target 25 Mtr Scaled Silhouette

6920-01-167-1397 25 Mtr Scaled Silhouette

6920-01-169-6921 75 Mtr Feedback

6920-00-951-3596 FBI Target

6920-00-165-6354 Paster, Black

6920-00-172-3572 Paster, White

6920-00-713-8257 Spindle, Target

6920-00-789-0864 Disk, Target Spotter 1.5 in.

6920-00-713-8255 Disk, Target Spotter, 3 in.

6920-00-713-8254 Disk, Target Spotter, 5 in.

6920-01-167-1396 Target Course C. 15 Mtr

6920-01-167-1398 Target Course C. 25 Mtr

6920-01-054-7231 Target Rifle C. 800-1000 yd

6920-01-167-1392 Target Zero M16A1

6920-01-253-4005 Target Zero M16A2

6920-01-276-6604 Target Pistol 9mm

201


APPENDIX E

KNOWN DISTANCE (KD) RANGE OPERATIONS/PROCEDURE CHECKLIST

E-1. GENERAL: To provide guidance for safe, efficient, and economical conduct of training on the KD Ranges.

E-2. CONFIRM RANGE DATES AND TYPE OF RANGE.

a. This is normally done at the Weekly Range Conference (para 1-4b). The OIC of the range may stop by Range Operations or call 432-2170/6772 to verify that the range has been scheduled.

b. If you are scheduled to fire tracers (Night Fire), check with Range Operations prior to your range date as tracers cannot be fired on all ranges and when certain fire conditions exist.

E-3. INSPECTION OF THE RANGE PRIOR TO OCCUPATION. It is considered a good idea to visit the scheduled range one or two days prior to the scheduled firing date to familiarize yourself with the layout of the range and the facilities available on the range. This is also a good time to note discrepancies with the range and report them to Range Control (i.e., electrical targets not operational, targets not in the target shed, range in a poor state of police). If a unit is on the range when you go out to inspect, do not interfere with training and check with the OIC/NCOIC.

E-4. RANGE SOP AND RANGE REGULATION 350 - 6 .

a. The Range SOP for the particular type range may be obtained at Range Operations. You are required to have this Range SOP in your possession when on the range. There is also additional information concerning each range outlined in Annex B of the Installation Range Regulation 350-6 (e.g., range location, ammunition that may be fired, telephone drop locations).

b. Installation Range Regulation 350-6. This regulation prescribes procedures to be followed by all personnel when using any portion of the Fort Bragg/Camp Mackall Reservation for training. Your Battalion S-3 should have at least one copy of the Range Regulation. Additional copies may be obtained through your unit and via the Dragonnet website (https://dragonnet.bragg.army.mil/itbc/pubs).

E-5. UPON ARRIVING AT THE RANGE.

a. The first thing you should do is check the general police of the range. If you feel that the range is in a poor state of police and you do not want to accept the range as it is, contact Range

202


Control via land line. Report the discrepancies prior to the conduct of your firing activity. You will be held responsible for the police of the trash, brass etc., when you clear the range if you do not report it.

b. Range Control will provide telephones for fixed ranges. It is required that you take a FM radio as a communications backup.

E-6. WHEN OPENING THE RANGE.

a. Before any firing can take place, a safety briefing must be given to all personnel participating in training, (i.e., issue of ammo, keeping bolts locked to the rear, hearing protection, handling of dud munitions found on the range, and any other potential hazards.)

b. When calling Range Control for permission to open the range, ensure:

(1) Range flag has been displayed in a manner that makes it visible to personnel approaching the range.

(2) When firing at night, in addition to the range flag, you must have three Red Beacons; one each to mark your left and right limits of fire, and one located at the base of the flag pole or at the entrance to the range. Ensure personnel firing are instructed not to fire at the beacons.

(3) When scheduled to conduct night firing, permission must be obtained from Range Control prior to firing tracers. At the time of opening the range for Night Fire Training, contact Range Control and request permission to fire tracers.

c. You must have medical coverage on the range IAW paragraph 1-8 of the Installation Range Regulation 350-6, unit directives, and SOPs. Some units may require that you have a medic and ambulance on the range regardless of the type of range or activity to be conducted.

d. Any injury, accident, or weapons incident that occurs on the range, as a result of training, must be reported to Range Control immediately. Any accident that requires a soldier to be transported to the hospital must be reported to Range Control immediately.

e. All KD Ranges are opened via land line. A reliable soldier must be kept in close proximity to the telephone at all times, even when not firing, as an emergency may require Range Control to contact the range.

203

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 f. The actual conduct of range firing will be done IAW publications pertaining to the weapons being fired, AR 385-63, FB Regulation 350-6, the Range SOP, and unit directives and SOPs.

g. When the range initiates an administrative "check fire," (e.g., lunch, concurrent training), Range Control must be informed of the administrative check fire.

h. The OIC of the range must remain on the range at all times. In the event the OIC has to leave the range, Range Control must be notified, and a replacement will have to be on the range prior to the initial OIC leaving the range. The OIC and RSO cannot be the same person. If you have two ranges active, you must have two OICs and two RSOs. The requirement for a Range OIC is a commissioned, warrant officer, or NCO in grades E6 to E9. The RSO must be a commissioned, warrant officer, or NCO in grades E6 to E9 (See Table 2-1).

i. In the event there is an accident on the range, the means of evacuation (air or ground) will be determined by the medic or the OIC. Contact Range Control and request medical evacuation, stay on the telephone/FM radio until released by the operator, as we must relay pertinent information from your range to Womack Army Medical Center or 57th Medical Company (Air Ambulance).

E-7. CLOSING THE RANGE AND POLICE.

a. Notify Range Control 30 minutes prior to the completion of training. This advance notification will enable us to get a Range Inspector to your range as soon as possible. If a Range Inspector has not arrived at your range by the time you complete your training, notify Range Control again and inform them that the inspector has not arrived.

b. When calling Range Control for permission to close your range upon completion of firing, you will be required to give the total number of personnel trained and total number of rounds fired, by type, fuze (if used), and any duds fired.

c. Police of expended brass and live ammunition on ranges with stationary firing points will be conducted at the conclusion of each unit firing.

d. Police of fire and maneuver courses, and free maneuver live fire exercise areas, will be completed at the conclusion of each exercise.

e. The OIC of firing will ensure the range is policed and all ammunition, components, brass, and residue are turned in to the ASP IAW para 21-14.

204


f. Prior to being cleared from the range, the unit will be responsible for refacing targets. Once the Range Inspector has inspected your range and he signs your hand receipt and accepts the range keys, you are released of responsibility.

g. This information has been compiled to aid the OIC/NCOIC in the efficient operation of the KD Ranges at Fort Bragg, NC. The information contained herein is the most commonly asked questions of Range Operations personnel. Any questions or comments pertaining to this information should be directed to RBC, Range Operations, 432-2170/6772.

RANGE PLANNERS CHECKLIST

MISSION ANALYSIS

1. Who will be firing on the range (units and total number of personnel)?

2. What weapons and courses will be used?

3. Where will the training be conducted (what range)?

4. When is the range scheduled for operation (date, open and close time)?

5. Will establishing a field ASP be necessary? If so see Appendix P.

DOUBLE CHECK

1. Has sufficient ammunition been requested for the number of personnel?

2. Are the range facilities adequate for the type of training to be conducted?

3. Has enough range time been scheduled to complete the training?

4. Have all conflicts that surfaced been resolved?

BECOME AN EXPERT

1. Read up on the weapons to be fired (TMs and FMs).

2. Talk with armorers and other personnel experienced with the weapon to be fired.

205


3. Read AR 385-63 and Installation Range Regulation 350-6.

4. Visit Range Operations and pick up pertinent Range SOPs and instructions.

5. Reconnoiter the range (preferably while it is in use), at least 24 hours prior to utilization. Report any discrepancies to Range Control.

DETERMINE REQUIREMENTS

1. Personnel:

a. OIC.

b. Safety Officer.

c. Assistant Safety Officer.

d. NCOIC.

e. Ammunition NCO.

f. Ammunition Personnel (determined by type of range).

g. Target Detail and Target Operators.

h. Tower Operator.

i. Concurrent Training Instructors.

j. Assistant Instructors.

k. Reporting NCO.

l. RTO(s).

m. Guards (range requirements).

n. Medic(s).

o. Air Guard.

p. Armorer.

q. Light Vehicle Driver (your driver).

r. Truck Driver (range personnel and equipment).

206


s. Mechanic for vehicles.

t. Have you overstaffed your range?

2. Equipment:

a. Range packet and clearance form.

b. Safety fan and diagram, if applicable.

c. Other safety equipment (aiming circle, compass).

d. Appropriate publications pertaining to the training to be conducted.

e. Lesson plans, status report, and reporting folder.

f. Range flags and lights (night firing).

g. Field telephones, wire, and FM radios.

h. PA set with backup bullhorn(s).

i. Sandwich board(s).

j. Concurrent training markers.

k. Training aids for concurrent training stations.

l. Sandbags.

m. Tentage (briefing tent, warm-up tent).

n. Space heaters, if needed.

o. Colored tape in helmets for control personnel.

p. Safety paddles and vehicle flag sets or lights.

q. Ambulance or designated vehicle.

r. Stretcher.

s. Earplugs.

t. Water for drinking and cleaning.

u. Score card(s).

207


v. Master score sheet.

w. Flashlights and lanterns.

x. Armorers, tools, and cleaning equipment for weapons.

y. Brooms, shovels, and cleaning supplies and equipment.

z. Tables and chairs, if needed.

aa. Target accessories.

bb. Fire extinguishers.

cc. Tarp, stakes, and rope to cover the ammunition.

dd. Toilet paper.

ee. Spare weapons and repair parts, as needed.

ff. Tow bar and slave cables for vehicles.

gg. Fuel and oil for vehicles and target mechanisms.

DETERMINE AVAILABLE RESOURCES

1. Fill personnel spaces.

2. Keep unit integrity.

3. Utilize NCOs.

4. Effect coordination with supporting organizations.

a. Ammunition.

b. Transportation.

c. Training aids.

d. Medic(s).

e. Mess.

f. Weapons.

g. Other equipment.

208


FOOLPROOFING

1. Write an overall lesson plan for the range.

2. Organize a plan for firing.

a. Determine range organization.

b. Outline course of fire to be used.

c. Have fire commands typed up for use on the range.

d. Set rotation of stations.

3. Rehearse concurrent training instructors and assistant(s).

4. Brief RTO on unique Range Control radio procedures.

5. Brief and rehearse reporting NCO on range operation and all his duties.

6. Collect and concentrate equipment for use on the range in one location.

7. Draw training aids.

8. Pick up targets from Range Support (if required).

9. Report to Range Operations for safety briefing (if required) and sign for any special items.

10. Publish Memorandum of Instruction (MOI).

a. Uniform of range personnel and firing personnel (helmets and earplugs).

b. Mode of transportation, departure times, and places.

c. Methods of messing to be used.

d. Any special requirements you are placing on units.

OCCUPYING THE RANGE AND CONDUCTING FIRING

1. Occupy the range:

a. Raise range flag/post lights (night firing).

209


b. Establish good communications.

c. Request permission to open the range.

d. Have designated areas prepared: Parking, ammunition point, medical station, water point, concurrent training, mess, helipad, and armorer.

e. Inspect range for operating condition.

f. Check ammunition to ensure it is the correct type and quantity.

g. Ensure range personnel are in proper uniform and equipment is in position.

h. Safety assistant instructors (AIs) briefed by Safety Officer.

i. Conduct safety checks on weapons.

j. Receive firing units.

k. Check for clean, fully operational weapons.

l. Conduct safety briefing (to include administrative personnel on the range).

m. Organize personnel into firing orders (keep unit integrity, if possible).

n. Commence firing once permission has been obtained from Range Control.

2. Conduct of Firing.

a. Are communications to Range Control satisfactory?

b. Commands from tower clear and concise.

c. Range areas policed.

d. Ammunition accountability maintained.

e. Master score sheet updated.

f. Personnel accountability maintained.

g. Vehicles parked in appropriate areas.

210


h. Air guard alert and on duty.

i. Personnel in proper uniform.

j. Earplugs in use.

k. Troops responding properly to commands.

l. On-the-spot corrections being made by AIs when troops use poor techniques or fail to hit the target.

m. Conservation of ammunition enforced.

n. Weapons cleared before they are taken from the firing line.

o. Personnel checked for brass or ammunition before they leave the range.

p. Reporting NCO on his toes, escorting visitors.

q. Anyone standing around not involved in training or support.

CLOSING OF RANGE

1. Close down with Range Control according to the local SOP.

2. Remove all equipment and ammunition from the range.

3. Police range.

4. Repaste/resurface targets as required by the range instructions.

5. Perform other maintenance tasks as required by the local SOP.

6. Request a Range Inspector from Range Control when ready to be cleared.

7. Submit an after action report to headquarters.

211


APPENDIX F

LIVE FIRE EXERCISE (LFX) PROCEDURE

F-1. GENERAL. To provide guidance for planning and conducting Live Fire Exercises or Combined Arms Live Fire Exercises on the Fort Bragg Military Reservation.

F-2. SCHEDULING. A detailed briefing, to include a detailed plan of the exercise, will be presented to Range Operations eight weeks prior to the exercise to determine range requirements and known conflicts. Range request will be submitted NLT six weeks prior to the exercise.

F-3. PLANNING AND EXECUTION.

a. Prior to conducting a live fire exercise, the OIC and the RSO must be thoroughly familiar with the contents of AR 385-63, Fort Bragg Range Regulation 350-6, and the scenario and safety plan for the exercise to be conducted. Prior to submission of the range request, a detailed live fire planning conference, attended by representatives of the controlling unit and the support arms, will be held at Range Operations. A complete risk management plan IAW Command Policy statement on Risk Management dated 3 Jun 99 will be prepared for each live fire exercise. Particular attention must be paid to paragraphs 3 and 4 of the Command Policy statement to ensure the Commanding General’s guidance is complied with. Subordinate commanders are reminded they must conduct a separate risk assessment for their part of the training event.

b. Control and management of all Fort Bragg impact areas is the responsibility of the Installation Range Officer. All impact areas at Fort Bragg are considered high hazard impact areas due to the amount and types of unexploded ordnances that currently exist. Any proposed entry into impact areas must be justified, to include a complete risk assessment, and approved by the Installation Range Officer.

c. Firing precautions for overhead, flanking, and assault fire as prescribed in Chapter 16, AR 385-63, Oct 83, will apply to all live fire exercises.

d. The maneuver unit OIC for each live fire exercise will prepare a written scenario. Safety personnel, equipment, and SOP, as required, for any live fire exercise will be employed in all rehearsals for the exercise.

e. The command and control element will maintain communications with Range Control at all time.

212


f. Prior to personnel moving down range for preparation or rehearsals, the OIC will request clearance from Range Control.

g. The use of fighter aircraft with live exercises will be held to a minimum during prime training time.

F-4. SAFETY.

a. The OIC will prepare a written safety plan for each live fire exercise.

b. Start Fire Lines and Zones of Fire will be published in the Weekly Range Bulletin.

c. All personnel will be informed they are required to call a "Cease Fire" if an unsafe act is observed.

LIVE FIRE EXERCISE CHECKLIST

1. Range Request:

a. Terrain features and facilities required.

b. List all weapon systems, ammunition, pyrotechnic or smoke, and chemicals to be used.

2. Detailed Plan of Maneuver and Fire Support:

a. Line of departure/contact, start fire lines, and cease fire lines/limit of advance for maneuver force.

b. Phase lines and coordination lines to include identification for maneuver force.

c. No fire lines and fire coordination lines or other means to ensure minimum safe distance requirements are complied with.

d. Plan for controlling, shifting, and lifting supporting fires.

e. Location for all maneuver elements and direction of attack.

f. Location of all supporting weapons and principal direction of fire/flight.

3. Safety Plan:

a. Unit control plan.

213


b. Communications.

c. Control to be employed to ensure that supporting fires have been shifted at the proper time.

d. Signal to be used to cease all operations in case of emergency.

e. Actions to be taken in the event of poor visibility/inclement weather.

f. In night operations:

(1) What type illumination will be used.

(2) What action will be taken if illumination fails to function or is terminated.

g. Proper handling of weapons and ammunition.

h. Medical Evacuation Plan.

4. Risk Assessment Plan conducted IAW Command Policy statement on Risk Management 3 Jun 99.

a. Are risk assessments by subordinate commanders present?

b. Are risk assessments approved by appropriate commander?

c. What level of risk is involved?

214


APPENDIX G

SAFETY PROCEDURES FOR FIELD ARTILLERY AND MORTAR FIRING

G-1. GENERAL.

a. AR 385-62 and AR 385-63 regulate Army-wide the firing of guided missiles, heavy rockets, and ammunition for training, target practice, and combat. The provisions of this regulation supplement these two Army regulations.

b. This section establishes policies and procedures governing the firing of all field artillery and mortar ammunition on the Fort Bragg Military Reservation.

c. These policies and procedures are established to permit the unit commander maximum freedom and flexibility in planning and conducting firing problems and exercises with minimum loss of combat realism, while ensuring maximum personal safety. They are designed to allow the unit commander to train his soldiers to function as they would in combat. This includes training the chain of command as well.

d. For the purpose of this directive, the following definitions are applicable:

(1) Officer - in - Charge (OIC) : Each commander conducting or supporting an exercise/problem on the Fort Bragg Military Reservation will designate a commissioned officer as the OIC. The OIC has overall responsibility for his exercise or problem. Depending upon the size and scope of the exercise, the OIC may also assume the duties of a Position Commander.

(2) Position Commander (POS CDR): The designated commissioned OIC of all activities at a particular firing position and responsible for all firing safety aspects associated with those activities. A POS CDR is required for each active firing position. Depending upon the size and scope of the firing exercise or problem, the POS CDR may also be the OIC. The POS CDR is normally the commander of the unit firing.

e. The chain of command to which the POS CDR is assigned shall have complete responsibility for aspects of firing and firing safety. Each commander will ensure personnel are trained and/or supervised as specified in this directive.

f. Appropriate commander will ensure the positions of OIC and POS CDR are firmly established prior to firing exercises. The commander must ensure appropriate assignments are made based upon his

215


training requirement. The following are offered as examples of combinations of responsibility:

TYPE OF EXERCISE OIC POS CDR

ARTEP Bn/Co CDR BTRY CDR/PLT LDR (Off)

FTX Bn/Co CDR BTRY CDR/PLT LDR (Off)

Battery FTX BTRY CDR/PLT BTRY CDR/PLT LDR (Off) LDR XO and/or AXO (FDO)

when split BTRY (FA only)

g. Battalion commanders will establish procedures for qualifying and certifying all personnel within their commands who are required to perform safety duties IAW this directive. Certification procedures will include, as a minimum, a comprehensive proficiency test covering those safety duties the individual will be required to perform.

h. Major subordinate commanders are authorized to publish safety directives, which conform to the provisions of AR 385-62, AR 385-63, and the spirit of this directive, in order to meet the requirements of special training situations. In no case will subordinate command safety publications be less restrictive or eliminate any of the safety checks required herein.

i. Remember, the watchword is SAFETY.

G-2. PERSONNEL TO PERFORM SAFETY DUTIES.

a. Position Commander.

(1) The POS CDRs next higher commander will ensure the POS CDR is properly instructed in his safety responsibilities and is certified and qualified.

(2) The POS CDRs duties are spelled out in detail in para G-3 of this Appendix. Generally, his responsibilities include:

(a) Coordination for the proper authorized firing position and impact area(s).

(b) Establishing an overall safety system within the firing position.

(c) Ensuring personnel required to perform safety checks are competent, properly briefed on their duties, and command certified.

216


(d) Ensuring rigid compliance with this directive and common sense safety rules and practices.

(3) The POS CDR may also perform other functions, as required, when the size and scope of the exercise or problem are such that he can accomplish the functions and still assure safety.

b. Battery/platoon personnel.

(1) The Battery Executive Officer (XO/Platoon Leader), the Chief of Firing Battery (C/FB/Platoon Sergeant (PSG), and the Gunnery Sergeant (GSG) are responsible for the general safety practices of the firing battery/platoon, and for the professional competence of their personnel.

(2) The Fire Direction Officer (FDO)/Chief Computer, normally the Assistant XO, is responsible for plotting the impact area as published in the Range Bulletin, preparing the safety diagram, and supervising the construction of the required FB Form 2045, Safety-Ts. He ensures fire commands sent to the guns are within the specified limits. In order to have a double-check on safety diagrams and Safety-Ts, an officer other than the position FDO/Chief Computer, must independently verify the Safety-T. This may be accomplished in one of two places:

(a) A firing position is selected before occupation. The unit must then occupy within 100 meters of the position for which data was prepared. The Safety-T may be prepared before movement to the position in this situation.

(b) Firing positions are selected while in the field for which no initial Safety-T has been prepared. In this instance, it is necessary for a second officer to independently prepare a Safety-T and verify the data prepared by the position's FDO/Chief Computer is accurate. There is no requirement for the officer verifying the safety data to go to the firing position.

(c) In both cases, an officer other than the POS CDR, must verify the grid of the position, which has or will be occupied, is within 100 meters of grid for which the diagram has been prepared.

(3) The Chief of Section (C/Sec/Squad Leader) is responsible for all safety checks required within his section/squad, to include checks of the weapon and ammunition, provided he is command certified as being qualified to perform these checks. When he is not certified, a qualified/certified officer/NCO will assume responsibility for the safety of the weapon or the weapon will not be fired.

217


c. Cannon/Mortar Safety Officer (for close-in firing).

(1) A minimum of one Cannon/Mortar Safety Officer per position area will be used for an independent safety check whenever a unit is firing DANGER CLOSE in support of maneuver elements. He is directly responsible to the OIC of firing or POS CDR (as appropriate) for safety at the weapon and will have no other assigned duties.

(2) Cannon/Mortar Safety Officer duties may be performed by a certified SO or noncommissioned officer (E6 or above), less 60mm mortar (E5 or above).

(3) The Cannon/Mortar Safety Officer must be competent and qualified to perform his duties, as he is responsible for ensuring all rounds fired are within the safety limits as shown on the safety diagram, and the data set on the piece is the same data sent from the FDC.

d. ALL personnel acting as SOs must be command certified.

G-3. SAFETY DUTIES.

a. BEFORE DEPARTING FOR THE RANGE, the POS CDR and all other safety personnel will read, understand, and comply with:

(1) AR 385-62 or AR 385-63, as appropriate.

(2) XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Regulation 350-6.

(3) Appropriate FMs and TMs.

b. BEFORE DEPARTING FOR THE RANGE, the POS CDR will ensure the following references, items of equipment, and personnel are available for use in the firing position for safety purposes:

(1) XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6.

(2) Current Weekly Range Bulletin.

(3) Applicable tabular firing table.

(4) Applicable graphical firing table.

(5) Applicable graphical site table.

(6) Map of the area.

(7) A second properly functioning and declinated aiming circle, less M60 MORT.

218


(8) Radio with operator.

(9) Medical aidman.

(10) Means to transport a litter patient.

c. BEFORE FIRING.

(1) The POS CDR will accomplish or ensure the following tasks are accomplished:

(a) Verify the Range Bulletin columns apply to his unit, exercise and date, and confirm any pen-and-ink changes with the Range Office.

(b) Have in his possession copies of appropriate safety diagrams. The accuracy of safety diagrams will be certified by independent computations. The Fire Direction Officer/Chief Computer normally accomplishes preparation of the safety diagram.

(c) Verify all personnel responsible for safety checks are command certified, have the appropriate safety diagram or Safety-T, and are briefed regarding safety.

(d) Verify the battery is within 100 meters of the position specified on the Range Bulletin.

(e) Verify the lay of the battery. When verifying, a maximum variation of plus or minus 10 mils will be allowed between a properly declinated second aiming circle used for the initial lay.

(f) Verify the azimuth of fire and the referred deflection used by all sections and the FDC is the same that is used to compute the safety diagram.

(g) Verify the FDC has the impact area drawn on the firing chart.

(h) Verify the range clearance has been obtained (appropriate column opened) from Range Control and the radio operator maintains continuous communications and makes a commo check every half hour.

(i) Ensure road guards are posted, if required.

(2) The POS CDR will ensure the following actions are properly accomplished. He may be assisted by qualified command certified members of the chain of command, such as the BTRY XO, FDO,

219


C/FB, or GSC, or the PSG and/or Chief Computer.

(a) Verify the proper positioning of the aiming posts, collimator, or aiming point in reference to the referred deflection by sighting through the weapon sight (ensure gunners aid is zeroed).

(b) Verify the bore sight of each weapon after each change of firing position.

(c) Verify the sight settings after initial lay (to include ensuring that when the recorded deflection to the aiming point appears on the azimuth counter, 3200 appears on the reset counter scale) and placement of any safety stakes or safety tapes/chalk marks (SP weapons).

(d) Verify minimum quadrant elevation (Min QE) determined by the XO/Firing Platoon Commander. Compare the XOs Min QE with the QE for the minimum range shown on the safety diagram and use the larger of the two Min QE.

(e) Verify the weapon to be fired is the type specified in the Range Bulletin.

(f) Verify the visible portion of applicable danger areas are clear of personnel (check with FO). Ensure firing does not commence until the impact of rounds can be observed.

d. DURING FIRING. The POS CDR, assisted by the command certified BTRY XO, FDO, C/FB, and GSC or PSG, and Chief Computer will:

(1) Supervise closely the safe firing of the battery/platoon, to include proper performance of safety duties by all personnel and elimination of unsafe conditions. This responsibility will normally fall to the XO/PL when he is also present in the firing position.

(2) Ensure no weapon is fired unless a certified C/Sec has checked it or SL or the responsibility for its safety has been assumed by a command certified officer or NCO.

(3) Check visually for parallel laying.

(4) Report accidents, malfunctions, erratic firings, and violations of this range regulation immediately to the appropriate next higher commander and Range Control.

(5) Supervise action in removal of misfire.

(6) Secure clearance from Range Control prior to firing shell illuminating.

220


e. DURING FIRING. The command certified Chief of Section/Squad Leader, supervised by the POS CDR, BTRY XO, C/FB (PSG), and/or GSC will:

(1) Ensure his section fires only serviceable rounds of authorized ammunition. If he has any doubt whether a particular type round is authorized, he will check with the POS CDR before allowing the type round in question to be loaded and fired.

(2) Ensure his section fires only the proper, safe charge as reflected in his safety diagram.

(a) Ensure the proper charge increments for each type round are present before the round is prepared for firing.

(b) Once the round is prepared, ensure the correct number and type of remaining charge increments are held up and visually counted before firing.

(c) For mortar rounds, the remaining charge increments must be physically counted and verified as correct before each round is fired. Charge boxes will not be used.

(3) Ensure rounds are not fired below Min QE or above Max QE, outside lateral safe deflection limits, or with fuse settings below minimum time, as specified on his safety diagram.

(4) For all commands that are unsafe to fire, command "UNSAFE TO FIRE" and give all reasons. Examples: "UNSAFE TO FIRE, 5 mils outside range safety limits and 120 mils above Max QE," or "UNSAFE TO FIRE," 5 mils below Min QE."

(5) Accept final responsibility for safety of weapon settings and crew prior to command "Fire".

(6) Command "CHECK FIRE", if he observes any unsafe conditions; report these conditions to the chain of command and suspend firing until the unsafe conditions are corrected.

NOTE: Check Fire must be commanded by anyone observing unsafe firing conditions.

f. The Fire Direction Officer/Chief Computer will ensure the safety limits specified on the Range Bulletin are properly plotted on the firing charts and only safe fire commands are transmitted to the firing sections. Further, he will:

221


(1) Verify and apply registration corrections to appropriate safety diagrams, to include those held by other individuals performing safety duties within the firing position.

(2) Exercise special caution in special situations. If a deflection difference or special corrections is sent to the firing sections, he must ensure that for each section the total of the announced deflection and the deflection on the gunner's aid will be within lateral safety limits. This applies to quadrant corrections and range limits as well.

g. After firing the POS CDR, assisted by the command certified BTRY XO, FDO, C/FB, and GSC or PSG, or Ammo SGT will:

(1) Ensure all unused propellant increments are burned into the wind in a clear area at least 50 meters from personnel and 100 meters from ammunition. Increments should be spread in a single layer on bare ground for burning.

(2) Close the column by contacting Range Control and provide Range Control a complete ammunition expended report that includes number of rounds fired, type of round (i.e., HE, WP, etc.), fuze utilized personnel trained and number of duds, if any.

222


APPENDIX H

MEDEVAC HELICOPTER/AMBULANCE PROCEDURES

REQUESTS.Calling MEDEVAC must be determined by individual incident: Number of victims, nature of injuries, accessibility, and time factors involved. Request should be made through Range Control. Patient information should be accurate and concise. The MEDEVAC crew will respond as quickly as possible so please, do not overstate patient injuries.

CAPACITY.MEDEVAC can send one helicopter initially; a second if necessary. The aircraft can usually handle from one to four litter and three to four ambulatory patients. Flight crews are responsible for unloading equipment. Flight crew members will also direct loading and unloading of patients.

MEDICAL CAPABILITIES.All flight medics are trained at the U.S. Army Medical Department Center and School as combat medics. In addition, each medic must complete additional training in advanced trauma treatment techniques and attend further training resulting in certification by the American College of Surgeons as Emergency Medical Technicians. The pilots attend a two week course in basic trauma treatment to augment the medic in a situation where there are multiple casualties requiring treatment. Aside from standard trauma and resuscitation equipment carried by each medic, supplemental life support equipment such as respirator, lifepack 8, suction devices, cardiac doppler, infant incubator, and emergency obstetrical equipment is available upon request. Our medics initiate positive emergency treatment at the scene to ensure the patients are properly stabilized for transport. During flight the patients are carefully monitored and any indicated additional treatment can often be accomplished enroute.

WEATHER.MEDEVAC may be prohibited from responding to a mission due to visibility, icing conditions, thunderstorms, or high winds and turbulence. Let the MEDEVAC Mission Commander determine the mission feasibility. He will inform Range Control if the mission can be accomplished by air or not.

REQUEST PROCEDURES.A request for MEDEVAC helicopter should be called directly to Range Control on FM frequency 38.90 first. If unable to contact Range Control, MEDEVAC helicopter may be requested directly from 57th Medical Company (Air Ambulance) on FM frequency 40.60. If land line is available, call Range Control at 432-1161/1162 or DUSTOFF Control

223


at 396-0038. The following information should be in the initial requests.

1. Location of pickup site (grid coordinates).

2. Radio frequency, call sign and suffix.

3. Number of patients by precedence. 1- Urgent 2-Priority 3-Routine

4. Special equipment required (if you know of any special equipment needed for patient care).

5. Number of patients by type (*litter/ambulatory).

6. Number and type wound, injury or illness.

7. Method of marking pickup sites (LZ).

8. Patient's nationality and status (military/civilian).

9. Terrain description.

When air/ground communications are established, the pilot may require the following information from the ground:1. Size of LZ.

2. Obstacles (wires, high ground, trees, antennas).

3. Wind direction and approximate velocity.

4. Direction of long axis of LZ.

5. Slope of ground.

224


NIGHT LANDING - LIGHTS NOT AVAILABLE:

Helicopter Direction ofwill land windhere

Direction Of landing

Beam head lights of parked vehicle

Two vehicles are placed approximately 100 feet apart and 100 feet downwind of the center of the landing point. The helicopter will approach into the wind and pass between the vehicles and land in the pool of light.

DAY LANDING.If you have communications with the aircraft, wait until the pilot asks for smoke. If there is no communication, pop smoke when you see the aircraft. Do not pop smoke too soon as smoke will dissipate quickly. If possible, wait until aircraft is within one mile of your location. If "Day Glow" panels are used, insure they are well secured with large rocks or tent stakes to prevent them from becoming entangled in the rotor blades.

APPROACH.Approach helicopter only if necessary and then only when the crew motions your forward. Approach only at a 45 angle from the front. Never approach the rear of the aircraft.

225

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6APPENDIX I

LASERS

I-1. GENERAL. This annex prescribes safety procedures to be followed in the use of laser devices.

I-2. HAZARDS.

a. The laser system, except for its inability to penetrate targets, will be treated like a direct-fire, line-of-sight weapon, such as a rifle or machine gun. Thus, the hazard control precautions taken with respect to these types of weapons will provide most aspects of the safe environment required for laser use.

b. Laser devices can seriously injure the unprotected eyes of individuals within the laser beam. Intrabeam viewing of either the direct beam or the beam reflected from a flat mirror-like surface exposes the unprotected eye to potential hazards and must be avoided.

c. A potential eye hazard also exists when viewing a diffused surface (used as a lasing target) from any angle because of the possibility of the reflected beam being hazardous.

d. The hazard of exposure to the skin is small compared to the eye; however, personnel should avoid direct exposure to the skin.

e. The use of optical devices to observe the target during laser operation will not be permitted unless flat mirror-like surfaces have been removed from the target area or unless appropriate laser safety filters are placed in the optical train of the binoculars or telescope.

f. Mirror-like reflections from standing snow or water do not present a hazardous situation to ground personnel not located along the azimuth of the beam's path. These reflections do not present a hazard to personnel in aircraft outside the restricted airspace above the range. However, laser operation may be restricted if ponding water becomes a potential hazard.

I-3. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT. This equipment consists of appropriate safety eyewear for individuals and filters for optical instruments such as binoculars, telescopes, and periscopes. This equipment will be requisitioned through supply channels IAW AR 385-63, TB MED 524, and the TM for the laser equipment.

a. All eyewear and filters will be marked with their optical density (i.e., a measure of the attenuation afforded) at the specific wavelength for which they are to be used.

226

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 b. Selection will be IAW guidance provided in TB MED 524 for the particular laser in use.

c. Eyewear and filters will be inspected for scratches, chips, and cracks, maintained in a clean condition, and replaced when inspection shows them to be no longer serviceable.

I-4. GENERAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.

a. Commanders will ensure a laser safety orientation is given to all personnel who use or work with laser devices, to include an explanation of hazards and safety requirements. Operators must be familiar with warnings stated in operator's manuals.

b. Beam Termination. During laser operations, no hazardous portion of the laser beam will extend beyond the controlled target area. This will be done by construction of the target or choosing a natural target, the size of which will intercept the laser beam and provide an additional buffer zone. Targets will be located in such a manner that they have a geographical backstop, i.e., a mountain or the ground.

c. Buffer Zone. The extent of the buffer zone depends upon the aiming accuracy of the laser device. A stable platform generally requires only 2 mil buffer zones, whereas, the unstable platform generally requires 5 mil buffer zones. For moving platforms without gyrostabilization, 10 mil buffer zones may be required.

d. Personnel, such as moving target operators who must be in the target area, will wear laser protective eyewear with curved lenses during laser firing. Such eyewear must be approved for specific model of laser device being fired. A laser filter designed for protection against one type of laser may not afford protection from another.

e. Laser devices will not be operated or experimented with when removed from the vehicle, unless specifically authorized by the appropriate maintenance manual.

f. Precautions, other than stated in this chapter, are not required at night or during rain, snow, or fog.

I-5. RANGE USAGE. Laser devices will be used only on those ranges that have been approved and established for such use.

a. Practice in lasing (i.e., use of only the lasing device) during non-live firing exercises in training areas may be conducted only at those training areas that meet or exceed all safety requirements and have been approved for such use by the Installation Range Officer.

227

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 b. Laser operators will positively identify the target and buffer areas prior to lasing. They will additionally certify all laser effects will be confined to the areas published in the current Range Bulletin prior to opening their laser column.

c. Warning signs. Signs for this purpose are available for issue from Range Supply.

d. Laser devices which are not considered eye safe will not be used in two-sided tactical exercises (force on force).

I-6. LASER DEVICES. The items below are laser devices:

a. AN/GVS-5 Laser Range Finder Infrared Observation Set (Hand-held).

b. AN/PVS-6 Mini Eyesafe Laser Infrared Observation Set (MELIOS).

c. AN/PAQ-1 Laser Target Designator (LTD). This is a lightweight, hand-held, battery-operated laser device. Forward observers use it to designate point and area targets for aircraft, and point target designators for missiles and projectiles equipped with laser-energy seekers.

d. AN/PAQ-3 Modular Universal Laser Equipment (MULE).

e. AN/TVQ-2 Ground/Vehicle Laser Locator Designator (G/VLLD). This is the principle ranging and laser designating device used by Army artillery forward observers with laser-energy homing munitions. It is capable of designating stationary or moving vehicular targets and may be used in a stationary, vehicle-mounted, or tripod supported dismounted mode.

f. AN/VVS-1 Laser Range Finder mounted on the M1/M1A1 tank.

g. Multiple Integrated Laser Engagement System (MILES). The MILES system uses low risk lasers and does not require service members to wear protective lenses during the conduct of training with MILES system. High performance aircraft operating within R5311 severely restricts other activities such as parachute operations and high trajectory firing. Units attempting to schedule LFXs with CAS will carefully consider the coordinator challenges necessary to deconflict this training with other activities being conducted during prime training time.

h. TASO Rifle Marksmanship-Weaponeer-Remedial Rifle Marksmanship Trainer.

228

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 i. OH-58D. OH-58 Scout Helicopter with Mast Mounted Sight Thermal Imaging System. Sight is capable of magnification P to 34 power, to include a target tracking and lock-on system.

j. USAF Laser systems: Pave Spike, Pave Penny (A-10, A-7 aircraft), Pave Tack (F4E, RF4C, F111F), Lantirn (F15E, F16 aircraft), and AC 130 Spectre.

I-7. RESPONSIBILITIES.

a. Command Safety manger will monitor the effectiveness of the Installation Range Safety Program.

b. Using units will:

(1) Determine, select, and train personnel needed to assist them in complying with this regulation. Laser Range Safety Officers and NCOs must possess a valid Range Certification Card.

(2) Develop SOP for laser operations. Instruct personnel involved in laser operations to provide an understanding of the hazards for specific devices, allay unfounded fears, prescribe the personnel protective equipment to be used, and require laser operators to periodically read and always follow the safety SOP.

(3) Require personnel who have received or are suspected of having received eye or other overexposure to receive immediate medical treatment. Report overexposure of laser radiation to the Installation Surgeon within 24 hours.

c. The Laser Range Safety Officer (LRSO) and Officer-in-Charge (OIC) will:

(1) Become familiar with this regulation and the FM and TM applicable to the particular laser devices to be used. (2) Brief unit personnel who work with laser devices, including an explanation of laser-related hazards, safety devices, and instruction, to immediately report any defective equipment to the supervisor.

(3) Know the azimuths of each target to be used.

(4) Ensure protective eyewear is used when required.

(5) Ensure compliance with the unit SOP for laser operations and training.

229

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 (6) Maintain continuous communication with Range Control and stop lasing immediately if communication is lost.

(7) Stop lasing promptly if positive control of the beam is lost.

(8) The LRSO/OIC is responsible for reporting immediately any case of suspected overexposure of the eye to laser radiation to the Installation Surgeon so that an eye examination can be performed within 24 hours of the exposure.

(9) Laser Operator. The laser operator will fire only at designated targets, which are diffused reflectors, and will at no time fire at unprotected personnel or at specular surfaces such as glass, mirrors, windows, etc.

(10) Inclement Weather and Night Operations. No precautions, other than as previously stated, are required at night or during rain, snow, or fog.

(11) Operation Outside of Range Area. The laser system will not be operated or experimented with when removed from its mount, such as a tripod or vehicle, unless specifically authorized by the appropriate maintenance manual.

(12) Beam Termination. During laser operations, no hazardous portion of the laser beam will extend beyond the controlled target area.

(13) Optical Viewing. The use of optical devices to observe the target during laser operations will not be permitted unless flat, specular surfaces have been removed from the target area or unless appropriate laser safety filters are placed in the optical train of the binoculars or telescope.

(14) Countdown. A countdown is not required prior to firing in a range environment. The use of range flags and laser signs during firing serves the purpose of notifying personnel that laser firing or live firing is in progress.

(15) Standing Snow and Water. Hazardous specular reflections from standing snow or water do not present a hazardous situation to ground personnel not located along the azimuth of the beam path. These reflections do not present a hazard to personnel in aircraft outside of the restricted airspace above the range. However, laser operations may be restricted in standing water.

(16) Ground Laser Systems - Specific Guidance. (See Appendix K, Laser Safety for the G/VLLD).

230

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 (a) No unprotected personnel will be permitted in the laser target area.

(b) The laser device will be fired only into impact areas that have been established as laser impact areas as published in the current Range Bulletin.

I-8. AIRBORNE LASER OPERATIONS (See Appendix J, Laser Safety for the OH-58).

a. Airborne lasers will be lased into a controlled area that will accommodate the required LSDZ for each anticipated lasing point and provide controlled airspace out to the Nominal Ocular Hazard Distance (NOHD).

b. Laser Operations from Aircraft. These guidelines apply to operation of airborne laser range finders and designators aimed at ground targets, which can cause ocular injury to ground personnel observing the laser source directly, or indirectly by specular reflection, at most operational altitudes.

(1) The pilot of the aircraft assigned the firing area will visually check for possible specular items before laser operations by noting the location of standing water and the position of vehicles and buildings which may contain glass. This will not be construed as authorization to fly into the impact area or into the surface danger zone of other firing ranges without prior clearance from Range Control.

(2) Laser protective eyewear with curved filter lenses will be made available for personnel required to be in the vicinity of the target area during laser operations. The safety goggles will provide an optical density appropriate for the operation at the laser wavelength.

(3) The flight crew will take all precautions to ensure the laser is fired only at designated targets.

(4) All ground personnel must be instructed to assume the laser is in operation at all times whenever the aircraft is firing on targets or is above an active range.

(5) The OIC or operator will ensure the laser system is secured and unable to fire when the aircraft is in some location other than an authorized firing site.

231

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6I-9. OPERATION OUTSIDE RANGE AREA.

a. Pre-fire checks that require operation of the laser can be made in a controlled area with the laser beam terminated by an opaque backstop. Pre-fire checks that do not require operation of the laser but require use of the optics can be safely made in a controlled area with the ballistic cover removed. This is done by instituting operating procedures such as removal of the battery, if applicable, to ensure power to the laser is turned off. The laser will not be operated outside the range area unless specifically authorized by Range Control.

b. The laser exit port must be covered by an opaque dust cover and the power to the laser off, when:

(1) The tank or other laser equipped vehicle is traveling on range roads or moving from one area to another within the range and is not engaged in tactical operations conducted in a controlled environment.

(2) The tank or other laser equipped vehicle is traveling on public highways.

(3) The tank is parked and not engaged in tactical exercises.

(4) Any time a tank is operated on other than a designated laser range, the LRSO/LRSNCO will ensure the eye-safe filter is installed in the laser device. The M1 tanks must also have the laser safety guard installed.

I-10. OPERATION AND MOVEMENT.

a. Unless the laser range finder is in use, the protective cover will physically block it. Laser controls will be switched off. On the AN/VVS-1 or AN/VVG-2 range finders, switching the power supplies to the off or test position will accomplish this control.

b. When firing on the move, extreme caution will be exercised to ensure provision of an adequate backstop for the laser beam.

c. No unprotected personnel will be permitted in the laser buffer zone.

d. The intentional tracking of non-target vehicular traffic or aircraft is strictly prohibited.

e. The beam from the AN/VVS-1 or AN/VVG-2 range finder is hazardous to the unaided eye (i.e., without the use of telescope or

232

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6binoculars) up to 20 kilometers under most atmospheric conditions. The AN/TVQ-2 is hazardous up to 25 kilometers to the unaided eye. This hazardous area is increased significantly when telescopes or binoculars are used.

f. Units using the AN/GVS-5 will ensure access to range/training areas is restricted to prevent personnel being in the eye hazard area. The AN/GVS-5 will be used with protective filters. The red filter will be used for tube launched, optically tracked, wire guided (TOW) training. The AN/GVS-5 Hand Held Laser Range Finder is hazardous to the unaided eye up to 1,100 meters without filter. This distance is reduced to 200 meters with the red filter and 20 meters with the yellow filters.

I-11. AUTHORIZED LASER RANGES/TRAINING AREAS AND REQUIRED FILTER(S).

a. Lasers will only be used with the "eye-safe" filter at Fort Bragg while training unless otherwise authorized by the Installation Range Officer.

b. The following listing sets forth the criteria for use of non-eye-safe laser devices:

(1) Tank Firing Ranges - AN/VVS-1, AN/VVG-1, or AN/VVG-2 devices used with eye-safe filters only, when not firing.

(2) Other tank training locations - AN/VVS-1, AN/VVG-1, or AN/VVG-2 devices used with eye-safe filters.

(3) The following Observation Posts are authorized for unfiltered lasing with OH-58D or G/VVLD. This lasing must be IAW Laser Safety SOPs and safety diagrams:

233

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 GP IMPACT MAX COORDS SURFACE ZONE MIN &LASER COORDS OP AREA ORD DANGER ZONE OF FIRE MAX RANGE

709865 5 694869-698866 N/A 696878-707870 Wi Coord Wi Coord Impact Impact Area Area

AN/PAQ-1 695850-660850 702846-699841

AN/GVS-5 660867-673873 656841-651846 AN/TVQ-2 681868 651872-670882 675882-684877

" 703876 8 " " " "

" 710871 8A " " " "

" 7218561 9 " " " "

" 630880 12 " " " "

" 589899 13 595888-594866 " 603891-602861 " " 586861-574866 586852-570859 577879-568883 565862-567874 572892-588887 561877-559882 565898-571901 590896-597898

" 606878 15 " " " "

608847 17 " " " "

NOTE: ALL GRIDS ARE “PU”.

234

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6APPENDIX J

LASER SAFETY FOR THE OH-58D

J-1. PURPOSE.

a. This appendix establishes the procedures to be followed to ensure safe OH-58D Laser operations. The Installation Range Officer shall deal with any areas not covered here on an individual basis.

b. This Appendix is in compliance with range and safety criteria/procedures as dictated by the references. Any deviation from this Appendix requires approval of the Installation Range Officer.

J-2. GENERAL. This publication is the Aerial Fire Support Coordination Standing Operating Procedure for conducting Laser operations.

J-3. RANGE OPERATIONS.

a. Laser operations will not be conducted without the appointed personnel described in paragraph K-5.

b. Strict adherence will be maintained with the references in appendix I-3 and any special/supplemental instructions issued by appropriate authority.

c. Laser firing will not be permitted when standing water or reflected material is observed within 30 meters of the target area.

d. Laser operations will cease when any unsafe condition exists.

J-4. RANGE SAFETY OFFICER (RSO)/LASER RSO CERTIFICATION.

a. All OH-58D pilots/CPOs will be trained and certified to perform as LRSOs from the cockpit during conduct of laser operations.

b. All pilots/CPOs and PICs must be thoroughly knowledgeable of range safety operating procedures.

J-5. RANGE PERSONNEL RESPONSIBILITIES.

a. Laser Range Safety Officer (LRSO):

(1) Responsible for the overall operation of the range and enforcement of range safety.

(2) Be thoroughly familiar with the range layout, SOP, and regulations as applicable.

235

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 (3) Ensure all required support activities (if applicable) are in place and key personnel are briefed, as required.

(4) Ensure all participating personnel have laser safety eye protection available, i.e., glasses or visor. Individuals using magnifying optical devices to observe the targets must first have the appropriate laser safety filters in the optical train of the magnifying device.

(5) Maintain positive communications with Range Control.

b. Flight OIC:

(1) Responsible for the preparation and briefing of all pilots prior to laser operations.

(2) Supervise the overall operation and safety procedures of aircraft under his control and assist the LRSO to resolve conflicts.

c. The PIC/CPO acts as LRSO of his aircraft when laser operations are being conducted.

NOTE: The LRSO and Flight OIC duties may be performed by one individual.

J-6. CONDUCT OF FIRING.

a. A complete Range and Safety Brief will be conducted prior to beginning laser operations. It will include, but not be limited to, the following subjects:

(1) The firing of lasers on targets outside the designated impact areas is strictly prohibited.

(2) Range layout.

(3) Target arrays.

(4) Range facilities.

(5) The Safety Control Plan.

(6) Conduct of Laser Operations.

(7) Air safety.

(8) Laser safety.

236

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 (9) Pre-accident Plan/Crash Rescue.

b. Laser Operations Procedures.

(1) Prior to lasing:

(a) The LRSO/flight OIC will check into Range Control and provide information, as required, using information contained in current Range Bulletin.

(b) The LRSO must be in position and communications equipment operational.

(c) Range must be checked to ensure there are no personnel in the Laser Surface Danger Zone (LSDZ).

(d) Clearance must be received from Range Control prior to lasing.

(e) Aircrews must have received a Range and Safety Briefing from the LRSO.

(f) The LRSO or OIC will ensure the appropriate NOTAMS are in effect for the date and time of laser operations. (NOTAM not required when lasing within a restricted area).

(g) All PICs must have a copy of the range data.

(h) Laser aircraft must be in an Aircraft Operational Control Area (AOCA) prior to going to a "HOT" status.

(2) During lasing. All safety requirements must be met during firing, otherwise the LRSO will stop training until corrections have been effected.

(a) Communications must be maintained between all lasing aircraft and the LRSO. The LRSO must maintain communication with Range Control if operating as the Flight OIC. In the event of lost communications, the PIC will place the laser switch in the off position and follow the prescribed lost communications procedures IAW XVIII Abn Corps Aviation SOP.

(b) Air crews will lase only at approved targets. Animals will not be lased.

(c) When moving from one firing point to another within the same AOCA, the laser switch will be in the STANDBY or OFF position.

237

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 (d) The LRSO will be notified when the laser switch has been placed in the STANDBY or OFF position (or COLD). The heading of the sight must remain downrange until the laser switch is STANDBY or OFF.

(3) After lasing. The LRSO must ensure all laser switches are off before departing the range. The LRSO/OIC will establish and ensure a "cease-fire" condition at the range and notify Range Control of the status prior to departing the range or moving to other AOCAs.

J-7. AIR SAFETY. Aircraft will be operated IAW prescribed procedures and applicable safety precautions. A current copy of this laser SOP and range data will be on board all aircraft performing laser operations.

a. Weather.

(1) Aircrews will obtain current and daily weather forecasts prior to flight.

(2) Aircraft will operate within the weather minimums as established in XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Aviation SOP.

(3) Selected targets must be identified by the aircrew prior to lasing.

(4) If at any time the aircrew loses sight of the target, a laser checkfire will occur.

b. Aircraft.

(1) All required bore-sighting and systems checks must be satisfactorily completed prior to lasing.

(2) Aircraft must have at least one radio for two-way communication with the LRSO.

(3) Aircraft minimum lighting requirements will be covered in the mission briefing.

J-8. LASER OPERATIONS.

a. The following standard terminology will be used to enhance safe operations during lasing:

(1) Switches COLD: Laser switch STANDBY or OFF.

(2) Switches HOT: Laser switch ARM or ON.

238

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 b. Air crews will wear laser protective glasses or goggles/visors anytime laser operations are being conducted on the range complex.

c. An LRSO, trained IAW AR 385-63 must be assigned. The LRSO will normally be appointed during the mission briefing. The LRSO and OIC may be the same individual. The OIC/Mission Commander will be the final authority on all conflicts during laser operations.

d. PICs will ensure the lasing is conducted only from authorized firing locations. No deviation is authorized.

e. Laser firing will not be permitted when standing water or reflective material is observed within 30 meters of the target area.

f. Laser operations will cease when any unsafe condition exists.

g. Any laser malfunction or accidental firing conducted will be reported immediately to the flight OIC or LRSO and Range Control.

J-9. NIGHT OPERATIONS.

a. Aircraft will utilize the same firing positions and target arrays as prescribed for day operations.

b. Aircraft will utilize the same flight routes, flight positions, and target arrays as prescribed for day operations.

239


APPENDIX K

LASER SAFETY FOR THE GROUND/VEHICLE LASER LOCATOR DESIGNATOR (G/VLLD)

K-1. PURPOSE.

a. This appendix establishes the procedures to be followed to ensure safe G/VLLD operations. The Installation Range Officer shall deal with any area not covered here on an individual basis.

b. This appendix is in compliance with range and safety criteria/procedures as dictated by references. Any deviation from this appendix requires approval of the Installation Range Officer.

K-2. GENERAL. This publication is the G/VLLD SOP for conducting laser operations.

K-3. RANGE OPERATIONS.

a. Laser operations will not be conducted without the appointed personnel described in paragraph K-5.

b. Strict adherence will be maintained with the references in appendix I-3 and any special/supplemental instructions issued by appropriate authority.

c. Laser firing will not be permitted when standing water or reflective material is observed within 30 meters of the target area.

d. Laser operation will cease when any unsafe condition exists.

K-4. RANGE SAFETY OFFICER (RSO)/LASER RSO CERTIFICATION.

a. All personnel who act as OIC or RSO will be trained and certified by the unit commander. The OIC and RSO must have a Fort Bragg Range Certification Card.

b. All personnel involved in laser operations will be briefed on safety procedures.

K-5. RANGE PERSONNEL RESPONSIBILITIES.

a. Laser Range Safety Officer (LRSO):

(1) Responsible for overall enforcement of range safety.

(2) Be thoroughly familiar with the range layout and applicable safety regulations.

240


(3) Ensure all participating personnel have laser safety eye protection available. Individuals using magnifying optical devices to observe the targets must first have the appropriate laser safety filters in the optical train of the magnifying devices.

b. Officer-in-Charge (OIC).

(1) Maintain positive communication with Range Control.

(2) Responsible for the preparation and briefing of all personnel.

(3) Supervise the overall operation and safety procedures, and assist the LRSO in resolving conflicts.

K-6. CONDUCT OF FIRING.

a. The Range and Safety Brief will include, but not be limited to, the following:

(1) The firing of lasers on targets outside the integrated impact areas is strictly prohibited.

(2) Range layout.

(3) Target arrays.

(4) Range facilities.

(5) Laser safety.

b. Laser operations procedures.

(1) Prior to lasing:

(a) The OIC will check into Range Control and provide information as required by the current Range Bulletin.

(b) LRSO must be present.

(c) Range must be checked to ensure there are no personnel in the Laser Surface Danger Zone (LSDZ).

(d) Clearance to lase must be received from Range Control prior to lasing.

(e) OIC will have a copy of the range data.

241


(2) During lasing:

(a) All safety requirements must be met or training will stop until corrections have been effected.

(b) Communication will be maintained with Range Control.

(c) Animals will not be lased.

(d) When moving from one firing point to another, the power to the laser will be turned off.

(e) The LRSO will be notified the laser power is off prior to movement.

(3) After lasing:

(a) Power to laser is turned off and shortage plug inserted.

(b) Ballistic cover is in place.

(c) Call Range Control for closing time.

242


APPENDIX L

OPERATIONS, R-5311 MISSION PLANNING

L-1. R-5311 is a U.S. Army restricted area. All ground and airspace in R-5311 is controlled by XVIII Airborne Corps Range Control. Mission planning procedures discussed herein do not include special XVIII Airborne Corps ARTEPs, CAPEXs, or JCS directed exercises. For planning purposes these procedures will be broken down into five basic areas: 1) Fighters; 2) Fixed Wing Static Line; 3) Fixed Wing/Rotary Wing; 4) Fixed Wing HALO; and 5) HAHO.

a. R-5311 is divided into three altitude segments: R-5311 A, B, and C. R-5311A is from surface up to, but not including, 7,000 MSL. R-5311B is from 7,000 up to, but not including, 12,000 MSL. R-5311C is from 12,000 MSL up to, but not including, 29,000 MSL.

b. If a unit desires to jump from a higher altitude than scheduled, the unit must do one of two things:

(1) If it is a JAAT aircraft, the unit's G3 Air must call the JAAT scheduler NLT 1100 hours two days prior to the operation.

(2) If using Army Air, the Range Control Shift Supervisor must be contacted as early as possible (NLT the weather decision time) so that altitude coordination with FAA can be made. Failure to follow this procedure could result in the loss of the drop and/or FAA violation.

NOTE: To contact Shift Supervisor telephone 432-1161 or DSN 239-1161.

c. Airland and equipment drops (HE, CDS, SATB, Door Bundles, and Wedges) will not be scheduled within 30 minutes daytime and one hour at night behind a personnel drop on the same DZ. (Times based on official sunrise, sunset data).

d. All visual flight rules (VFR) racetracks require a minimum 15-minute block time; IFR re-attacks require a 40-minute block time. These block times are minimums. Racetracks at Nijmegen, Luzon, and Mackall DZ will be during VFR conditions.

e. Range blocks will not be submitted for airmobile activity within R-5311 unless they include the use of one of the six major drop zones, or Mackall, Luzon, and Oran DZs. This requires all fixed wing activity involving the use of smaller DZ/PZs to be coordinated through Range Control a minimum of two weeks prior to the planned operation.

L-2. DEFINITIONS: Some of the terms used in the following are defined here:

243


a. Six Major Drop Zones: Sicily, Normandy, Salerno, Holland, Nijmegen, and St. Mere Eglise.

b. Northern Drop Zones: Those drop zones north of Morganton Road and Longstreet including Sicily, Normandy, Salerno, and Holland.

c. Southern Drop Zones: Those drop zones south of Morganton Road and Chicken Road including Nijmegen and St. Mere Eglise.

d. Mackall Area Drop Zones: Those drop zones in the vicinity of Camp Mackall, including Luzon and Oran drop zones.

L-3. PROCEDURES: To ensure a safe and efficient training environment, all missions into R-5311 will comply with the following procedures:

a. Fighter aircraft and AC 130s will be scheduled through Fort Bragg Range Control. Range restrictions will be coordinated with Range Operations, in person, by a qualified Fort Bragg ALO/TACP, prior to being scheduled.

(1) AC 130s when firing must remain within the Impact Area Boundary scheduled for.

(2) With the SMOA active, southern drop zones, south exits from the northern drop zones, and IFR returns from Luzon will not be scheduled.

(3) With the NMOA active, the northern drop zones will not be scheduled (Exception: CAS are in support of a drop).

b. Fixed wing static line operations in R-5311 and Camp Mackall area:

(1) Activities on all northern drop zones will be scheduled with a minimum of 10 minutes separation (i.e., Holland 0900 and Sicily 0910).

(2) Activities on all southern drop zones will be scheduled with a minimum of 10 minutes separation (i.e., Nijmegen 0900 and St. Mere Eglise 0910).

(3) Fixed wing activities on southern drop zones will not be scheduled within 10 minutes of any south departure of northern drop zones.

(4) Simultaneous IFR operations off Luzon and Nijmegen are not authorized.

244


(5) AWADS North Escape West Recoveries on Luzon and Mackall drop zones will not be scheduled within 10 minutes of Nijmegen and St. Mere Eglise.

(6) Operations on St. Mere Eglise will be limited to no more than three C130. Low altitude figure eight racetracks may be scheduled.

(7) Simultaneous operations on northern DZs and Nijmegen are authorized provided a north exit off the northern DZs, and a south exit off Nijmegen, are scheduled.

(8) Simultaneous low level drops on Sicily and Netherlands are authorized with a south exit from Sicily and a north exit from Netherlands.

(9) Simultaneous low level drops on Gela and Holland are authorized with a south exit on Holland and a north exit on Gela.

(10) When Mackall Tower is closed, Netherlands and Holland south escapes will be scheduled with a minimum of 10 minutes before and after activities in the Mackall area. Simultaneous operations on Netherlands and Nijmegen are not authorized.

(11) IFR Netherlands and VFR Sicily, Normandy, and Salerno is authorized with 10 minutes separation.

(12) Air drops on Luzon may be scheduled during airland training mission on Mackall Army Airfield only when Mackall Tower or an Air Force STS is controlling the airland aircraft.

(13) HE, CDS, SATB, or any bundle will not be dropped on St. Mere Eglise or Mackall Army Airfield.

(14) Operations on Luzon and Oran DZ should have at least a 10-minute separation (i.e., Luzon 1000, Oran 1010).

(15) IFRs off Luzon will not be scheduled within 10 minutes of any Northern Drop Zones south exit (Exception: Holland, south exit west recovery).

c. Fixed Wing and Rotary Wing Operations:

(1) Simultaneous operations involving fixed wing and rotary wing airmobiles. Airmobile operations cannot be closer than 1000 meters left or right of the drop zone and not closer than 1000 meters of the approach or departure end of the DZ.

245


(2) Simultaneous fixed wing and rotary wing operations are authorized on adjacent DZs provided the rotary wing operations are on the DZ to the east (i.e., Sicily, Helicopter, Normandy, C-130). Do not schedule any fixed wing operation to the east of a rotary wing operation because the fixed wing northern departure could interfere with the rotary wing operation. The only exception to this rule is a fixed wing operation on Sicily and a simultaneous rotary wing operation at Holland is authorized.

(3) Simultaneous fixed wing HAHO and rotary wing HALO or static line can be scheduled on the northern DZs (i.e., Normandy, fixed wing HAHO; Sicily, rotary win HALO or static line). The rotary wing HALO static line must be to the east. HAHO will be scheduled on a case-by-case basis.

d. Fixed Wing HALO Operations:

(1) No HALO/HAHO operations will be scheduled above 24,000 AGL between the hours 0830-1030, 1200-1400, and 1800-0700 due to air refueling operations in/on Aerial Refueling Route (AR) 207.

(2) Fixed wing HALO operations on southern DZs will not be scheduled within 10 minutes of a south departure off a northern DZ.

(3) Simultaneous HALO operations on Northern DZs and low altitude operations on Nijmegen are authorized provided Nijmegen conducts a south escape.

(4) Simultaneous HALO on Nijmegen and static line drops on northern DZs are authorized provided the HALO exits south and the static line exits to the north.

(5) Simultaneous fixed wing HALO operations on Nijmegen and St. Mere Eglise are authorized provided St. Mere Eglise is at least 2,000 ft higher than Nijmegen.

(6) St. Mere Eglise cannot have simultaneous fixed wing HALO operations with Sicily, Normandy or Salerno, unless St. Mere Eglise is 2,000 ft higher than the northern DZs.

(7) Simultaneous HALO operations on northern DZs are authorized only on Holland and Sicily provided there also exists a minimum of 2,000 ft separations, with Sicily being the higher.

(8) Simultaneous HALO and low altitude drops on northern DZ can only be scheduled with the HALO drop on the DZ to the east of the low altitude drop and with a minimum of one drop zone separation (i.e., Sicily, HALO; Salerno, low altitude; or Normandy, HALO;

246


Holland, low altitude). The only exception to this rule is you can schedule Sicily low while dropping HALO on Holland.

e. HAHO Operations:

(1) HAHO operations will be considered on a case-by-case basis. HAHO operations may be conducted at any time 24,000 and below provided jumpers are released and remain within R-5311.

(2) HAHO Outside R-5311: Operations must be conducted IAW FAR 105, parachute jumping.

(a) Day jumps can only be scheduled between 0600-0700 local time and may be conducted from 18,000 feet and below. Release point will be within a 20NM arc from a 270 magnetic bearing from the center of R-5311 clockwise to the 030 magnetic bearing.

(b) Night jumps shall be scheduled between 0000-0600 local time and may be conducted from 24,000 feet and below. Release point will be within 30NM of the center of R-5311, and jumper must enter R-5311 at or above 3,500 mean sea level (MSL).

(3) HAHO operations cannot be conducted on St. Mere Eglise DZ.

(4) Simultaneous HAHO operations can only be scheduled on Sicily and Nijmegen DZs.

(5) Simultaneous fixed wing HALO and HAHO can be conducted on the northern DZ as long as HALO is higher and to the east of the HAHO and you have one DZ separation (i.e., Salerno, HAHO, 12,500 AGL; Sicily, HALO, 17,500 AGL. There must be at least 2,000 ft separation.

247


APPENDIX M

CLOSE AIR SUPPORT (CAS) RANGE PROCEDURES

M-1. GENERAL INFORMATION.

a. Aircraft will remain in visual meteorological conditions (VMC) at all times while on the ranges or while maneuvering in the North or South Military Operational Area (MOA).

b. Up to 500 lb high explosive (HE) general purpose bombs may be used within R-5311. However, no inert (concrete) 500 lb bombs may be used.

c. Bombing from high performance aircraft may be conducted into designated impact areas within restricted area R-5311. Firing of forward firing weapons from high performance aircraft may be conducted into designated impact areas within R-5311; however, since the Surface Danger Area will usually exceed the normal limits of the impact area, it will be necessary for the supported unit to provide road guards to isolate the additional terrain.

d. Self-Protection Flares are authorized for use within R-5311; however, Chaff is not authorized.

e. Day and night CAS missions are permitted within the Fort Bragg Range Complex.

M-2. RESTRICTIONS.

a. No CAS missions will be scheduled/approved between 1000-1200 hours on Sunday due to quiet hours.

b. Aircraft entry into restricted area R-5311 is prohibited without clearance from Fort Bragg Range Control and a Fort Bragg qualified Air Liaison Officer (ALO) or Enlisted Tactical Air Controller (ETAC).

NOTE : ENTERING THE RANGE BOUNDARIES OR EXPENDING ORDNANCE WITHOUT CLEARANCE IS DANGEROUS AND THE OFFENDING AIRCRAFT WILL BE DIRECTED TO LEAVE THE RANGE IMMEDIATELY.

c. Aircraft are required to remain within the scheduled MOAs and to adhere to the scheduled restrictions. Restrictions within the restricted area are developed using the military grid system and/or primary roads or terrain features from the surface up to 10,000 feet MSL. Higher altitude may be approved on a case-by-case basis. Aircraft that cannot remain within their restrictions or scheduled

248


military operational area (MOA) will be advised to depart the restricted area. Minimum altitudes within the scheduled restrictions will be coordinated with the ALO or ETAC. NOTE: Helicopters may transition through the scheduled area, outside of the Danger/Impact area at 200 feet AGL or below.

d. Only scheduled CAS mission aircraft will be cleared into restricted area R-5311. If non-scheduled aircraft arrive, they will be advised that they are not scheduled and told to return to base. If there is a fighter block scheduled and the ALO/ETAC cancels it, this automatically cancels any aircraft involved with that fighter block.

e. A Fort Bragg qualified ALO/ETAC must be logged in and in control of all fighter missions scheduled for R-5311 to include dry, drop zone escort, and AC 130 missions. ALO/ETAC/Special Operations Tactical Air Controller's (SOTAC) not assigned/qualified at Fort Bragg, must be supervised by a Fort Bragg qualified ALO/ETAC/SOTAC.

f. All high performance aircraft are required to use the appropriate MOA with the exception of A-10 aircraft. A-10s may request that the scheduled MOA not be activated providing the pilot can maintain VMC at or below 250 knots outside the restricted area.

g. The first pass over the target area will be a dry pass for positive identification of the target and range orientation. If necessary, aircraft will make additional dry passes until positively identifying the target.

h. CAS aircraft operating within R-5311 are permitted to drop two MK 82s per pass. If a flight of two aircraft show up, each aircraft may drop one, or one aircraft may drop two per pass.

NOTE: Only two MK 82s will impact the ground at the same time.

i. High angle strafe runs can be conducted from a dive of at least 30 degrees. Run-in headings are published in the Fort Bragg weekly Range Bulletin. Expected run-in headings for McPherson is 320 + or - 2, and Coleman is 270 + or - 2. This is necessary to keep the strafe footprint inside the appropriate danger area. Low angle strafe is not permitted.

M-3. COMMUNICATIONS. Fort Bragg Range Control operates on frequency 246.00 (UHF), 139.35 (VHF), or 46.75 (FM), and monitors 121.50 (VHF Guard).

a. On initial contact with Fort Bragg Range Control, the flight leader will give Range Control the flight's call sign, number of

249

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6aircraft in the flight, transponder code, altitude, and their position relative to the range/MOA.

b. Range Control will respond with clearance into the appropriate MOA (if activated) at 6,000 feet MSL or as coordinated (aircraft not in VMC will request descent to VMC from Fayetteville Approach Control prior to MOA entry), issue holding instructions, advisories, and scheduled fighter restrictions. Once the fighters report established in holding, Range Control will transfer control of the fighters to the ALO/ETAC/SOTAC.

M-4. WEATHER. Range weather minimums (ceiling/visibility) for each weapons delivery event will be IAW appropriate regulations or using organization regulation. However, in no case will aircraft be allowed to operate weapons deliveries when the ceiling/visibility is less than 1500/3 and 500 feet above the highest pattern to be flown. Deliveries will not be permitted when weather prevents positive range/target identification or when surface winds exceed 40 knots.

M-5. ENTRY/HOLDING AND EXIT PROCEDURES.

a. All high performance aircraft will operate to and from the Fort Bragg MOA on an IFR flight plan/IFR clearance, military training route, or LATN route. Aircraft may proceed to and from the MOA's VFR if mission requirements dictate and/or cause fuel consumption that will impact safety of flight.

b. Aircraft operating on an IFR flight plan will file to/from the following fixes as appropriate:

(1) Bragg NMOA - Yankee - POB 320/14 - Backup SDZ 075/19

(2) Bragg SMOA - Rebel - POB 226/19 - Backup SDZ 141/23

c. All high performance aircraft, both IFR and VFR, will initially be cleared into the MOAs at 6,000 feet or as coordinated. Aircraft not in VMC at 6,000 feet will request a descent to VMC from the appropriate ATC agency prior to MOA entry.

d. IFR Holding will be as directed by ATC.

e. VFR Holding will be as follows:

(1) Bragg NMOA: HOLD WITHIN THE BRAGG NMOA AT 6000 FEET (OR AS COORDINATED), MAINTAIN VFR.

250

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 (2) Bragg SMOA: HOLD WITHIN THE BRAGG SMOA AT OR ABOVE 3500 FEET, MAINTAIN VFR. CAUTION: HEAVY PARACHUTE JUMPING OVER AND AROUND THE RAEFORD AIRPORT AS PER PERMANENT NOTAM.

NOTE: A-10 aircraft requesting the MOA(s) not be activated will be required to maintain VMC clear of the restricted area until they can be cleared onto the ranges.

f. The Initial Point (IP) in the Bragg SMOA is Timberland, POB 238/016, CH 85. The IP in the Bragg NMOA is Wood Lake Dam, POB 297/09, CH 85.

g. The ALO/ETAC/SOTAC will notify Range Control five minutes prior to MOA exit of aircraft that are requesting to depart IFR.

h. Range Control will, upon receiving the request for an IFR departure, coordinate the IFR departure with Fayetteville Approach Control and as a minimum obtain a departure heading, transponder code, and departure frequency.

NOTE: IFR departure altitude is 3,000 feet MSL unless otherwise assigned.

i. After coordination with Fayetteville Approach Control, Range control will relay the IFR departure/clearance to the ALO/ETAC/SOTAC to be relayed to the aircraft in sufficient time to transfer control of the aircraft to Fayetteville Approach Control prior to departing the MOA.

j. If Range control cannot coordinate an IFR departure/clearance prior to the aircraft leaving the confines of the MOA, the ALO/ETAC/SOTAC will transfer control of the fighters back to Range Control and appropriate holding instructions will be issued until such time as an IFR departure/clearance can be coordinated.

NOTE: CAS aircraft are expected to depart the Fort Bragg Range Complex in the direction from which they arrive, i.e., if they enter the Bragg SMOA, they are expected to depart the Bragg SMOA. All IFR/VFR entry points are also used as possible departure points for flights departing the ranges. Range Control will assist with traffic deconflictions.

M-6. DROP ZONE ESCORT MISSIONS. All drop zone escort missions will be scheduled in advance and annotated on the Air Movement Table. If only one pass over the drop zone is required, the MOA need not be scheduled. However, if more than one pass is required, the appropriate MOA(s) will be scheduled and used for the drop zone escort

251

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6mission. The only exception is for A-10 aircraft that request the MOA not be activated. Airlift aircraft routes are as specified in the Pope OPORD.

M-7. EXTERNAL STORES JETTISON AREA. The primary external stores jettison area is located on the POB TACAN 247 degree radial at 8 NM (Coleman Impact Area). The following procedures will be used:

a. Jettison on a level pass 1700 feet MSL during day operations, 2700 feet MSL minimum during night operations.

b. After release, advise Fort Bragg Range Control of number, type ordnance, and location of impact.

M-8. CONTROLLED BAILOUT AREA.

a. Emergency bailout will be as required.

b. Controlled bailout area for aircraft equipped with ejection seats is off the POB NDB 239 magnetic bearing at 11 NM and/or off the OPB TACAN 272 degree radial at 6 NM (Sicily Drop Zone), or as coordinated and approved by Range Control.

M-9. AC-130 HOT GUN RECOVERY PROCEDURES. In the event of an AC-130 with a HOT GUN, the ALO will advise Range Control that the aircraft needs to execute the HOT GUN recovery procedure. The AC-130 will be required to make left turns over the impact area until Range Control can notify Fayetteville Approach Control that the AC-130 will be executing a HOT GUN approach into Pope AFB and checkfire units as required.

M-10. INADVERTENT RELEASE PROCEDURES. In the event of a release malfunction the following procedures will be followed:

a. Obtain a fix on the location.

b. Inform Fort Bragg Range Control (if on the range) and the CP ASP.

c. If on the range, and the possibility of subsequent inadvertent release exists, remaining ordnance (or suspension equipment, if necessary) should be released on the ranges in the external stores jettison area. Advise Fort Bragg Range Control of your intentions.

M-11. HUNG BOMB/ROCKET/FLARE PROCEDURES. Safe up all switches and advise Fort Bragg Range Control of your intentions.

252

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6M-12. UNSAFE GUN PROCEDURES. In the event of an unsafe gun the following procedures apply:

a. Notify Range Control of the situation.

b. Pilots will adhere to the procedures established by their parent commands, USAF, USN, or USMC regulations.

c. Upon departure from the ranges, avoid populated areas to the maximum extent possible.

d. Land at nearest suitable field (military if possible).

M-13. EMERGENCY AIRFIELDS. The following is a list of airfields in close proximity to restricted area R-5311 that may be useful in case of an emergency:

POPE AFB NE corner of R-5311

FAYETTEVILLE AIRPORT 10nm SE of R-5311

SEYMOUR-JOHNSON AFB 60nm E of R-5311

M-14. AIRCRAFT ACCIDENT/INCIDENT. If an aircraft accident occurs on the range, Range Control will notify Pope AFB Tower to activate the primary crash alarm and coordinate the search and rescue operations, render any assistance possible, and use whatever means available to cordon off and secure the area.

M-15. RESTRICTED AREA VIOLATIONS. In the event of a violation of restricted area R-5311 by unauthorized aircraft, Range Control will notify aircraft currently on the ranges (or the ALO/ETAC/SOTAC) and direct them to hold, if necessary, in an area that will avoid the intruding aircraft. Range Control will not permit aircraft on the ranges to attempt to intercept the intruding aircraft. Range Control will attempt to establish contact with the intruding aircraft on 243.00 UHR or 121.50 VHR and have the aircraft depart the restricted area by the most direct route.

253

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6APPENDIX N

CLOSE AIR SUPPORTAIR LIAISON OFFICER (ALO) PROCEDURES

N-1. GENERAL.

a. Responsibilities: The Air Liaison Officer (ALO)/Enlisted Tactical Air Controller (ETAC)/Special Operations Tactical Air Control (SOTAC) is charged with the safe accomplishment of CAS missions flown on the Fort Bragg Range Complex. Each ALO/ETAC/SOTAC must strictly enforce established range flying procedures and aircraft weapons delivery minimums. The ALO/ETAC/SOTAC is specifically responsible for:

(1) Providing separation for CAS mission aircraft.

(2) Ensuring the CAS mission aircraft remain within the scheduled restrictions and MOA.

(3) Operating the range IAW procedures outlined in FB Regulation 350-6 and all other published operating instructions.

(4) Scoring and reporting all aircraft passes over the target area.

(5) Reporting all duds by type and location to Fort Bragg Range Control.

(6) In the event of any ordnance reported or suspected to have landed outside of a designated impact area, the ALO/ETAC/SOTAC will immediately:

a. Have aircraft safe all switches and proceed to the MOA and hold.

b. Report the incident to Range Control.

N-2. SCHEDULING. The ALO/ETAC/SOTAC is responsible for enforcing the scheduled block time on the Fort Bragg Range Complex. When a flight arrives late, the ALO/ETAC/SOTAC will advise the flight lead of the scheduled block time, time remaining, and advise the flight when five minutes remain in that range period. The ALO/ETAC/SOTAC will not allow flights to extend their time without coordination with and approval from Fort Bragg Range Control.

254

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6N-3. INTEGRATION OF ARTILLERY. Each Brigade ALO/ETAC/SOTAC should use their assigned artillery unit as much as practical. If not assigned an artillery unit or it is not in the field, check the Range Bulletin for any available artillery. Pre-positioned artillery coordination can usually be accomplished within the week prior to the scheduled CAS block time. Most units can provide mortar support with minimum effort and planning. Prior to the scheduled CAS mission, both the ALO/ETAC/SOTAC and the FSO need to coordinate with Range Operations with the concept of their integration.

N-4. CHECKOUT AND CERTIFICATION. The XVIII Airborne Corps ALO will checkout and certify all newly assigned and visiting ALOs and ETACs IAW all published operating instructions.

N-5. DUTIES. The ALO/ETAC/SOTACs primary duty is to professionally control aircraft on the Fort Bragg Range Complex and adjacent MOAs and to ensure that aircrews safely complete their weapons delivery mission. It is essential that the ALO/ETAC/SOTAC has a thorough knowledge of range procedures, duties, and aircraft delivery minimums before assuming duties. Fort Bragg Range Control is the final authority concerning decisions on all matters relating to aircraft operations on the Fort Bragg Range Complex.

a. The ALO/ETAC/SOTAC will stop by Range Control prior to going to the Ranges for their scheduled block time for pre-mission coordination. As a minimum the following will be coordinated:

(1) Number of flights expected.

(2) Number and type of aircraft in each flight, to include call signs, and home base.

(3) Range restrictions.

(4) Type munitions to be used.

(5) Call sign of the ALO/ETAC controlling the CAS aircraft and frequency to be used.

(6) Artillery/mortars firing in conjunction with the CAS aircraft.

(7) Any hazards to flight on the ranges or in the scheduled MOA, i.e., active drop zones, paradrops at Raeford, etc.

b. The ALO/ETAC/SOTAC will report on station, in the field location on the range, a minimum of one hour prior to the scheduled mission time and open the appropriate column with the scheduled

255

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6mission time and the ground controller IAW the current Range Bulletin over the FM radio, frequency 38.90.

c. After the column is opened, the ALO/ETAC/SOTAC will check in with the air controller on frequency 139.35 VHF, or 246.00 UHF to verify the grid restrictions and receive a update on any advisories, and to inform the controller he/she are setup and ready to accept the inbound CAS aircraft.

d. Upon completion of the CAS mission and all aircraft have departed the restricted area, close out with the air controller with the following information:

(1) Total number of aircraft.

(2) Total number of passes per aircraft.

e. After closing out with air controller, the ALO/ETAC/SOTAC will close out the column with the ground controller with the following information:

(1) Total number of personnel trained.

(2) Total number and type munitions utilized.

256

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6APPENDIX O

TRAINING ACTIVITY WITHIN MARKED RCW BUFFER ZONES YES means that activity may be conducted within 200 feet of a marked cavity tree. NO means the activity may not be conducted within 200 feet of a marked cavity tree. MANEUVER AND BIVOUAC: HASTY DEFENSE, LIGHT INFANTRY, HAND DIGGING ONLY (2 HOURS MAXIMUM) YES HASTY DEFENSE, MECHANIZED INFANTRY/ARMOR NO DELIBERATE DEFENSE, LIGHT INFANTRY NO DELIBERATE DEFENSE, MECHANIZED INFANTRY/ARMOR NO ESTABLISH COMMAND POST, LIGHT INFANTRY NO ESTABLISH COMMAND POST, MECHANIZED INFANTRY/ARMOR NO ASSEMBLY AREA OPERATIONS, LIGHT INFANTRY/MECH INFANTRY/ARMOR NO ESTABLISH CS/CSS SITES NO ESTABLISH SIGNAL SITES NO FOOT TRANSIT THRU THE COLONY YES WHEELED VEHICLE TRANSIT THRU THE COLONY (1) YES ARMORED VEHICLE TRANSIT THRU THE COLONY (1) YES CUTTING NATURAL CAMOUFLAGE, HARD WOOD ONLY YES ESTABLISH CAMOUFLAGE NETTING NO VEHICLE MAINTENANCE FOR NO MORE THAN 2 HOURS YES WEAPONS FIRING: 7.62mm AND BELOW BLANK FIRING YES .50 CAL BLANK FIRING YES ARTILLERY FIRING POINT/POSITION NO MLRS FIRING POSITION NO ALL OTHERS NO NOISE: GENERATORS NO ARTILLERY/HAND GRENADE SIMULATORS YES HOFFMAN TYPE DEVICES YES PYROTECHNICS/SMOKE: CS/RIOT AGENTS NO SMOKE, HAZE OPERATIONS ONLY, GENERATORS OR POTS (2) YES SMOKE GRENADES YES INCENDIARY DEVICES TO INCLUDE TRIP FLARES NO STAR CLUSTERS/PARACHUTE FLARES YES HC SMOKE OF ANY TYPE NO TANK DITCHES NO HASTY INDIVIDUAL FIGHTING POSITIONS, HAND DIGGING ONLY, FILLED AFTER USE YES DELIBERATE INDIVIDUAL FIGHTING POSITIONS NO CREW-SERVED WEAPONS FIGHTING POSITIONS NO VEHICLE FIGHTING POSITIONS NO OTHER SURVIVABILITY/FORCE PROTECTION POSITIONS NO VEHICLE SURVIVABILITY POSITIONS NO

NOTES:1. Vehicles will not get any closer than 50 feet of a marked cavity tree unless on existing roads, trails, or firebreaks.

2. Smoke generators and smoke pots will not be set up within 200 feet of a marked cavity tree, but the smoke may drift through the 200 feet circle around a cavity tree.The above training restrictions apply to RCW cavity trees in training areas but not to cavity trees located in dedicated impact areas.

257


APPENDIX P

ESTABLISHING FIELD AMMUNITION SUPPLY POINTS (ASPs)

UNIT LETTERHEAD

AFZA-RBC-SQ (DATE)

MEMORANDUM THRU RBC, Range Control Branch, Range Operations Section, ATTN: AFZA-RBC-TR, Fort Bragg, NC 28310

FOR RBC, Ammunition Surveillance, ATTN: AFZA-RBC-SQ, Fort Bragg, NC 28310

SUBJECT: Authorization to Establish a Field Ammunition Supply Point (ASP)

1. Request authorization and approval to establish a field ASP IAW TM 9-1300-206 and Fort Bragg Reg 700-4. The enclosed list gives the only items that will be stored at the ASP.

2. The ASP will be established at Range XX, Grid PUXXXXXXXX, and will be operational from XX XXX XX through XX XXX XX. Items will be maintained IAW AR 190-11, AR 385-64, TM 9-1300-206 and Fort Bragg Reg 700-4.

3. Point of contact for this action is XXXXXXXXXX, telephone XXXXXXX.

NAME RANK, BRANCH Commanding

APPROVED/DISAPPROVED/DATE________ APPROVED/DISAPPROVED/DATE:_______

____________________________ _____________________________RBC, Range Control Branch, Quality Ammunition SpecialistRange Operations Section RBC, Ammunition Surveillance

*I have been briefed by the Ammunition Surveillance representative, on explosive safety and operations procedures, for the safe transport, storage, handling, and use of the ammunition items identified at the enclosed listing.

Signature of primary individual who will be conducting/operating the ASP (i.e., unit POC or ammo NCO).

HAZARDOUS CLASS/DIVISIONNOMENCLATURE DODIC COMPATIBILITY GROUP QTYCTG, 5.56MM BALL M855 A059 1.4S 6800GRENADE, HND SMK RED M18 G950 1.4G 4XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXEND OF LISTINGXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

258


APPENDIX Q

NIGHT VISION GOGGLE (NVG) DRIVING OPERATIONS

Q-1. GENERAL. To provide guidance for planning and conducting NVG driving on the Fort Bragg military reservation.

Q-2. HAZARD. Improper use of NVGs has been listed as a major contributing factor in several class A vehicle accidents Army-wide in the recent past. These accidents have resulted in multiple fatalities and serious injuries along with millions of dollars of equipment damage and loss. NVG driving is considered a high risk training event and a risk management plan will be prepared IAW Command Policy Statement on Risk Management dated 3 Jun 99 for each scheduled NVG driving exercise. Particular attention must be paid to paragraphs 3 and 4 of the statement to ensure the Commanding General’s guidance is complied with.

a. The key to training and operating safely with NVGs is understanding their limitations. NVGs cut normal daytime visual field of view from 188 to about 40. Users must use individual scanning techniques to compensate for this limitation.

b. Visual acuity is reduced when using NVGs. Normal 20/20 vision is reduced to 20/25 – 20/40 when using NVGs. This level of acuity is only possible with optimum high illumination, correct goggle adjustment and a high contrast target or viewing area. If any of these items decreases, i.e., illumination, so does visual acuity. A continuous training program that requires usage in all light and contrast situations will help soldiers become and remain proficient.

c. NVGs reduce depth perception and distance estimating ability. This is due to NVGs providing primarily monocular visual cues as opposed to normal binocular vision. These monocular clues may make the user overestimate distance and underestimate depth particularly in low light situations.

d. NVG users will require additional time to regain full night adaptation when they take off the NVGs. This can be critical for drivers removing their goggles and continuing to drive. Most users achieve approximately 75% dark adaptation within 30 seconds of removing the NVGs.

e. Driving with NVGs is a highly perishable skill. Having drivers “qualified” does not mean they are mission ready! Inadequate driver training is continually noted as a major causal factor in NVG driving accidents.

259

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 f. Improper focus is another common causal factor in NVG driving accidents. Drivers should follow the focusing and interpupillary adjustment instructions listed in the operators manual.

g. Recent studies have shown that NVGs have a definite disadvantage when operating in a smoke environment. Smoke increased the difficulty in locating objects in the roadway, detecting potential hazards such as shallow ditches etc., and nearly a third of the participants felt they were unable to see at all nor could they see to navigate. Increased caution must be used when driving in a smoke environment to include dramatic reductions in speed.

Q-3. RESPONSIBILITIES. Commanders must successfully manage the risks associated with NVG driving. This can be accomplished by conducting a thorough risk assessment, providing effective training and actively involving unit leaders at all levels. Prior to conducting training commanders will:

a. Ensure all driver/operators are selected, trained, tested, and licensed IAW AR 600-55, The Army Driver and Operator Standardization Program (Selection, Training, Testing, and Licensing) and TC 21-305-2, Training Program for Night Vision Goggle Driving Operations.

b. Designate in writing NVG qualified individuals as certified NVG instructors. These instructors will implement the commander’s program, conduct qualification and refresher training, administer road tests and keep the commander informed of the overall status of the units NVG profile.

c. Familiarize themselves with NVG limitations in order to conduct effective risk assessment.

d. Ensure all drivers/operators that have not participated in an NVG driving mission in the past six months receive refresher training as outlined in paragraph 8-6a and b, AR 600-55.

e. Develop a risk management plan for all NVG driving operations. The plan should consider all factors of weather, terrain, light and road hazards. In accordance with paragraph 8-2b, AR 600-55, commanders will establish speed limitations for all modes of driving with NVGs. Maximum speed will not exceed 15 MPH. Chapter 1 of TC 21-305-2, dated 4 Sep 98, provides excellent examples and guidance on preparing risk management plans for NVG driving.

f. Instructors must be NVG qualified and licensed on the vehicles on which training is conducted, and must be designated in writing by the commander as certified NVG instructors. Instructors will:

260

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6 (1) Implement the commander’s NVG training program, conduct qualification and refresher training, administer road tests and keep the commander informed on the unit’s NVG profile.

(2) Ensure training complies with the requirements of AR 600-55 and TC 21-305-2.

(3) Ensure qualification and refresher training is documented on the individual’s DA Form 348, section III and annotate on the OF 346 and DA Form 348, section I, the specific type of NVG the individual is qualified on.

g. Drivers must have proper training and recent NVG driving experience prior to participating in NVG driving operations. Drivers must ensure that they are fully qualified prior to driving in NVG conditions. Being anything less than fully qualified places them and other members of the unit in an extremely hazardous situation. Drivers should also:

(1) Completely understand the NVGs’ capabilities and limitations, i.e., performance under smoke or zero moon conditions.

(2) Ensure the NVGs are clean, operating properly and fully understand the adjustments and functions of the NVG (focusing and interpupillary adjustments).

(3) Become aware of potential terrain hazards in the NVG operating area by conducting actual daytime route reconnaissance or reviewing terrain features on a map of the area.

(4) Use adequate ground guides when operating in unfamiliar territory.

(5) Know how to respond to emergency situations.

Q-4. SCHEDULING. Units intending to conduct NVG driving operations will annotate the memo portion of the RFMSS scheduling request to indicate the date, time, and duration of the NVG training. Units conducting NVG operations will inform any co-use requesters that they are conducting NVG operations.

261

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Glossary

SECTION I

Abbreviations

ABN......................................................AirborneAC...............................................Active ComponentAGL............................................Above Ground LevelALCE......................................Airlift Control ElementALO...........................................Air Liaison OfficerAMCCOM...................Armament, Munitions and Chemical CommandANADT.............................Annual Active Duty for TrainingAR................................................Army RegulationARNG..................................Army Reserve National GuardARTY....................................................ArtilleryARTEP........................Army Training and Evaluation ProgramASP.......................................Ammunition Supply PointATA..........................................Airport Traffic AreaBTRY......................................................BatteryBUSH..............................................Butyl MercaptenCAS.............................................Close Air SupportCALFEX...........................Combined Arms Live Fire ExerciseCFL...............................................Cease Fire LineCFL-DL..............................Cease Fire Line - Disarm LineCOB.............................................Close of BusinessCP...................................................Command PostDA.........................................Department of the ArmyDES...................................Demolition Effect SimulatorDIVARTY........................................Division ArtilleryDOD.........................................Department of DefenseDZ......................................................Drop ZoneDZSO.....................................Drop Zone Safety OfficerDZST.......................................Drop Zone Support TeamEDRE......................Emergency Deployment Readiness ExerciseEOD...................................Explosive Ordnance DisposalFAA...............................Federal Aviation AdministrationFAC........................................Forward Air ControllerFFAR....................................Free Flight Aerial RocketFLS..........................................Flight Landing StripFLZ............................................Field Landing ZoneFM...................................................Field ManualFTX.......................................Field Training ExerciseGLO........................................Ground Liaison OfficerHAHO...................................High Altitude High OpeningHALO....................................High Altitude Low OpeningHE.................................................High ExplosiveHELO...................................................Helicopter

262

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6HQ...................................................HeadquartersIAW............................................In Accordance WithICM...............................Improved Conventional MunitionsIP...............................................Instructor PilotITAM..........................Integrated Training Area ManagementITC......................................Intensive Training CycleKD.................................................Known DistanceLAPES....................Low Altitude Parachute Extraction SystemLAR...........................Logistics Assistance RepresentativeLAW........................................Light Anti-Tank WeaponLRRP....................Long Range Reconnaissance Patrol (Ration)LRSNCO.................Laser Range Safety Noncommissioned OfficerLRSO...................................Laser Range Safety OfficerLSR.........................................Local Service RequestLTA...........................................Local Training AreaLURS..................................Land Use Requirements StudyLZ...................................................Landing ZoneMAAF........................................Mackall Army AirfieldMCA...............................Military Construction AuthorityMEDEVAC........................................Medical EvacuationMETL..................................Mission Essential Task ListMILES...................Multi-Intergrated Laser Engagement SystemMG....................................................Machine GunMOA.....................................Military Operational AreaMOU...................................Memorandum of UnderstandingMOUT.........................Military Operations in Urban TerrainMP................................................Military PoliceMPH................................................Miles Per HourMPRC..................................Multi-Purpose Range ComplexMSL................................................Mean Sea LevelMTA...........................................Major Training AreaMRE.............................................Meal Ready to EatNBC.................................Nuclear, Biological, ChemicalNCO.......................................Noncommissioned OfficerNCOA..............................Noncommissioned Officer AcademyNDB........................................Non-directional BeaconNLT................................................Not Later ThanNOE..............................................Nap of the EarthNOTAM............................................Notice to AirmenNSN.........................................National Stock NumberNTA........................................Northern Training AreaNVD...........................................Night Vision DeviceNVG..........................................Night Vision GogglesOIC.............................................Officer-in-ChargeOP...............................................Observation PostPFD.....................................Personal Flotation DevicePOC..............................................Point of Contact

263

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6POS CDR.......................................Position Commander POW...............................................Prisoner of WarPPR..................................Prior Permission is RequiredPT..............................................Physical TrainingPWBC.................................Public Works Business CenterPZ....................................................Pickup ZoneRBC.....................................Readiness Business CenterRC..............................................Reserve ComponentRCW.......................................Red-Cockaded WoodpeckerRDP........................................Range Development PlanRETS.............................Remoted Electronic Target SystemROTC...............................Reserve Officer Training CorpsRSO..........................................Range Safety OfficerSAAF........................................Simmons Army AirfieldSCP...........................................Safety Control PlanSFL...............................................Start Fire LineSO.................................................Safety OfficerSOCOM..................................Special Operations CommandSOP..................................Standard Operating ProcedureSPAL..................................Stimulant Projectile LiquidSPCC......................Spill Prevention Control CountermeasureSTABO..................................Stabilized Body OperationsSTRAC............................Standards in Training CommissionSTS.....................................Special Tactics Squadron SUPPL..................................................SupplementTAW.............................................Tactical Air WingTC................................................Track CommanderTM...............................................Technical ManualTOC....................................Tactical Operations CenterTOW...........Tube Launched Optically Tracked Wire Guided MissileUCMJ.............................Uniform Code of Military JusticeUHF..........................................Ultra High FrequencyUSAJFKSWCS. .US Army John F. Kennedy Special Warfare Center SchoolUSAF......................................United States Air ForceUSAR...................................United States Army ReserveUSASOC..............United States Army Special Operations CommandUSMC...................................United States Marine CorpsUXO...........................................Unexploded OrdnanceVHF...........................................Very High FrequencyVT.................................................Variable TimedWAMC...................................Womack Army Medical CenterWP...............................................White Phosphorus

264

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6SECTION II

TERMS

Air Liaison Officer (ALO).An Air Force officer assigned to a ground unit, normally brigade or above, to advise and assist ground commanders on matters pertaining to Air Force operations and employment of tactical aircraft.

Airlift Control Element (ALCE).An Air Force Control Element established at airfields to provide aircraft movement control, communications, supervision of loading and off-loading, and continuous liaison with supported services. The ALCE has operational control of all tactical airlift resources and monitors all other tactical air operations within its area of responsibility.

Airspace Restricted Area.Airspace of defined dimensions identified by an area on the surface of the earth wherein activities such as high trajectory firing must be confined because of their nature, or wherein limitations are imposed upon aircraft operations that are not a part of those activities, or both. The restricted airspace at Fort Bragg (R5311) covers the reservation west of MacRidge Road and Lamont Road; the controlling element is Range Control. The Army has full-time control to 12,000 feet MSL and joint use to 29,000 feet MSL. Commanders requiring the use of the airspace above 11,500 feet must request it from the Installation Range Officer prior to 0630 on the day of the intended use.

ALCE Line Number.A control number assigned to each mission scheduled by the local airlift control element (ALCE) on the Weekly Air Movement Table, Annex C to 317th Tactical Airlift Wing Operations Order.

Army Training and Evaluation Program (ARTEP).An exercise used to evaluate performance and program training to achieve a specified level of performance, i.e., Operational Readiness Training Test (ORTT) or Army Training Test (ATT).

Cease Fire Line (CFL).A line, identified on the ground, at which all personnel advancing in a live fire and maneuver exercise, cease fire, unload, and clear all weapons.

Cease Fire Line - Disarm Line (CFL-DL).A line at the far end of the firing lane at which aviators cease fire and disarm aircraft mounted weapons (CFL-DL).

265

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Check Fire.A temporary cessation of fire imposed on a firing unit due to an unsafe condition or to accommodate other training activities such as clearing a safe flight path for an aircraft.

Close Air Support (CAS).Air attacks against targets which are in close proximity to ground forces and which require detailed integration of each mission with the fire and maneuver of those forces. At Fort Bragg, CAS missions may be dry or may include the delivery of live ordnance.

Close Support Fire.Overhead or flanking fire in close support of ground troops normally fired at or near the minimum distance from troops that are authorized by AR 385-63. Also Danger Close.

Column Number.A control number assigned to each live fire activity scheduled on the Fort Bragg Weekly Range Bulletin.

Combined Arms Live Fire Exercise (CALFEX).Two or more combat arms taking part in a live fire exercise, or when close air support is provided to a maneuvering force.

Danger Area.See Surface Danger Area.

Danger Close.See Close Support Fire.

Direct Fire.Fire delivered on a target when the piece is laid by sighting directly on the target, using the gun sighting equipment.

Drop Zone Safety Officer/Noncommissioned Officer (DZSO/NCO).The DZSO/NCO is a commissioned, warrant, or noncommissioned officer in the grade of E-6 or above who is the airborne commander's representative on the DZ and is solely responsible for the safe and efficient operation of the drop zone.

Dud.Any explosive munition such as a fuze, projectile, grenade, or mine which has been fired from a gun or otherwise activated and has failed to detonate. Any object that appears to be a dud will be presumed to be one.

266

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Emergency Deployment Readiness Exercise (EDRE).An unannounced exercise to provide an evaluation of a unit's overall deployability posture.

Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD).An ordnance unit that performs reconnaissance, identification, field evaluation, recovery, and final disposal of unexploded ordnance, both U.S. and foreign, which has been fired, dropped, or placed in such manners to constitute a hazard to installations, personnel, material, or operations.

Fire Index.Weapons and explosive firing limitations due to weather conditions determined by Directorate of Engineering and Housing, Forestry Branch, and as detailed in Paragraph 12-11, this publication.

Firing Lane.The area within which an aircraft weapon is fired to include a start firing line (SFL), cease firing-disarm line (CFL-DL), and left and right limits.

Firing Line.The line from which weapons are fired and forward, of which no one is permitted during firing, except as specifically indicated in AR 385-63.

Firing Position (Gun Position).The point or location at which a weapon other than demolitions is placed for firing. (For demolitions, the firing position is the location at which the firing crew will be located during demolition operations).

Forward Air Controller (FAC).An Air Force officer employed to direct fighter pilots in the conduct of close air support (CAS) missions. He may operate from a vehicle with the lead ground elements or from a spotter aircraft.

Ground Liaison Officer (GLO).An Army Officer assigned to an Air Force unit to advise and assist commanders on matters pertaining to Army operations.

Hangfire and Misfire (TM 9-1300-203).A hangfire is a delay in the functioning of a propelling charge explosive train at the time of firing. A misfire is a complete failure to fire due to faulty firing mechanism or faulty element in the propelling charge explosive train.

267

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6High Angle Fire.Fire delivered at elevations greater than the elevation producing maximum range; range decreases as angle of elevation increases. Mortars deliver high angle fire.

Instructor Pilot (IP).A qualified warrant or commissioned officer, placed on military orders as an IP to include applicable aerial weapons systems, assigned the responsibility for the safe operation of assigned aircraft and/or weapons systems.

Known Distance Range (KD Range/Fixed Range).Any range with a fixed firing line or firing lane on which targets are located in permanently fixed positions at known distances and in known directions from the firing line or firing position.

Laser Range Safety Officer/Noncommissioned Officer (LRSO/LRSNCO).A designated officer or NCO of the firing unit who is responsible for ensuring compliance with the unit standing operating procedures for laser operations and training.

Low Angle Fire.Fire which is delivered at angles of elevation equal to or below the elevation corresponding to the maximum range of the gun and ammunition concerned.

Military Operation Area (MOA).Airspace adjacent to the south and north boundaries of Airspace Restricted Area R-5311 for holding fighter aircraft prior to entering the restricted airspace.

Officer-In-Charge (OIC).The officer, warrant officer, or NCO in grade E7-E9 in charge of the troops (or of the training of troops in a school situation) conducting firing on or utilizing range facilities.

Position Commander (POS CDR).The designated Officer-In-Charge of all activities at a particular firing position and responsible for all firing safety aspects associated with those activities.

Range Officer (RO).That commissioned officer or civilian charged with the supervision and enforcement of installation range safety, coordination and scheduling of range use, maintenance, modification, and installation of ranges and training facilities IAW published regulations and the policies of the commander.

268

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Range Safety Officer (RSO).A qualified commissioned, warrant, or noncommissioned officer (E-6 or higher) who is the direct representative of adequacy of safety when firing is being conducted. The authority to make final determination, prior to firing, that settings placed on indirect fire weapons and ammunition represent data within prescribed safety limits, may be delegated to an E-5 as long as he is designated the section chief of the weapon and is command safety certified. The safety officer may perform other duties in the chain of command.

Reverse Cycle Training.Unit/individual training designated so the soldier gains ability to conduct night operations with the same effectiveness as during daylight operations. The training day is reversed, with training commencing at night and continuing until daylight.

Safety Control Plan.Conduct of firing under approved restrictions which permits the use of a surface danger zone involving less than the maximum range of a weapon.

Special Tactics Squadron (STS).Air Force personnel organized, trained, and equipped to identify and mark drop, landing, or extraction zones. The STS also provides limited weather observations, installs and operates navigational aids and communications, and in the absence of an established air traffic control facility, controls air traffic in an airhead.

Start Fire Line (SFL).Firing Line identified on the ground, and having designated right and left limits of fire, from which assaulting troops advance on a single line. Forward movement will be controlled by coordination lines identified on the ground to both the maneuvering element and those elements providing supporting fire. A line at the near end of the firing lane, with the aircraft on course over which or after reaching it, the weapon systems firing circuits may be armed.

Surface Danger Zone.That segment of the range area which is endangered by a particular type of weapon firing and consists of the following areas: Target Area, Impact Area, Area A, Area B, Area C, Area D, Area E, Area F, and Secondary Danger Area. For a description of the above listed areas and instructions on constructing Surface Danger Zones, see Chapter 1, pages 1-3 and 1-4, AR 385-63.

269

XVIII Abn Corps and Fort Bragg Reg 350-6Vertical Danger Zone.A zone above the surface danger zone to provide for containment of the flight of a projectile or projectile ricochet, and the fragments of a projectile function above the surface, and consists of the sum of the following: Maximum Ordinate, Maximum Ricochet Ordinate, Vertical Secondary Danger Area, and Correction Factor From Standard Atmosphere.

Weapons Instructor (WI).A qualified individual who is placed on military orders as a WI to include applicable weapon systems and assigned the responsibility for the safe operation of helicopter gun weapon systems.

270

350-06

Documents

Transcript of 350-06